Tenth Five Year Plan 2008-2013

TENTH FIVE YEAR PLAN 2008-2013

VOLUME 2: PROGRAMME PROFILE

Gross National Happiness Commission Royal Government of Bhutan

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 i © Copyright Gross National Happiness Commission (2009) Published by: Gross National Happiness Commission Royal Government of Bhutan

ISBN 978-99936-769-1-1 ISBN 978-99936-769-2-8 (For Set)

ii Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 His Majesty Jigme Khesar Namgyel Wangchuck

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 iii iv Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 v vi Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 Contents Acronyms ...... xii SUMMARY OF PROGRAMME PROFILES BY THEMES...... 1 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE...... 5 MoA/01: Commodity/Cereal Development Programme...... 7 MoA/02: Post Harvest Management Programme...... 10 MoA/03: Integrated Pest Management Programme...... 12 MoA/04: Irrigation & Water Management Programme...... 14 MoA/05: Seed and Plant Development Programme ...... 16 MoA/06: Horticulture/Cash Crop Development Programme ...... 18 MoA/07: Organic/Natural Agriculture...... 21 MoA/08: National Medicinal and Aromatic Plants Programme...... 24 MoA/09: Integrated Soil Fertility & Sustainable Land Management Programme...... 27 MoA/10: Rural Access Programme ...... 30 MoA/11: Farm Mechanization Programme ...... 32 MoA/12: Extension Coordination and Information Management Programme...... 35 MoA/13: Feed & Fodder Development Programme...... 37 MoA/14: Livestock Health & Laboratory Services Programme...... 40 MoA/15: Livestock Breeding and Input Supply Programme ...... 42 MoA/16: Livestock Production Programme...... 45 MoA/17: Targeted Highland Livelihood Support Programme...... 48 MoA/18: Participatory Forestry Programme...... 50 MoA/19: Non-Wood Forest Resource Development Programme...... 53 MoA/20: Forest Resources Development Programme...... 57 MoA/21: Watershed Management and Plantation Programme...... 59 MoA/22: Forest Protection Programme...... 62 MoA/23: Nature Conservation Programme...... 65 MoA/24: Forestry & Environmental Education Programme...... 68 MoA/25: RNR Research Programme...... 70 MoA/26: Rural Development Training Programme ...... 73 MoA/27: Agriculture Marketing Programme...... 75 MoA/28: Bio-security and Quality Assurance Programme...... 78

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 vii MoA/29: National Biodiversity Conservation Programme...... 80 MINISTRY OF EDUCATION...... 83 MoE/01: Primary Education Services...... 85 MoE/02: Secondary Education Services...... 88 MoE/03: Early Childhood Care and Development Services...... 91 MoE/04: Special Education Services...... 94 MoE/05: Adult Literacy & Continuing Education Services ...... 96 MoE/06: Scholarship Services...... 99 MoE/07: Bhutan Board of Examinations...... 101 MoE/08: Youth and Sports Services...... 102 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS...... 109 MEA/01: Promotion of Domestic and Foreign Trade...... 111 MEA/02: Development & Management POL Services Programme...... 114 MEA/03: Development of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises Programme...... 116 MEA/04: Development & Management of Industrial Estates...... 119 MEA/05: Strengthening Institutional Framework for Industrial Development...... 121 MEA/06: Sustainable Environmental Management and Institutionalization of Cleaner Technology...... 123 MEA/07: Development & Strengthening of Intellectual Property & Copyrights ...... 126 MEA/08: Power Transmission Programme...... 128 MEA/09: Rural Electrification Programme...... 131 MEA/10: Accelerated Hydropower Development Programme...... 134 MEA/11: Institutional Strengthening of the Energy Sector...... 137 MEA/12: Development of Renewable Energy...... 140 MEA/13: Strengthening of National Hydrological and Meteorological Services...... 144 MEA/14: Electricity Regulation...... 148 MEA/15: Private Sector Participation...... 151 MEA/16: Major Hydropower Projects...... 153 MEA/17: Capacity Enhancement in Geo-scientific Investigations and Mineral Development...... 156 MEA/18: Assessment and Monitoring of Climate Change Induced and Geological Hazards...... 160

viii Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF FINANCE...... 165 MoF/01: Institutional Strengthening of Ministry of Finance...... 167 MINISTRY OF HEALTH...... 171 MoH/01: Health Management and Development Programme...... 173 MoH/02: Health Promotion and Disease Prevention and Control Programme...... 176 MoH/03: Diagnostic and Curative Services Programme...... 180 MoH/04: Sustainability, Regulatory and Monitoring Programme...... 185 MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS...... 189 MHCA/01: Preservation and Promotion of Cultural Heritage...... 191 MHCA/02: Strengthening of Immigration Services...... 197 MHCA/03: Department of Civil Registration and Census...... 198 MHCA/04: Disaster Risk Management...... 200 MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS...... 205 MIC/01: ICT and Postal Development ...... 207 MIC/02: Development of Air Transport...... 210 MIC/03: Development of Surface Transport...... 213 MIC/04: Information and Media Development...... 217 MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES...... 221 MLHR/01: Human Resource Development Programme...... 223 MLHR/02: Employment Promotion Programme...... 225 MLHR/03: Improvement of Working Conditions and Labour Relations at the Workplaces...... 227 MLHR/04: Enhancing the Competitiveness of Skilled Worker...... 229 MLHR/05: Institutional Strengthening of Vocational Training Institutes...... 231 MLHR/06: Institutional Strengthening of Zorig Chusum Institutes...... 233 MLHR/07: Establishment of New Vocational Training Institutes and Institutes of Zorig Chusum...... 235 MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT...... 239 MWHS/01: Construction & Improvement of National Highways...... 241 MWHS/02: Construction and Improvement of Roads Connecting Hydropower Projects...... 243 MWHS/03: Maintenance and Management of Road Assets...... 245

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 ix MWHS/04: Urban Development and Services...... 247 MWHS/05: Quality Assurance and Standardization...... 251 MWHS/06: Strengthening of Construction Development Services...... 253 ANTI-CORRUPTION COMMISSION...... 255 ACC/01: Strengthening Legal & Institutional Framework for Controlling Corruption ....257 ELECTION COMMISSION OF BHUTAN...... 261 ECB/01: Strengthening of Electoral Process in the Country ...... 263 JUDICIARY...... 267 Judiciary/01: Infrastructure Development...... 269 ROYAL AUDIT AUTHORITY...... 271 RAA/01: Infrastructure Development and Institutional Strengthening of Royal Audit Authority ...... 273 ROYAL CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION...... 275 RCSC/01: Strengthen Administrative, Legal and Management Systems in Civil Service...277 RCSC/02: Human Resource Development Programme...... 280 BHUTAN BROADCASTING SERVICE CORPORATION LIMITED...... 285 BBS/01: Improve the Reach and Quality of BBS Radio and TV...... 287 BHUTAN INFOCOM AND MEDIA AUTHORITY...... 291 BICMA/01: Strengthening of Bhutan InfoComm and Media Authority...... 293 BHUTAN NARCOTIC CONTROL AGENCY...... 297 BNCA/01 – Institutional Strengthening and Infrastructure Development...... 299 BHUTAN OLYMPIC COMMITTEE...... 303 BOC/01: National Sports Infrastructure Development ...... 305 COUNCIL FOR ECCLESIASTICAL AFFAIRS...... 309 DL/01: Improvement of Health & Sanitation Services ...... 311 DL/02: Expansion of Tango Buddhist College...... 312 DL/03: Construction of Shedra for Nuns (Nunnery)...... 315 DL/04: Construction of Dharma Centre...... 317 DL/05: Construction of new Shedra at Jambay Lhakhang, Bumthang (Relocation of Tshangkha Shedra)...... 319

x Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 DL/ 06: Construction of new Zhirim Lobdra at Kuenphen Yoeselling, Gyelposhing, Mongar...... 320 GNH COMMISSION...... 323 GNHC/01: Strengthening Planning, Monitoring and Evaluation System...... 325 GNHC/02: Targeted Poverty Reduction Programme...... 328 NATIONAL COMMISSION FOR WOMEN AND CHILDREN...... 331 NCWC/01: Strengthening the Advancement of Women and Children...... 333 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT COMMISSION...... 337 NEC/01: Conservation of Environment ...... 339 NATIONAL LAND COMMISSION...... 343 NLC/01: Strengthening of National Land Commission...... 345 NATIONAL STATISTICAL BUREAU...... 349 NSB/01: Strengthening of National Statistical System ...... 351 ROYAL INSTITUTE OF MANAGEMENT...... 353 RIM/01: Enhancing the Quality, Relevance and Coverage of Management Education...... 355 RIM/02: Campus Development of the Royal Institute of Management ...... 358 ROYAL UNIVERSITY OF BHUTAN...... 361 RUB/01: Expansion of Tertiary Education ...... 363 RUB/02: Quality Assurance and Teaching-Learning ...... 365 RUB/03: Research, Scholarly Activities and Consultancy Services ...... 368 RUB/04: Promotion of Wholesome development of the Students in Tertiary Education .370 TOURISM COUNCIL OF BHUTAN...... 375 TCB/01: Sustainable Tourism Development Programme...... 377 TCB/02: Hotel & Tourism Management Training Institute...... 379

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 xi Acronyms AIDS Acquired Immuno Deficiency Syndrome ANC Ante Natal Care AMS Agriculture Marketing Services ATP Apprenticeship Training Programme BAFRA Bhutan Agriculture and Food Regulatory Authority BDI Bhutan Development Index BHMC Bhutan Health and Medical Council BHTF Bhutan Health Trust Fund BHU Basic Health Unit BIMST-EC Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectoral Technical and Economic Cooperation BLSS Bhutan Living Standards Survey BPCL Bhutan Power Corporation Limited BPFFS Budget Policy and Fiscal Framework Statement BVQF Bhutan Vocational Qualifications Framework CDM Clean Development Mechanism CNR College of Natural Resources CTEM Cleaner Technology for Environmental Management DEC District Environment Committees DGPC Druk Green Power Corporation DHI Druk Holdings and Investment DOE Department of Energy DPR Detail Project Report DRA Drug Regulatory Authority EA Environmental Assessment ECCE Early Childhood Care and Education ECOP Environmental Codes of Best Practices

xii Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 EFRC Environment Friendly Road Construction FMU Forestry Management Unit FMD Food and Mouth Disease FR Feeder Roads GLOF Glacial Lake Outburst Flood GNH Gross National Happiness HDI Human Development Index HH Households HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus HRD Human Resource Development ICT Information and Communications Technology IDD Iodine Deficiency Disorder IEC Information Education and Communication IMR Infant Mortality Rate IMS Information Management System IPP Independent Power Producer IP Intellectual Property IWRM Integrated Water Resource Management JV Joint Venture Kcal Kilo Calorie LFPR Labor Force Participation Rate LSE Lower Secondary Education MAPs Medicinal and Aromatic Plants MCH Maternal and Child Health MDGs Millennium Development Goals MMR Maternal Mortality Ratio MoA Ministry of Agriculture MoE Ministry of Education

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 xiii MoF Ministry of Finance MoH Ministry of Health MSME Micro Small and Medium Enterprises MSTF Multi-Sectoral Task Force MYRB Multi Year Rolling Budget NAP National Action Plan NCWC National Commission for Women and Children NEC National Environment Commission NFE Non-Formal Education NID National Institute for the Disabled NITM National Institute of Traditional Medicine NLFS National Labor Force Survey NSDS National Sustainable Development Strategy NWFP Non Wood Forest Products NSP National Spatial Plan Nu Ngultrum NUS National Urbanization Strategy O&M Operation and Maintenance ORC Outreach Clinic PCS Position Classfication System PHC Primary Health Care PHCB Population and Housing Census Bhutan PoA Programme of Action POL Petroleum Oil and Lubricant PPA Power Purchasing Agreement RBM Results Based Management RE Rural Electrification RGoB Royal Government of Bhutan

xiv Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 RIHS Royal Institute of Health Services RMA Royal Monetary Authority of Bhutan RNR Renewable Natural Resource RWSS Rural Water Supply and Sanitation SAARC South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation SDGs SAARC Development Goals SFD Social Forestry Division SME Small and Medium Enterprise U-5MR Under-five Mortality Rate VET Vocational Education and Training VSDP Village Skills Development Programme VTI Vocational Training Institute

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 xv xvi Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 SUMMARY OF PROGRAMME PROFILES BY THEMES Volume II of the Tenth Five Year Plan document contains details of the various development programmes to be implemented over the plan period. These programmes are organized and presented in the following summary table on the basis of the various strategic framework and priorities presented in the main policy document towards achieving the Tenth Plan core objective of poverty reduction. For instance, various programmes pertaining to the construction and improvement of national highways, construction and improvement of roads connection hydropower projects, power transmission lines, ICT and postal development and the development of air and surface transport have been thematically clubbed under the Strategic Infrastructure theme. Additionally, the various programmes that are at the core of expanding the economic and productive base have been clubbed under the Innovation, Creativity and Enterprise theme as these qualities are widely regarded to be the primary and dynamic drivers for wealth creation through which Bhutanese industries can effectively achieve productivity gains across all industrial and economic activity to increase outputs, results and outcomes. (Ngultrum in millions)

Programme Indicative Strategic Programmes Code/No. Capital Outlay Innovation, Creativity and Enterprise (ICE) 1,569.265 MEA/01 Promotion of Domestic and Foreign Trade 84.500 MEA/02 Development and Management of POL Services 18.000 MEA/03 Development of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises 126.970 MEA/04 Development & Management of Industrial Estates 200.000

MEA/05 Strengthening Institutional Framework for Industrial Development 30.030

Sustainable Environmental Management and Institutionalization of MEA/06 11.500 the Cleaner Technology

MEA/07 Development & Strengthening of Intellectual Property & Copyrights 24.500

MEA/10 Hydropower Development 576.700 MEA/11 Institutional Strengthening of the Energy Sector 81.155

MEA/13 Strengthening of National Hydrological & Meteorological Services 187.490

MEA/14 Electricity Regulation 30.000 MEA/15 Private Sector Participation 48.000 MEA/16 Major Hydropower Projects (Outside the Plan) - TCB/01 Sustainable Development of Tourism 150.420 Strategic Infrastructure (SI) 17,506.831 MWHS/01 Construction and Improvement of National Highways 5,766.880 Construction and Improvement of Roads Connecting Hydropower MWHS/02 3,786.933 Projects MWHS/03 Road Asset Management and Maintenance Program 4,154.048

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 1 MWHS/05 Quality Assurance and Standardization 109.000 MEA/08 Power Transmission 50.000 MIC/01 ICT and Postal Development 2,330.000 MIC/02 Development of Air Transport 984.570 MIC/03 Development of Surface Transport 325.400 Integrated Rural - Urban Development and Poverty Alleviation (IRUDPA) 20,301.069 MoA/01 Commodity/Cereal Development 60.000 MoA/02 Post Harvest Management 99.500 MoA/03 Integrated Pest Management 30.000 MoA/04 Irrigation & Water Management 70.500 MoA/05 Seed and Plant Development 20.000 MoA/06 Horticulture/Cash Crop Development 118.850 MoA/07 Organic/Natural Agriculture 24.500 MoA/08 National Medicinal and Aromatic Plants 40.450 MoA/09 Integrated Soil Fertility & Sustainable Land Management 266.000 MoA/10 Rural Access 516.090 MoA/11 Farm Mechanization 60.696 MoA/12 Extension Coordination and Information Management 12.000 MoA/13 Feed & Fodder Development 23.076 MoA/14 Livestock Health & Laboratory Services 145.492 MoA/15 Livestock Breeding and Input Supply 146.670 MoA/16 Livestock Production 442.640 MoA/17 Targeted Highland livelihood Support 34.760 MoA/20 Forest Resources Development 89.850 MoA/21 Watershed Management and Plantation 123.000 MoA/22 Forest Protection 243.040 MoA/24 Forestry & Environmental Education 170.550 MoA/25 RNR Research Programme 214.850 MoA/26 Rural Development Training Programme 14.520 MoA/27 Agriculture Marketing Programme 114.870 MoA/28 Bio-security and Quality Assurance Programme 117.185 MoA/29 National Biodiversity Conservation Programme 89.220 MEA/09 Rural Electrification 3,727.000 MEA/12 Development of Renewable Energy 285.760 GNHC/02 Targeted Poverty Intervention 1,000.000 Annual Grants Programme 12,000.000 National Spatial Policy (NSP) 6,239.093 MHCA/01 Preservation and Promotion of Cultural Heritage 1,746.500 MWHS/04 Urban Development and Services 3,410.057 MoA/18 Participatory Forest Management 83.200 MoA/19 Non-Wood Forest Resource Development 65.000

2 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MoA/23 Nature Conservation 190.000 Capacity Enhancement in Geoscientific Investigations and Mineral MEA/17 76.715 Development

Assessment and Monitoring of Climate Change Induced and MEA/18 164.860 Geological Hazards

Preparation of Master Plan for Management of Dratshang and its DL/05 7.600 Property NLC/01 Strengthening of National Land Commission 385.861 NEC/01 Conservation of Environment 109.300 Enabling Environment (EE) 4,816.630 MHCA/02 Strengthening of Immigration Services 57.000 MHCA/03 Civil Registration Services 100.455 MHCA/04 Disaster Risk Management 33.180 Legal Support to Local Administration and Supervision of MHCA/05 10.500 Cooperatives and NGOs MHCA/06 Secretariat Services 1,053.000 MEA/19 Secretariat Services 40.000 MoF/01 Institutional Strengthening of Ministry of Finance 699.921 MIC/04 Information and Media Development 112.000 MIC/05 Secretariat Services 24.500 BICMA/01 Strengthening of Bhutan InfoComm and Media Authority 10.500 MFA/01 Institutional Strengthening of Ministry of Foreign Affairs 447.510 MoE/09 Secretariat Services 71.500 MLHR/08 Secretariat Services 8.000 MWHS/06 Strenghening of Construction Development Services 38.000 Strengthening Legal & Institutional Framework for Controlling ACC/01 125.370 Corruption EC/01 Strengthening Electoral Process in the Country 79.910 Judiciary/01 Infrastructure Development 724.512 RAA/01 Infrastructure Development and Institutional Strengthening 53.555 RCSC/01 Strengthen Administrative, Legal and Management Systems 159.000 DL/09 Secretariat Services 58.907

BBS/01 Improvement of Reach and Quality of BBS Radio and TV Services 406.779

BNCA/01 Institutional and Infrastructural Development 21.403 GNHC/01 Strengthening Planning, Monitoring and Evaluation System 50.000 NCWC/01 Strengthening the Advancement of Women and Children 64.206 NSB/01 Strengthening of National Statistical System 45.290 Other Services 321.632 Strategic for Knowledge, Innovation and Life-Long Learning Skills (SKILLS) 18,645.536 MoE/01 Primary Education Services 3,003.440 MoE/02 Secondary Education Services 5,279.370

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 3 MoE/03 Early Childhood Care & Development Services 3.450 MoE/04 Special Education Services 66.580 MoE/05 Adult Literacy & Continuing Education Services 48.550 MoE/06 Scholarship Services 657.780 MoE/07 Bhutan Board of Examination 30.760 MoE/08 Youth & Sports Services 327.700 MLHR/01 Human Resources Development 164.614 MLHR/02 Employment Promotion 238.285 Improvement of Working Conditions and Labour Relations at Work MLHR/03 86.150 Places MLHR/04 Enhancing the Competitiveness of Skilled Workers 37.587 MLHR/05 Institutional Strengthening of Vocational Training Institutes 604.830 MLHR/06 Institutional Strengthening of Zorig Chusum Institutes 113.110 Establishment of New Vocational Training Institutes and Institutes MLHR/07 193.491 of Zorig Chusum DL/02 Expansion and infrastructure in Tango Buddhist College 250.005 DL/03 Construction of Nangzur Anim Shedra (Nunnery) 150.000 Construction of a New Zhirim Lobdra at Kuenphen Yoeselling at DL/07 23.041 Gyelposhing, Mongar DL/08 Development of Management Information System 5.000 RCSC/02 Human Resource Development Programme 4,056.757 Enhancing the Quality, Relevance and Coverage of Management RIM/01 143.300 Education RIM/02 Campus Development 131.750 RUB/01 Expansion of Tertiary Education 1,726.640 RUB/02 Quality Assurance and Teaching-Learning 473.470 RUB/03 Research, Scholarly activities and Consultancy services 68.250 RUB/04 Promotion of Wholesome Education Services 158.740 National Sports Infrastructure Development BOC/01 100.000

TCB/02 Hotel and Tourism Management Training Institute 422.286 CBS/01 Centre for Bhutan Studies 50.000 DDC/01 Dzongkha Development Commission 30.600 Health 4,533.336 MoH/01 Health Management and Development 31.200 MoH/02 Health Promotion and Disease Prevention and Control 653.112 MoH/03 Diagnostic and Curative Services 3,637.840 MoH/04 Sustainability, Regulatory and Monitoring 72.184 DL/01 Improvement of Health & Sanitation Services 139.000 TOTAL 73,611.759

4 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 5 6 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE legumes. sources indicate that there is potential for production of 3,110 MT of oilseed and 7,710 MT of grain remained stagnant in terms of acreage and yield, due to low emphasis received in the past. Available and cash income. Grain legumes are grown in almost all parts of the country. However, production the country’s farming system. Mustard is one of the major sources of vegetable oil for consumption ofconstant a part been productionhas legumes grain and population.Oilseed growingurban the FCB and private traders) and valued at Nu. 384,157,000. The importedrice is consumed mainly by annual average import The ofcereal. preferred rice most over the the is itlast since three increasing years been has has been rice aboutfor demand46,629 the MT years (imported the through Over were about 127,125 acres of land under cereal crop cultivation with total production of 156,304 there MT.2004, In millet. and paddy, arebuckwheat,barley wheat, country maize, the in growncrops with about 69 self-sustenancepercent of for the total populationgrains dependent on food it for growing their livelihood. aroundThe majoressentially commodity revolves Bhutan in Agriculture B. SituationalAnalysis A.Overview M 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o A/01: Commodity/CerealDevelopment P rogramme Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCosts Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results/Targets Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Security StrategyPaper, SectorTenth Plan National FoodSecurityReport,2004; Department of Agriculture, DzongkhagsandGewogs Ministry of Agriculture Nu. 60.000m Nu. 60.000m Five Years (2008-2013) New National Farming Communities SDG Goal4:Ensurearobustpro-poorgrowthprocess improvement forthepoorand SDG Goal3:Ensureadequatenutrition&dietary SDG Goal 2: Halve proportion of people in poverty by 2010; SDG Goal1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty; MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger. cash incomefromNu.10,700toabove35,000 sufficiency to70%andraisemeanannualruralhousehold rice selfsufficiencylevelto65%andnationalfoodself- effective environmentalconservation.Increasenational rural incomeandemploymentgenerationwhileensuring 30.9% to20%throughenhancedfoodsecurity, increased Proportion ofruralhouseholdsinpovertyreducedfrom access andmarketing. livelihoods throughenhancedagriculturalproductivity, poverty reduction,foodsecurityandimprovedrural Synergizing IntegratedRural-UrbanDevelopmentfor Agriculture 7

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 There is thus a shortage of food production in the country. Farmers in Bhutan suffer from a persistent cycle of low productivity in agriculture mainly because of poor soil fertility, low levels of input supplies and substantial crop losses due to pests and lack of proper post-harvest management. This is mainly due to low level of investments in cereal production in the past. About half of all rural households experience food shortages for more than two months and many Geogs experience vulnerability to food insecurity. Therefore, substantial improvements need to be made in the delivery of improved seeds, inputs and technology, in order to achieve food security and the target of minimum 70 percent self-sufficiency in food grain production. Inadequate institutional coordination among the technical Departments, AMS, extension services in the field and with few ministries such as the MoEA have proved to be inadequate and created bottlenecks. There is also a need to enhance investment in areas of seed improvement, inputs and technology for commodity crops. Post-harvest management of commodity crops should be addressed collaboratively with the Post-harvest management programme.

C. Strategy The arable agriculture commodity development programme will be pursued through the overall RNR Sector‘s Triple Gem Approach of enhancing production, improving access and targeted marketing. In addition, the Ministry of Agriculture will focus on executing targeted interventions in certain areas through the timely delivery of technical support, supply of improved seed varieties, improvement of crop management technology and practices, and other inputs necessary for enhancing production. Linking agricultural production to the market and increased commercial opportunities will be given a high priority. Investments will be made to commercialize the cultivation of cereals particularly rice in selected potential areas to increase rice production for import substitution. The arable agriculture programme will be guided by a set of specific milestones aimed at enhancing food availability, accessibility to food and stability of food. Stability aspect of food security will be enhanced through coordination with other programmes such as land and water management. The project plans shall be harmonized with the national arable agriculture commodity programme to ensure optimal use of resource and avoid duplication of efforts. For more effective co-ordination, each programme shall be headed by a Commodity Co-ordinator, who will liaise with relevant projects, research programme and other agencies within and outside the MOA. Focus shall be given through targeted intervention in potential commodity crops at national level. Where necessary institutional coordination must be reviewed and upgraded. Timely delivery of improved seeds, inputs and technology shall be accorded priority. Improved post-harvest management shall be adopted.

8 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Indicative Cost relevant processes among different the stakeholders. as a guide for increased production of cereals and shall also entail the coordination mechanism and comprehensive used inputThis be exporters. suppliers, and producers, shall millers retailers,plan cereal crop development in coordination with all the stakeholders – researchers, extension officers, comprehensive prepare a implementation. shall commodity andDepartment the for out plan The carry shall administrations Gewog and Dzongkhag the and programme the of support technical and coordination execution, overall the for responsible be shall Agriculture of Department The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D above Nu.35,000 from Nu.10,700to income increased household cash Mean annualrural from 30.9%to20% in povertyreduced households living Proportion ofrural 4 3 2 1 . ResultsFramework # Other cereals(wheat,buckwheat,milletetc.) Oil seedsandGrainLegumesDevelopmentprogramme Maize Development Rice Development Impact Description ofProjects/Activities up infourregions distribution housesset Food storageand (food availability) increased to70% food selfsufficiency Increased National Outcome input supply Improved Soilfertilityand marketing enhanced Post-production & strengthened Infrastructure adopted management practices Improved pest 62,474 MT peryear) 54,325 MT peryearto production increasedfrom management (Rice Improved crop Output Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) Land and water management market/s Linking productionto Timely supplyofinputs addition Maize Storage&Value Rice Commercialization oil seeds Promoting minorcerealsand Projects/Activities 60.000 10.000 10.000 10.000 30.000 9

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 MoA/02: Post Harvest Management Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Agriculture Synergizing Integrated Rural-Urban Development for Linkage to National poverty reduction, food security and improved rural 2 Development Objectives & : livelihoods through enhanced agricultural productivity, Strategies access and marketing. 3 Expected Results : Post harvest loss of crops reduced from 20% to 10% MDG Goal 1:Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger SDG Goal 1: Eradication of hunger poverty; SDG Goal 2: Halve proportion of people in poverty by 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : 2010; SDG Goal 3: Ensure adequate nutrition & dietary improvement for the poor and SDG Goal 4: Ensure a robust pro-poor growth process 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Farming Communities and traders 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing or new New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008-2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 99.500 m 11 External Financing required : Nu. 99.500 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Agriculture 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Agriculture, Dzongkhags and Gewogs 14 Documents available : Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis The Post Harvest Management Programme was initiated in 1997 with the establishment of the National Post Harvest Center under the Department of Agriculture. The main objective of the programme is to enhance market value and reduce post-harvest loss of all agricultural crops. The estimated post-harvest loss of agricultural and horticultural crop ranges between 20-30% of the total production. During the Ninth Plan, two integrated food-processing plants were established in Dagapela and Goling and one is presently underway in Pemagatsel. About thirty dryers were established in different parts of the country for drying fruits, vegetables, and mushrooms. The adoption of post-harvest technology has increased through the conduct of various demonstrations and promotional events. For instance, the use of improved packaging materials such as fiberboard and plastic crates has had a major impact. In 2006, a consignment of apples (preserved in cold storage) was exported to Bangladesh for the first time. Continued support would be required during the Tenth Plan especially in the area of creating awareness on post-harvest management and technology. Notwithstanding the achievements, Post Harvest Management Unit (PHU) of the Ministry must strengthen coordination and collaboration with the BCCI, Agro-Industries and cottage food industries. Post-harvest management of crops requires development in terms of infrastructure and technology

10 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Indicative Cost Gewogs. Division, Services Marketing Agriculture centers, Agriculture Machinery Centre and forExtension implementationservices Research by the Dzongkhags and the with collaboration in support provide technical shall Department the under programme.Center National The Post-Harvest the coordination of and execution overall the responsible for be shall Agriculture of Department The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D given be dueshall importance. industries food cottage the for especially technologies, addition appropriatevalue of post-harvest introduction through Assistance industries. food cottage andAgro-Industries BCCI, particularly Ministry the outside agencies and Ministry the within linkages strengthen shall programme The and value increase loss, reduce revolutionize to way the crops are handled, marketed and imperative consumed. are system transport and handling crop modern agriculture based infrastructures. Cold stores, modern packing houses, food processing enterprises, employment. During the Tenth Plan, major investments will have to be made in the development createandrural security income,food of rural enhancecropsprocessing toto enterprises food scale development and demonstration and trainings. The programmewill appropriatealso infrastructure technology, continueof introduction tothrough handling support harvest small- post improving include will the Plan in Tenth Management Post-Harvest the programme for strategies main The C. Strategy 1 3 2 enhanced foodsecurity 30.9% to20%through poverty reducedfrom households livingin Proportion ofrural Nu. 35,000 Nu. 10,700toabove income increasedfrom household cash Mean annualrural # . ResultsFramework Addition Development ofPost-harvest Handling Technologies &Value Infrastructure Development Development ofagri-based RuralEnterprises Impact Description ofProjects/Activities crops by5–10% value ofagricultural Enhance the market estimated 20% by 10%fromthe horticultural crops agricultural and harvest lossesof Reduce post Outcome established Rural foodindustries established level (1-2mt)maizestore crops particularlyHH infrastructures foragriculture Improved postharvest improved processing technologies Post harvesthandling&Food Output Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) Food Industry Development ofRural Development Infrastructure addition technologies &value harvest handling Development ofpost- Projects/Activities 34.30 99.50 50.00 15.20 11

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 MoA/03: Integrated Pest Management Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Agriculture 2 Linkage to National : Synergizing Integrated Rural-Urban Development for Development Objectives& poverty reduction, food security and improved rural Strategies livelihoods through enhanced agricultural productivity, access and marketing. 3 Expected Results : Reduced pre-harvest crop losses to pest(including wildlife) and diseases from 20-30% to 10-15%, and minimize crop losses to storage pest from 25-20% to 15% 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 1:Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger SDG Goal 1: Eradication of hunger poverty; SDG Goal 2: Halve proportion of people in poverty by 2010; SDG Goal 3: Ensure adequate nutrition & dietary improvement for the poor and SDG Goal 4: Ensure a robust pro-poor growth process 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Farmers with special focus on vulnerable Gewogs 7 Scope : National 8 Status – Ongoing or new : Ongoing/New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008-2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 30.000 m 11 External financing required : Nu. 30.000 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Agriculture 13 Implementing Agencies : Plant protection service center, extensions, Dzongkhags and Gewogs 14 Documents Available : Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis The Plant Protection Programme was initiated with the start of the Agriculture Development Programme in the early 1960s. Due to the diverse ecological condition, Bhutan is highly prone to a diverse spectrum of pests and plant diseases that cause heavy crop losses. However, the magnitude of crop losses to pests in Bhutan has not been accurately assessed though sources from various estimates indicate that the overall pre-harvest loss to pests is about 20 to 30 percent and post- harvest loss to storage pests is about 10 to 20 percent. In the past development plans, research were undertaken on plant pest and diseases such as citrus fruit fly, rice blast disease, potato late blight disease, apple scab, chilly blight disease, diamond back moth on cabbage and cauliflower, etc. Extensive surveys were carried out on wild boar problems in relation to crop damage, social costs of guarding crops at night, and use of traps and citrus greening diseases. A database on pests and diseases is also maintained at the National Plant Protection Center and the information is made available through journals, newsletters, etc.

12 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE D major cause inmost of insecurity farming food communities. crop depredation by wildlife, including providing compensation for such damage, given that it is a and building capacity of the extension workers and farmers. Special focus will also be on mitigating agricultural management practices, strengthening information/database and enhancing awareness good and frameworkinstitutional developmentof managementtechnologies,appropriate of pest harvest loss of 10 to 15%. Thistarget will be achievedthrough research and development, adoption andpre-10% to storageof5 bypercentlossabouta orachieve50 pests pest to losses post-harvest The focus ofthe Plant Protection Programme overthe Tenth Planwill be to reduce pre-harvest and C. Strategy Indicative Cost Gewogs. and Dzongkhags the coordinationwith in programme the implementationof the in role lead the programme. the The National Plant ProtectionCenter Departmentthe of of Agriculturetake shall coordination of and execution overall the responsible for be shall Agriculture of Department The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements 30.9% to20% poverty reducedfrom households livingin Proportion ofrural to aboveNu.35,000 increased fromNu.10,700 household cashincome Mean annualrural 2 1 # . ResultsFramework Infrastructure Development Training Integrated PestManagement, Awareness Campaign,andFarmers Impact Description ofProjects/Activities 20% to15% storage pestfrom25- Minimize croplossesto 10-15%, diseases from20-30%to (including wildlife)and crop lossestopest Reduced pre-harvest Outcome agricultural practices practices) andgood pest management and postharvest management (pre integrated pest farmers adopt At least20%of Output Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) Training Awareness Campaignand other servicefacilities Improved diagnosticand for majorcrops good agriculturalpractices Pest Managementand Development ofIntegrated Projects/Activities 30.000 20.000 10.000 13

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 MoA/04: Irrigation & Water Management Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Agriculture Linkage to National Synergizing Integrated Rural-Urban Development for poverty 2 Development Objectives & : reduction, food security and improved rural livelihoods through Strategies enhanced agricultural productivity, access and marketing. Portion of wetland with dry season irrigation increased from 3 Expected Results : 40% to 70%. MDG Goal 1:Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger SDG Goal 1: Eradication of hunger poverty; SDG Goal 2: Halve proportion of people in poverty by 2010; 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : and SDG Goal 3: Ensure adequate nutrition & dietary improvement for the poor 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Farmers in rural areas 7 Scope : Nationwide 8 Status – Ongoing or new Ongoing/New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008-2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 70.500 m 11 External Financing required : Nu. 70.500 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Agriculture 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Agriculture, Dzongkhags and Gewogs 14 Documents Available Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis Irrigation development in Bhutan so far has, more or less been confined to paddy irrigation. Paddy is grown in almost all Dzongkhags and at least 62,000 acres are irrigated paddy land, contributing to 34.5 percent of the cereal production in the country (Agriculture Statistics, 2005). While the total area under paddy cultivation has reduced considerably due to the loss of cultivable land from urban expansion, industrial growth and infrastructure development, productivity in terms of the yield per unit area has however increased. In 2005, paddy production was 67, 606 MT. Development assistance in the past focused mainly on the construction of new irrigation channels and the rehabilitation and renovation of existing channels to augment the seasonal shortage of water supply. During the Ninth Plan, about 133.21 km of new irrigation channels were constructed and 458.56 km of old channels renovated. In the Tenth Plan, 60 km of irrigation channels will be constructed in the 6 eastern regions. Various area development projects will continue to support construction of new irrigation schemes and improve existing ones. Support on irrigation development is thinly spread across country irrespective of the potential areas for development. Management of existing irrigation systems by the farmers are generally weak leading to low water use efficiency. Implementation of irrigation projects and the National Irrigation Policy (NIP) modules have become weak following the transfer of irrigation

14 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE D watershed where and programme donot cover such irrigation areas source protection. feasible and potential in possible wherever source water rejuvenate to explored be will species suitable with areas catchment of re-vegetation and Protection future. the development in irrigation of planning in assist will This updating. periodical ofensuring mechanism a and inventory/database irrigation national the updating by improved be will schemes irrigation of managementInformation Tenth Plan. the in focuses the of one be will paddy than other crops to irrigation Extending modules. NIP of implementation the in agents extension to workshops in order to ensure sustainable management of and trainings through water strengthened be resources.will country The Trainingsthe throughout Associations Water User will be provided The supply. water irrigation improved and expansion potential for groundwater development explored. be southern also inthe belt will wetland through paddy of production forincreased potential is thereareaswhereinvested Morein irrigation.be pump drip and resources will harvesting/lift water of options the including resources water of use the in efficiency and water to access improve to appropriatetechnologies of adoption and sources water of exploring the include Tenth will Water the Plan & in ManagementIrrigationProgramme the for Strategies C. Strategy nationalthe database and information on irrigation the system. the functioning of Water User’s Association made more efficient. Therealso theneed is enhanceto than paddy. The focus otherof Irrigationcrops development for on cropsirrigation, otherthan paddy vis-à-vis mustbe enhancedsupport and RGOB no is there irrigation drip using orchards for on Research weak. is modules NIP demonstrationformofsomeirrigationandwater the limited. managementExceptin on plots very is agents extension of Knowledge MoWHS. to engineers 30.9% to20% reduced from living inpoverty rural households Proportion of 35,000 to aboveNu. Nu. 10,700 increased from cash income rural household Mean annual . ResultsFramework Impact 70% from 40%to increased irrigation dry season wetland with Portion of Outcome on NIP modules Extension agentstrained strengthened formed andtheircapacity Water User Associations developed conducted &database Studies/policy review technologies explored Alternative watersources/ renovated Taklai Irrigationchannels Output User Associations EstablishingandStrengtheningofWater Policy Review&DatabaseDevelopment Ground Water Feasibility Studyoflargescaleirrigationand Drip &SprinklerIrrigation Trials Water Harvesting&IrrigationofCashCrop Renovationof Taklai IrrigationChannel emergency Renovation ofIrrigationChannelsin Projects/Activities 15

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Department of Agriculture shall be responsible for the overall execution and coordination of the programme. The Dzongkhags and Gewogs shall implement the construction, renovation, and rehabilitation of irrigation channels. Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) Renovation of Irrigation Channels in emergency including 1 35.000 renovation of Taklai irrigation channel 2 Water Harvesting & Irrigation of Cash Crop 12.500 3 Policy Review and Irrigation Database Development 1.000 4 Strengthening Water User Associations 3.000 5 Drip & Sprinkler Irrigation Trail 4.000 6 Feasibility Study for large scale irrigation 15.000 Total 70.500

MoA/05: Seed and Plant Development Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Agriculture 2 Linkage to National Development : Synergizing Integrated Rural-Urban Development for Objectives & Strategies poverty reduction, food security and improved rural livelihoods through enhanced agricultural productivity, access and marketing. 3 Expected Results : Quality and quantity of seeds and planting materials supply increased from 2 % to 50% of requirement. Availability and access increased from 100 MT to 600 MT of food crops and fruit seedlings from 200,000 to 500,000 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger and MDG Goal 7: Ensure environmental sustainability SDG Goal 1: Eradication of hunger poverty; SDG Goal 2: Halve proportion of people living in poverty by 2010; and SDG Goal 3: Ensure adequate nutrition & dietary improvement for the poor and 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Farming communities 7 Scope : National 8 Status – Ongoing or new : New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008-2013)

16 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE levels (Dzongkhagall andthrough training Geog) and incentives. retailers/distributors seed at the improved strengthening be by shall system distribution seed The agro-climatic zones. varioussuit todiversity variatal achieve to strive also will butfarmers to seeds quality quantityof adequate of supply timely the ensure only not will Development Programme Plant and Seed The system. certification and inspection seed place puttinggrowersin and seed the of trainingproper improved be shall andqualitythrough health pursued.andplantSeed be production seed shall in system supply and production the through the formation decentralizing of producer and groups/associations. materialPrivate sector investment plant and andinvolvement seed of development the environment,facilitatingenabling an creating in role lead the take will which Agriculture, of be promoted The programmeDepartment establishmentwill through the the unit under new a of C. Strategy is proposed being to facilitate and plant seed production, distribution and marketing. informal sectors can play in seed production and distribution, a national seed and plant programme aboveof the In situationview andconsidering important the roles that public, private, formaland development sector seed the conducted review in2006. according to success limited established. been However,been has have there systems certification and plants processing laboratories, technical farms, production seed large-scale years, the Over inconsistent.is produced seed the of quality the and varieties few a to limited is production seed the as farmers smallholder of needs the meet to unable is corporation Further,communities. the rural from demand of level low and coststransportation high to duedistribution andproduction of cost the meet fully to able not is it as government subsidies on depends still however DSC The basis. sustaining self economically a propagationon and production seed of enterprise the make to created was (DSC) Corporation Seed Druk the 1995, In Programme.Plant and of Seed Nationalestablishment the with 1984 in began programme production seed coordinated nationally A system development afterthe mid1970s. seed on the priority high recognizing a attachedtransformation Government agricultural in development Royal seed of The importance security. food national of sustainability term long the of determinant towardsensuring importance particular Moreover,a propagationdevelopmentassumesand seed a critical yields crop is system. farming the to determines inputs agricultural essential other Itall of productivity.efficacy and performance seeds of the and agricultural increasing in variety and of improved production agricultural distribution and production The B. SituationalAnalysis 14 13 12 11 10 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Department of Agriculture Ministry of Agriculture Nu. 20.000m Nu. 20.000m 17

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities Mean annual rural Quality and quantity Comprehensive Establishment of Seed and household cash of seeds and planting seed sector Plant Unit income increased materials supply development from Nu. 10,700 to increased from 2 % to strategy developed Development and above Nu. 35,000 50% of requirement Implementation of Strategy Capacity of private to enhance production Proportion of rural Availability and access and farmers‘ distribution and marketing households living in increased from 100 MT groups enhanced poverty reduced from to 600 MT of food crops and information Promoting seeds growers’ 30.9% to 20% and, fruit seedlings developed and made association from 200,000 to available 500,000 Development/review of clear cut specific crop promotion guidelines

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Department of Agriculture shall be responsible for the overall execution, coordination and implementation of the programme in collaboration with the DSC and private and farmers’ groups.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Establishment of Seed and Plant Unit 7.000 2 Development and Implementation of Seed Sector Development 1.000 Strategy 3 Enhancing Production, Distribution and Marketing 8.000 4 Promoting private seed units and seed growers‘ associations 2.000 5 Seed vouchers (free seeds) during crop failures/disasters 2.000 Total 20.000

MoA/06: Horticulture/Cash Crop Development Programme

A. Overview

18 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE agenciesexternal inthird countries. be to needs and exporters and strengthen institutional to with linkages need the morealso farmers made relevant. is There and modified of needs address not does also development crop cash etc. also needs to be urgently addressed. The existing credit and repayment system for horticulture/ issue. Thelack of adequate infrastructure such aspost harvest facility, critical another cool chains,is storage,grading, activities planned for resource inadequate Concurrently,an crops. cash major the horticulture sub-sector is still faced with inadequate professionals/specialists for important and a factor constrainingare commercial horticulturedevelopment production and cash cropcrop development. Additionally,horticulture/cash for resources land Inadequate basis. subsistence a on Although a diverse range of crops are grown, production remains limited as most crops are produced total area harvested under vegetables in2004was 24,605acres with production of 78,043MT. crops vegetable major The kg/acre. 6,732 cultivatedare radish,turnip,chili, potatoes, was ginger, broccoli,beans, leaves,green cabbage, Theetc. reported yield highest the while kg/acre 4,593 is potato of yield average national The country. the of parts most in grown commercially is Potato tree cropsunder fruit is around 13,000hectares. area total The 2004. in productioncrops fruit total MT 44,755 the of percent 93.27 foraccounted Fruit tree crops such as apple, oranges and arecanut are important export items for the country and ensuring household level income generation as well as strengthening and nutrition. security food potato, fruits and nuts, vegetable, and mushroom. citrus, All are development programme commodity of horticulture the these under included crops crops main playThe a vital role in enhancing and a viable and appropriate strategy to help incomes raise rural and reduce poverty. such, enabling more households to participate inhorticulture and cash crop cultivation represents cropcash cultivation are generallyoffbetter who enjoyand are incomesnot.those than higher As andhorticulture Bhutanin engagedpoverty.householdsin rural the Indicationsmanyofthatare holding farmers to enhance income levels and thereby break out of subsistence farming and escape Horticulture and cash crop development provides real and significant opportunities for many small- B. SituationalAnalysis 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status –Ongoingornew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG : : : : Nu.118.850 m : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Department of Agriculture, Dzongkhags,Gewogs Ministry of Agriculture (MoA) Nu. 118.850 m Five Years (2008-2013) New National Cash cropgrowers improvement forthepoor SDG Goal3:Ensureadequatenutrition&dietary by 2010;and SDG Goal2:Halveproportionofpeoplelivinginpoverty SDG Goal1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty; MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger. 19

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 C. Strategy The Triple Gem Approach of enhancing production, improving access, and targeted marketing shall be the overall guiding strategy for the horticulture commodity development programme. The greater market orientation of horticultural and cash crop farming, professional management of farm enterprises and integration of farm enterprises into the market constitute some of the important strategies for cash crop development. A variety of market mechanisms will be promoted such as the establishment or strengthening of local and commodity specifica agricultural market boards, cooperatives and self help groups to facilitate farmers access markets and secure better prices for their agricultural commodities. The promotion of contract farming be permitted and encouraged to help protect small holder farmers overcome existing market constraints, minimize transaction costs and enhance market access. The existing citrus farms that have been affected by citrus greening and other diseases will be rehabilitated. As facilitated by the Land Act 2007, horticulture development through lease arrangements shall be carried out. The conversion of private registered land for horticulture/ cash crop cultivation shall be promoted through appropriate incentives. For commercialization, the programme shall strengthen the existing linkages and explore new market and institutional linkages particularly with AMS and Post Harvest Programme. To promote specialized focus human resources requirement shall be incorporated in the HRMD plan. To improve the credit system, the programme shall reschedule repayment scheme in consultation with relevant financial institutions for fruit crops.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Mean annual rural Proportion of farmers Potato production increased Potato Development household cash engaged in horticulture from 47,399 MT to 75,000 MT Citrus Development income increased export cropping from Nu. 10,700 to increased from 10% to Citrus production increased Fruits & Nuts above Nu. 35,000 25% from 23,000 MT to 30,000 MT Development

Proportion of rural Value of horticulture Acreage under vegetable Vegetable Development households living export increased from production increased from in poverty reduced Nu.476 million per year 18,592 to 30,000 acres from 30.9% to 20% to Nu. 900 million per year Mushroom Production Mushroom Development increased from 35 MT to 70 MT

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional arrangments The Department of Agriculture shall be responsible for the overall execution and coordination of the programme. The Dzongkhag and Gewog administrations will carry out the actual implementation of the programme. The Department shall collaborate closely with Research Centers, Agriculture Marketing Service Division, National Post Harvest Programme and other relevant stakeholders for provision of technical inputs in the implementation of the programme.

20 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE management and potentially mitigating biodiversity loss. of promise use land promote further betterhelping also while productivity the raising and yields improvingproduction out holds further cultivation crop Organic agriculture. for opportunity marketgrowth significant Itthereforea presentsmarket. global growing a with world aroundthe agriculture mainstream in widespread more and popularity gaining increasingly is food Organic B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. M Indicative Cost 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 # o A/07: Organic/Natural Agriculture Mushroom Development Vegetable Development Fruits andNutsDevelopment Citrus Development Potato Development Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status –Ongoingornew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector Description ofProjects/Activities : : : : : : : : : : : : : : National FrameworkforOrganicFarminginBhutan Department of Agriculture, Dzongkhags,Gewogs Ministry of Agriculture (MoA) Nu. 24.500m Nu. 24.500m Five Years (2008 -2013) New National All farmersinpotentialareas improvement forthepoor SDG Goal3:Ensureadequatenutrition&dietary by 2010;and SDG Goal2:Halveproportionofpeoplelivinginpoverty SDG Goal1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty; MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger acres certified organicagricultureincreasedfrom150to300 principles increasedfrom1.5%to10%andareaunder Proportion ofruralhouseholdsadoptingorganicfarming access andmarketing. livelihoods throughenhancedagriculturalproductivity, poverty reduction,foodsecurityandimprovedrural Synergizing IntegratedRural-UrbanDevelopmentfor Agriculture Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 33.450 10.000 20.000 40.000 15.400 118.850 21

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 Organic farming is known to help improve soil conditions and land use management for small farms. It can also provide for a broader income base through diversification of crops. Besides, processing and marketing of organic agricultural products could also create new off-farm rural employment opportunities, especially when export markets can be accessed effectively. Organic farming in Bhutan is still in its infancy but there is a growing interest in developing this potential in Bhutan from both the Royal Government and farming communities. Generally though, there is within the country a lack of clearer understanding of what is defined as and encompasses “organic” and on the various processes that goes into certifying a product as organic. Many wrongly assume that just the absence of agro-chemicals in the cultivation of an agricultural product automatically qualifies it an agricultural product as organic which for most export purposes is not sufficient in of it itself. As there are no policies and systems that directly support the development of organic industry in the country to date, the DoA has developed a National Framework for Organic Farming in Bhutan to provide some guidelines and support for the growth of an organic industry. A National Organic Programme was also established under the Horticulture Division in 2006 and has been promoting organic agriculture in Bhutan. There is a dire need though to explore the prospects for marketing, market identification, research and development of market at national, regional and international levels. Besides the lack of policy on the organic industry, there is also an acute lack of personnel with technical knowledge and skills and proper information on organic farming. Under the programme, given the incipient stage of its development, shortage of staff is an issue. There is also the need for a holistic and integrated approach to organic farming development in Bhutan. The focus on community production in any potential area needs to be supported by strong research and development and extension systems. The dissemination of awareness on advantages of organic farming in terms of both livelihood support and income generation through a farming system’s approach based on good agriculture practices (GAP) must also be pursued. Protection, support and assistance to areas declared as organic, eg. in Gasa must be provided through appropriate incentives and support for organic agriculture. National standards must be developed and a system of regulation adopted to regulate the import and export of organic products. Marketing aspects with a national logo and forms of branding should be developed for marketing of organic products in Bhutan and in export markets. Capacity in these areas is poor and must be strengthened to create an enabling environment. The use of chemical fertilizers and subsidy must also be reviewed so as to re-appropriate subsidies to other areas of agriculture development.

C. Strategy Organic/natural farming will be promoted on a pilot basis given the enormous advantage that the country enjoys in terms of its pristine environment and the global and regional recognition of this fact coupled with the naturally limited use of agro-chemicals in agriculture. Further, organic/ natural farming will also be expanded to sustainable cultivation of the medicinal and aromatic plants or MAPs. The following three pronged strategic approach will be adopted to cover potential development areas: • Promote organic/natural farming in rural areas where access to agrochemicals is limited or non-existent;

22 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE D programme provide shall support focused to pro-organic development alternative indeclared organic areas. and reviewed The provision.for be considered irrigation and materials also fencing sheds, compost must as such incentives fertilzers chemical on subsidies of provision The done.and market be to information required be also appropriatewill onregulations market of framing the and stakeholders relevant with focus will AMS development with on organic products. The collaboration review of regional and international in standards, consultation programme The basis. partnershippublic–private a on least at few a implement to sector private the and NGOs engage effectively and sites pilot in companies producer establish to required be also will Efforts chain. value full the consideration into takes that planned/designed well with supported fully are who interests common with producers group of a community or a develop to be also will strategy The from 30.9%to20% in povertyreduced households living Proportion ofrural above Nu.35,000 from Nu.10,700to income increased household cash Mean annualrural . ResultsFramework • • Impact Expand organic production approaches. land for use environmental protection and resource management; and Incorporate organic farming principles in existing farming practices to enhance sustainable 1.5% to10% increased from principles organic farming adopting households of rural Proportion acres 150 to300 increased from agriculture certified organic Area under Outcome exports isinplace processing, tradingand supplies andservicesto technology backup,input consumer, production, organic industryfrom A wellstructured 1.5% to10% principles increasedfrom adopting organicfarming households trainedand Proportion ofrural supported and marketsidentified Potential productionareas options generated technologies asproduction organic developedand and departments’ Research centres Bhutan national logoforOrganic enabling environmentand development inplacewith Policy relatedtoorganic Output HRD- capacitydevelopment Finance/ credit/grants/subsidies and facilitation Market developmentfororganicproduce organic produceatthefarmlevel production, processingandpackagingof Establish appropriateinfrastructurefor organic farmersinruralareas Develop incentiveledpackagesfor areas andinitiateorganicproduction Baseline surveyforidentifiedpotential (NOP) Establish NationalOrganicProgramme certification systemwithanationallogo) Guarantee System)accreditationand appropriate regulation(Participatory Develop organicstandardsand and implementationplan Develop organicfarmingpolicy, strategy Projects/Activities 23

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 E. Management Arrangements

Institutional arrangments • A National Organic Programme (NOP) will be created within the Ministry of Agriculture with adequate staff and sufficient resources and representation from relevant sectors to take on the planning, development and advocacy functions required to advance the organic sector nationally. This office will have adequate access to all departments and agencies to address crosscutting issues based on farming systems. • The scope of activities for the NOP will include providing advice on research and development, adjusting/proposing government policies, developing and implementing and regulations, developing strategies to improve extension and advisory services to accommodate and support organic farming and improve consumer awareness about organic produce and products by interacting with the private sector and traders and markets and coordinate capacity building required for organic sector development. • The NOP will be guided and assist in programme planning with a team of Technical Working Group (TWG) consisting of focal persons from relevant agencies and departments. • An empowered Committee (EC) consisting of heads of selected agencies will provide overall development of the organic sector and major programme directions.

Indicative Cost

# Description of projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Development of national strategies and policies 1.000 2 Institution set up 9.000 3 Production and industry support 2.000 4 Research and Development 2.000 5 Market development and marketing chain 1.000 6 Education, awareness & information 8.000 7 Finance/ credits/grants/ subsidies 1.500 Total 24.500

MoA/08: National Medicinal and Aromatic Plants Programme

A. Overview

24 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE and product is clear the lack of integrated product-market value chain. market mismatchbetween of incidences the and price gate farm unrealistic for causes the of One prices. gate farm unrealistic in resulted often has costs productionaccount into taking MAPs for same time ensuring the sustainability of these resources. The absence of realistic pricing guidelines delineate clearly rights the of access MAPs to collect including issuance the at of while permits the the wild. To facilitate local communities’ access to medicinal and aromatic plants, there is a need to from collection pressure the on ease helped also has This venturealternativefarmers.farmingfor Thecultivation of medicinal plants initiated inthe late 1990s has emerged as a successful andviable accordedbeen significant priority. has strategies management of formulation and regimes collection sustainable on emphasis with plants medicinal of conservation the such as and resources plant medicinal of conservation and demandfor plant medicinal resources. concerns raised This has about longthe sustainability term the with foothold pressing a strong to rise given have the dzongkhags, all nearly in and units medical indigenous ofestablishment medicines traditional of use widespread and popularity The practices. managementsustainable develop and links marketing expand acreage, and species both of terms build a strong database system, improve the quality of medicinal materials, enhance production in to be the in will Plan focus Tenth The 1990s. late the in (ITMS)Traditional for Services Medicine The MoA initiatedcultivationthe of herbs medicinal and plants in collaborationwiththe Institute Sowa Rigpa. while medicine also preserving, promotingmodern and propagatingalongside the unique people cultural & traditionssocial forassociated with cures and treatment health alternative was provide objective to The system. health national the into advent formal its made Sowa-Rigpa 1968, arein in 300 almost species, identified these traditional use. With Of the introduction of properties. a small traditional medicine dispensary medicinal in Dechencholing with identified been have The country’s vast topography harbors around 7000 differentspecies ofplants of which 600 species B. SituationalAnalysis 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 Documents available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External Financingrequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing ornew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Department of Agriculture, DzongkhagsandGewogs Ministry of Agriculture Nu. 40.450m Nu. 40.450m Five Years (2008-2013) New National Farming Communitiesandtraders improvement forthepoor SDG Goal3:Ensureadequatenutrition&dietary by 2010 SDG Goal2:Halveproportionofpeoplelivinginpoverty SDG Goal1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty, MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger 25

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 In keeping with the objectives and the theme of the Tenth Plan, the programme will focus on rural poverty alleviation through increased rural income generation. The domestication and cultivation of medicinal plants will recieve strong priority in conjunction with the objectives of improved and increased crop diversification. The programme will also help develop organizational methodologies & systems for sustainable utilization of medicinal plants resources.

C. Strategy The main strategies in the Tenth Plan will include improving cultivation packages for priority species, including post harvest handling and value adding through semi processing and new product development. The programme will, in collaboration with AMS identify markets for the cultivated and collected materials and help to provide maximum benefits to the farmers. The programme shall ensure to address the issue of access and permits through the new Forest Policy, revised FN & C Act and Rules, and developing implementing guidelines. Upon review of regional and international price structure on relevant MAPs and assessing the local costs of production, the programme shall develop a pricing guideline. Cultivation of MAPs with high returns to the farmers shall be promoted through lease arrangements on GRF land and by introducing them in the private lands.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities Sustainable cultivation of MAPs Development of Proportion of rural Number expanded to at least 15 Dzongkhags sustainable collection & households living in of farmers cultivation packages for poverty line reduced engaged No. of MAP species under the priority species from 30.9% to 20% in MAP cultivation increased to 10 cultivation Value addition, product Mean annual rural increased 200 farmers trained in improved and development and household cash from 100 to Sustainable collection of MAP marketing income increased 200 from Nu. 10,700 to Improved MAP processing units Quality standardization above Nu. 35,000 established and certification,

E. Institutional Arrangement

Institutional arrangments The Department of Agriculture shall be responsible for the overall execution and coordination of the programme. The National Medicinal Aromatic plants Programme under the Department shall provide technical support in collaboration with the Research centers, Agriculture Marketing Services Division and Extension services for implementation by the Dzongkhags and Gewogs.

26 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Overview A. M Indicative Cost Management Programme 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 4 3 2 # o A/09: Integrated SoilFertility&Sustainable Land Germplasm management Infrastructure development Product developmentofMAP Production Managementandcultivation Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External financingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status- Ongoingornew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector Description ofProjects/Activities Total : : : : : : : : : : : : : Tenth Plan Sustainable LandManagement Project,2005;Sector National SoilServiceCenter, DzongkhagsandGewogs Ministry of Agriculture Nu. 266.000m Nu. 266.000m Five Years (2008-2013) Ongoing/New Nationwide Farming Communities and SDGGoal21:Wetland conservation SDGGoal 18: Acceptable levelofwaterandsoilquality; SDG Goal17: Acceptable levelofforestcover; improvement forthepoor; SDG Goal3:Ensureadequatenutrition&dietary by 2010 SDG Goal2:Halveproportionofpeoplelivinginpoverty SDG Goal1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty, Goal 7:EnsureEnvironmentalSustainability MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger for makinginformeddecisions; Land evaluationandlandcapabilityinformationavailable management; At least30-40%offarmerspracticesustainableland access andmarketing. livelihoods throughenhancedagriculturalproductivity, poverty reduction,foodsecurityandimprovedrural Synergizing IntegratedRural-UrbanDevelopmentfor Agriculture Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 1.100 40.450 18.850 18.500 2.000 27

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 B. Situational Analysis 69 percent of Bhutan’s population lives in rural areas, the vast majority of whom subsist on an integrated livelihood system of crop agriculture, livestock rearing, and use of different varieties of forest products. An average rural household owns 3.48 acres of land, which is often spread over different agro-ecological zones and altitudes. The rural landscape is highly susceptible to landslides, soil run-off and seasonal floods owing to its characteristic steep terrain, fragile geological conditions and heavy rains. In certain pockets, intensive land use has caused soil erosion, landslides and forest degradation resulting in depletion of soil fertility and overall land degradation. These changing landuse scenarios and its management practices are eroding mountainous ecosystems services. Loss of top soils, vegetation covers, frequent floods and land slides are some of the examples of resource erosions. An example of such a situation is observed in Radhi Gewog, where with an area of only 29 square km, around 10 percent of the land has been lost or rendered unproductive due to land degradation and landslides. There is a general understanding that anthropogenic factors such as overgrazing, deforestation, poor farming practices, poor soil and irrigation water management and indiscriminate development of infrastructure such as roads have contributed to the land degradation problem. The ecosystem services are now being disturbed mainly through events of land degradation that includes loss of top soils, landslides and flash floods. These events are triggered largely by removal of vegetative cover through deforestation and over grazing, poor management of agricultural land and water resources, and construction of infrastructures to meet the needs of growing population. This is a serious concern for Bhutan when the arable land is less than 8% of the total land, where more than 70% of the arable land is under dry land farming system, and urbanization is taking place at a rapid pace. On an average, a household cultivates less than two hectares of land. Any loss of soil or land from these sites would reduce crop yield in addition to adding massive sediment loads into rivers which are the sources of the country’s clean hydro energy. Several initiatives have been taken to combat land degradation such as, review of the 1979 Land Act, land management campaigns carried out in various parts of the country since 2005 and commencement of the Sustainable Land Management Projects.

C. Strategy The Ministry of Agriculture is preparing a National Action Plan (NAP) in consultation with a wide range of stakeholders to identity the root causes of land degradation and its likely mitigation measures. It is expected that the most of the existing programmes such as land management, community forest management, rangeland management and water management would feature in this action plan though the key elements will be sustainable land management including soil conservation and management of land. The focus of the Integrated Soil Fertility & Sustainable Land Management Programme in the Tenth Plan will be on mainstreaming sustainable land management into government policies and plans. Strengthening database management & information, dissemination of information for extension workers, farmers, planners and policy makers shall be the key strategies adopted. Piloting and replication of effective application of sustainable land management practices and capacity building of the local communities will be pursued. The principles of sustainable land management and

28 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Indicative Cost and Dzongkhags the with collaboration in Gewogs. Programme the the of for implementation the agency for coordination agency and execution overall the be mainbe Department of Agriculture the Centershall under Programme. Service The Soil National shall Agriculture of Ministry The Institutional arrangement E. ManagementArrangements D management purposes. soil fertility management. Theland usedata of 1999bealsowill updated for effectiveplanning and integrated of promotion and capability land and classification soil on informationdisseminating developing managementandthrough fertility soil for practices promotehelp best will This maps. Effortswill be made to identify and map critical/vulnerable areasthrough production ofsoil fertility eco-system healthy maintain plan inthe period. services and production food increase to activities managementnatural guide resource to used increasingly be also will (IWRM) management resource water integrated 4 3 1 food security through enhanced 30.9% to20% line reducedfrom below thepoverty households living Proportion ofrural 30.9% to20% line reducedfrom living inpoverty rural households Proportion of # . ResultsFramework Mainstreaming ofsustainablelandmanagement Sustainable LandManagementProject Soil, Plant,fertilizerandWater Sample Analysis Impact Description ofProjects/Activities studies information soil andland guided by Policy decisions management soil fertility integrated through land productivity Increase arable Outcome implemented developed and Management Strategy National Land Dzongkhags information availablefor and landcapability Land evaluation stakeholders enhanced adopted &capacityof management practices Sustainable land Output Total Programme forLanddegradation Preparation ofNational Action Capacity strengthened Sustainable LandManagement Fertility Management Soil Quality Assessment &Integrated information madeavailable Land Evaluationandcapability Soil, Plant,&Water Sample Analysis 16.000 245.000 5.000 Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) Projects/Activities 266.000 29

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 MoA/10: Rural Access Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Agriculture 2 Linkage to National Development : Synergizing Integrated Rural-Urban Development for Objectives & Strategies poverty reduction and improved rural livelihoods through enhanced rural access to markets and socio-economic services. 3 Expected Results : Proportion of rural population living more than 1 hour’s walk from motorable road head reduced from 40% to 20% 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger SDG Goal 1: Eradication of hunger poverty ; SDG Goal 2: Halve proportion of people living in poverty by 2010; SDG Goal 3: Ensure adequate nutrition & dietary improvement for the poor; SDG Goal 4: Ensure a robust pro-poor growth process; and SDG Goal 5: Strengthen connectivity of poorer regions and of poor as social groups 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Remote Gewogs and Villages 7 Scope : National 8 Status – Ongoing or new : Ongoing/new 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008-2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 516.090 m 11 External Financing required : Nu. 516.090 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Agriculture 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Agriculture, Dzongkhags and Gewogs 14 Collaborating Agencies : Ministry of Works and Human Settlement 15 Documents Available : Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis Rural access is widely acknowledged in Bhutan by policy makers and rural communities as a highly essential and critical intervention for poverty alleviation and broad based development. Without adequate rural access, many development initiatives in of themselves provide marginal returns. Improving rural access through farm roads and power tiller tracks however constitutes an enormous challenge given the rugged terrain and scattered settlements of the rural population. The construction of farm roads and power tiller tracks was given high priority during the Ninth Plan as it was seen as an important strategy to raise living standards through enhancing rural accessibility. During the Ninth Plan, approximately 800 km of farm road and 173 km of power tiller tracks have been constructed. As a result, the proportion of rural households located within a distance of an hour‘s walk has decreased from 58 percent in 2000 to 40 percent in 2005. According to the Vulnerability Assessment and Mapping study carried out by the Ministry of Agriculture and World Food Programme in 2005, 37% of the Gewogs falling under the most vulnerable category

30 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE certification/clearance agencies. ensured be access shall activities by rural streamlining procedure the consultationin with relevant for clearance delay.Timelywithout up taken be work can agencies infrastructure outsourced ofthat capacity so the equipmentbeyond machinery of pool a maintain will CMU roads, farm of to acceptable standards and environmental friendly techniques are applied. To support construction The implementing agencieswill be adequatelybackstopped to ascertainthat the roads arethe consideration constructed into taking realistic capacity of community. the Roads of Department the with collaboration in specified be shall roads and maintenance policy with clear roles differentand sustainability.standards/specifications of Specific term responsibilitieslong their ensureof to priority differentdue agencies/communities on directives clear have also must givenmaintenance andbridge Maintenanceof be constructed.construction roads of will roadsof policy The process. prioritization and screening consistent clear,transparentanda follow Dzongkhags and Gewogs all that ensurehelp would policy a Such The most important approach is to have a very clear and relevantpolicy for farm roads development. rate. subsidized at machineries moving earth provisionof the backstoppingthrough technical provide will Bumthang in located Unit Machinery Central The construction. road fortechniques friendly and designs survey, the of some outsourcing supervisions by of constructions while backstopping constructed to ascertain acceptable and standards, environmental designed roads of quality in already-overstretched the Dzongkhag Engineering of Sector. The some ultimate out-source expectation is shall the the improvement on work burden the Agriculture lessen to also is This ofconstructions. the of supervision andsurvey, design Department the process, the expedite to order In Dzongkhags and reports the on remaining the completed 8Dzongkhags be will by August 2008. 12 in finalized is DRAP plan reports. (DRAP) This PlanningAccess Rural DzongkhagPlan. the Masteron Accessbased be Rural will the by guided be will which areas, rural the in tracks tiller the in sector the of strategy powerThe key construction farm the and roads of be Tenth Plan shall C. Strategy certification/clearance by different/relevant agencies. must be adopteddevelopment and roads pursued. Therefarm is ain need tobetter policy handlerelevantthe clearanceand procedures Clear in termsconstructed. of roads of design & quality the programme shall, taking environmental concerns among other factors into consideration,The improveTenthPlan. the during (AMEPP) programme Promotion Enterprise Marketingthe Agriculture under funded be will Dzongkhags eastern 6 the in roads farm of km 63 of construction The proportion of population living beyond one hour’s from walk amotorable road-head to 20%. Keeping in line with the Tenth Plan goal of poverty reduction, the sector‘s objective is to reduce the emphasizedthat improvement ofGewogs. roadaccessibility their in would insecurity reduce food 31

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities Mean annual rural Proportion of Farm road and PTT Development of Farm Roads household cash income rural population Maintenance Policy and PTT maintenance policy increased from Nu. living more than in place 10,700 to above Nu. 1 hour‘s walk Outsourcing of Farm Road 35,000 from a motorable FR and PTT Survey, Design & Supervision road head survey, design Works Proportion of rural reduced from and supervision households living below 40% to 20% outsourced Purchase of Non-destructive the poverty line reduced Testing Equipment & from 30.9% to 20% 750 Kms of FR Procurement of Aerial Photos/ through enhanced food constructed using Maps security CMU machineries (Baseline 250 Kms) Strengthening of CMU, Bumthang

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional arrangements The overall coordination and execution of the Programme shall be carried out by the Department of Agriculture. Although construction of the farm road and power tiller tracks are carried out by the Dzongkhags and Gewogs, the Department in collaboration with Central Machinery Unit (CMU), Bumthang will continue to provide technical support, design, supervision and quality control.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Purchase of Non-destructive Testing Equipment, Procurement of 1.100 Aerial Photos/ Maps 2 Outsourcing Farm Road Survey, Design & Supervision Works 9.200 3 Farm Road & Power Tiller Track Maintenance Policy 1.000 4 Machinery support for farm roads construction 61.900 5 Construction of Farm Roads (Spillover) 442.890 Total 516.090

MoA/11: Farm Mechanization Programme

A. Overview

32 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE development of farmand machines. manufacture the in sector private the strengthen to be also installation, will approach The for technologies. support up back quality and timely innovativemaintenanceappropriateresearchonandconductcontinueand repair and to farming provide areas, remote more to tools and farmers. On the other hand, the AMC also will extend the outreach of farm machinery, equipment thereforewill directedbe at supporting entrepreneurs who providewill to suchindividual services services though will increasingly become agriculturedifficult. of provision The the focus service, civil theof the in employmentFarm on limitation Mechanization the With programme agriculture. the during role orientationofcommercial pivotal the expanding onemphasis the a given term long the playTenth in and Plan to continue will and inevitable is probably Mechanization Farm labor to alarge extent and and backbreaking reduced drudgery the nature of farm work. farm of shortage the address helped mechanizationhas farm that known is it this, support to out carried been haveassessments formal no as Even out. carried being are this advocating activities The demand forlabor saving technological devices is quite high and various promotionalevents and Such labor saving machinery and equipment have served to ease the life of the farming community. small agro-based enterprises in the country such as rice mills, flour mills, oil mills andpower tillers. farming remotecommunities. to Since coverage its establishmentservice in machinery 1983, agricultural the AMCextend at has to successfully later Bajo established and established more Bhur than were Khangma, 6,000 centers regional more Three Bhutan. in mechanization farm promote to objective the with 1983 in Paro in established was (AMC) Center Machinery Agriculture The B. SituationalAnalysis 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External financingrequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status- Ongoingornew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Dzongkhags andGewogs Department of Agriculture, Agriculture MachineryCenter, Ministry of Agriculture Nu. 60.696m Nu. 60.696m Five Years (2008-2013) Ongoing National Farming Communities SDG Goal4:Ensurearobustpro-poorgrowthprocess improvement forthepoor SDG Goal3:Ensureadequatenutrition&dietary by 2010 SDG Goal2:Halveproportionofpeoplelivinginpoverty SDG Goal1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger; 33

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 C. Strategy In the Tenth Plan, the AMC will continue to pursue the promotion of labor saving technologies as in the past basically in a holistic manner, i.e. carry out all the supporting activities such as making available the quality and appropriate technologies, providing back-up support services, training and carrying the research and development. Currently the Japanese Assistance for farm mechanization as KR-II Grant and Technical Assistance Project are substantial and will continue to play an important role throughout the Tenth Plan period and beyond. However, efforts are simultaneously being made to make farm mechanization activities self sustaining in the long term by developing indigenous technologies. In view of high demand for certain subsidized farm machinery, the programme will study and review the provisions of subsidy on farm machineries. With the intention to reach out to the more vulnerable and remote rural areas in providing timely and quality back-up farm mechanization support services, the Farm Mechanization programme will establish Gewog Machinery Centers in five Gewogs and eighteen private agricultural rural workshops. An important strategic aspect will be to strengthen the involvement of Farmers’ groups, associations and cooperatives and private enterprises dealing in farm machinery and related services. Efforts will be made to build the capacity of such groups to enable them to provide reliable services to farmers when required and develop appropriate storage structures. While the AMC will continue to support the individual farmers, the emphasis will be to support the groups, communities and individuals who in turn will provide services to the farmers in their localities. Training the Gewog extension and farmers’ groups on machine installation, repair and maintenance shall be pursued.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Mean annual rural Farm labor Sustainability of farm Strengthening R&D household cash income shortage machineries enhanced increased from Nu. addressed to a Inspection and Quality 10,700 to above Nu. large extent Safe and quality services Control 35,000 ensured Capacity Building Proportion of rural Capacity of end users enhanced households living below Enhancement of Outreach the poverty line reduced Outreach of farm machinery Services from 30.9% to 20% services extended to Gewog level Infrastructure Development

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional arrangements The Department of Agriculture shall be responsible for the overall execution and coordination of the programme. The AMC through its regional centers will play a key role in enhancing outreach services and building capacity of all end-users.

34 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE and national and income. security food households enhance to constraints and potentials specific location addressing refine services toextension be will attemptTenth Plan, the In markets. given and access a to linked within having time increase of productionperiod achieving towards targeted stakeholders relevant the all of Commodity extension has a definite goalwith focus approach in collaborationwith andB. SituationalAnalysis participation Overview A. M Indicative Cost Management Programme 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 5 4 3 2 1 1 # o A/12: ExtensionCoordination andInformation Supply anddistributionofrevolvingfarmmachinery Enhancement ofOutreach/supportServices Improving efficiencyandeffectiveness offarmtechnology Inspection andQualityControl Enhancement andsustainabilityoffarmmachinery Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status –Ongoingornew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector Description ofProjects/Activities : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Department of Agriculture Ministry of Agriculture Nu. 12.000m Nu. 12.000m 2008-2013 New National Farming communities SDG Goal4:Ensurearobustpro-poorgrowthprocess improvement forthepoor SDG Goal3:Ensureadequatenutrition&dietary 2010 SDG Goal2:Halveproportionofpeoplelivinginpovertyby SDG Goal1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger. production aspectsgenerated&appliedinfield. sixteen technologiesondifferentmanagementand production sites,datagenerationandpublications; economic potentialofareasthroughmapping Commodity productionfocusedbasedonsuitabilityand enhanced agriculturalextensionservices reduction, foodsecurityandimprovedrurallivelihoodsfrom Synergizing IntegratedRural-UrbanDevelopmentforpoverty Agriculture Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 60.696 0.697 28.750 3.828 4.061 23.360 35

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 C. Strategy The programme strategies for the Tenth Plan will be to harmonize, rationalize and link research and extension services with relevant agencies, and facilitate commodity development approach through effective field demonstration and capacity building process. The agricultural extension policy has been reviewed and re-formulated with an objective to re- vitalize the extension services for enhancing the delivery of services. Based on past experiences and lessons learnt, the following strategic activities will be pursued: • Review agriculture diploma curriculum of CNR in consultation with the technical departments of the MoA; • Develop proper supervision and monitoring system for Departments and Dzongkhags; • Ensure availability of proper extension materials; • Equip all geog RNR centers adequately with equipment and materials required for providing required extension services; • Adopt and institute a reward and penalty system based on performance of the field staff to improve performance and service delivery; • Develop and endorse clear guidelines for deployment, placement and transfer of extension staff; • Develop clear and agreed terms of reference for extension staff; • Establish extension division in technical departments to improve the coordination of extension activities including supply of inputs; • Institute a system of a regular supervisory contact between extension staff and their supervisors; and • Link research activities to extension services and vice-versa.

D.Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Mean annual rural Commodity production Farmers adopt scientific Collection of data and household cash based on suitable farming practices publications income increased production areas through from Nu. 10,700 to mapping of potential Functional farmers Capacity building and above Nu. 35,000 sites, data generation and group established with awareness publications clear mandates and Proportion of rural responsibilities Development of households living 16 technologies on different extension materials below the poverty management and production line reduced from aspects generated and Supply of extension 30.9% to 20% applied in the field tools and equipment

36 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Overview A. M Indicative Cost coordination and execution, Dzongkhags agencies, overall Gewogs. other the with collaboration for in programme responsible the of be implementation and shall Agriculture of Department The Institutional arrangments E. ManagementArrangements 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 # o A/13: Feed&odderDevelopment Programme Technology Transfer andCommunityDevelopment Farmers trainingandextensionmaterials Information generationandmanagement Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External financingrequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status –Ongoingornew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector Description ofProjects/Activities : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Department ofLivestock,Dzongkhags andGewogs Ministry of Agriculture Nu. 23.076m Nu. 23.076m Five Years (2008-2013) New Nationwide Farmers rearinglivestock SDG Goal4:Ensurearobustpro-poorgrowthprocess improvement forthepoor by 2010SDGGoal3:Ensureadequatenutrition&dietary SDG Goal2:Halveproportionofpeoplelivinginpoverty SDG Goal1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty Goal 7:Ensureenvironmentalsustainability. MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger 2013 by 20%,from3864.5acres2006/07levelto4636.92 Land broughtunderimprovedpasturedevelopmentincreased enhanced livestockdevelopment reduction, foodsecurityandimprovedrurallivelihoodsthrough Synergizing IntegratedRural-UrbanDevelopmentforpoverty Livestock Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 12.000 4.000 6.000 2.000 37

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 B. Situational Analysis Livestock plays a vital role in the agricultural and rural economy of Bhutan, particularly in the context of the livelihoods of rural farming communities. Not only do they produce food directly for self consumption and sale, livestock also provide key inputs to crop agriculture. Many farms in Bhutan are also too small to justify owning or using a tractor and often the alternatives are animal power or human labor. Moreover, livestock for most small holder farmers provide a ready source of income to help purchase the necessary inputs for crop production such as seeds and fertilizers. As such livestock rearing for farmers in Bhutan contributes to multiple livelihood sources and offers viable pathways out of poverty. Additionally, it is an indispensable asset of rural farming communities and a core aspect of their human capital as it notably impacts on their health and nutritional well being. As of 2005 the total livestock population was 664,452 of which 338,847 or 51% comprise cattle population (Department of Livestock Bulletin, 2007). More than three fourths of all households in Bhutan also own cattle. Given this context, an important programme since the 1980s has always been the feed and fodder development programme. Significant efforts have been made in the areas of fodder germplasm production, improvement of nutrition and feed mills, development of rangelands, etc. However, the skewed distribution of pasture land must be effectively addressed in the light of the enabling provisions under the Land Act 2007. There is also the urgent need to increase improved pasture coverage to address shortage of feed and fodder, particularly during the winter. The poor quality of feed also remains a critical issue. To date, fodder germplasm (seeds & seedlings) are distributed with full subsidy to farmers. The introduction of improved pastureland is yet to make an impact in terms of coverage and only 1.7 percent of households have improved pasturelands.

C. Strategy Research on better and improved varieties of feed and fodder, improved technological packages, alternative sources and integration of fodder production with horticultural development will be carried out in the Tenth Plan under the Feed and Fodder Development programme. In addition, based on findings from pilot studies, the Department shall promote leasing of Government reserved land for improved pasture development and initiate appropriate measures to improve rangeland management in high altitude regions. Improved pasture production will also be actively encouraged in private land to enhance production. Access to fodder germplasm for farmers will also be improved by upscaling establishment of fodder germplasm banks and building capacity of farmers in fodder germplasm production. There is the need to conduct research on new improved fodder species and scale up existing fodder germplasm banks. The National Tsamdro and Grazing Management Policy and strategies will be finalized and implemented. The revitalization of animal nutrition and feed mills shall also be taken up in the Tenth Plan. Micro feed mills will be established in potential areas and farmer’s groups will operate and manage them. In order to improve the feed quality, the programme shall review the existing centralized system of tendering and make necessary improvements. The livestock information and database management will also be strengthened.

38 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Indicative Cost of &fodderdevelopment. feed will be implemented in close coordination with the research and extension services in provideinputs technical the for implementation promotionat Dzongkhag the andlevels. The Gewog programme programme. The National Feed and FodderDevelopment Programme underthe Department shall TheDepartment ofLivestock shallbe responsible forthe overall coordination and execution ofthe Institutional arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D 5 4 3 2 1 30.9% to20% reduced from the povertyline living below rural households Proportion of above Nu.35,000 Nu. 10,700to increased from cash income rural household Mean annual . ResultsFramework # professional services Agri machineries,generaltools,officeequipmentand Infrastructure Development Rangeland Development Animal NutritionandFeedMill Pasture andFodderDevelopment Impact Description ofProjects/Activities fodder development enhance feedand technologies to improved Farmers adopt 2013 to 4636.92acresby from 3864.5acres increased by20% development improved pasture Land broughtunder Outcome by 2013 to 3849.6farmers farmers (2006/07) by 20%,from3208 species adopted New fodder implemented and strategies management policy resource National grazing Output Total Animal NutritionandFeedMill Infrastructure development distribution andqualitycontrol Fodder germ-plasmproduction, government leaseland Pasture Developmentinprivate& improved pasturedevelopment Leasing ofgovernmentlandfor development Rangeland managementand Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) Projects/Activities 23.076 3.390 13.250 1.258 2.328 2.850 39

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 MoA/14: Livestock Health & Laboratory Services Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Livestock 2 Linkage to National : Synergizing Integrated Rural-Urban Development for poverty Development Objectives & reduction, food security and improved rural livelihoods from Strategies enhanced livestock development 3 Expected Results : Reduction in loss of livestock from diseases by (1.2%) from 17913.6 numbers of death in 2005 to 13779.4 numbers of death by 2013. Number of farmers adopting stall feeding increased by 10% 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger; SDG Goal 1: Eradication of hunger poverty SDG Goal 2: Halve proportion of people living in poverty by 2010 SDG Goal 3: Ensure adequate nutrition & dietary improvement for the poor SDG Goal 4: Ensure a robust pro-poor growth process 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Livestock rearing households 7 Scope : National 8 Status – Ongoing or new : New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008-2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 145.490 m 11 External Financing : Nu. 145.490 m Required 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Agriculture 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Livestock, Dzongkhags and Gewogs 14 Documents Available : Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis Livestock health services play a vital role in livestock development. With the increase in exotic crossbreeds, the livestock population is becoming more susceptible and vulnerable to diseases. This is further compounded by the increasing threats of trans-boundary diseases such as avian flu, rinderpest, etc. Currently there are four regional veterinary laboratories at Gedu, Gelephu, Bumthang and Khaling. Each of the regional laboratories caters to the nearby Dzongkhags and central farms. During the Ninth Plan, a total of 66,962 samples were tested and clinical services were provided to peri-urban farmers. Case studies and research were also carried out on the warble problems in Laya and Paro, tuberculosis and mastitis survey in Thimphu and sero-surveillance for bird flu in the country. Due to the systematic monitoring and purposive sero-survey exercise, the country was conferred the status of “free from Rinderpest” in 2005 a significant achievement of the disease prevention and control programme. There is still immense need to strengthen animal health services. Diseases such as Zoonotic, Foot and Mouth, Gid and Rabies, Avian Influenza, etc. will continue to be a major threat to livestock health and development. Basic standard materials & equipments to carry out livestock extension

40 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Veterinary Regional of body network the an apex through as inputs technical provide Department shall the health, the livestock for for under agency Health coordination Animal and for Center execution National overall The the Programme. be shall Livestock of Department The Institutional arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D clearly to need be spelt out undertaken. services clinical andbe will and distribution and production prevention,vaccine disease for points focal national various the established.and regulatory measures be The surveillance shall responsibility termsofdisease in of Authority Regulatory Bhutanand(BAFRA)Food Agricultureand Services, Extension Gewog the forHealthAnimal (NCAH),Veterinary Regional Laboratories (RVL), Dzongkhag FieldUnits and at effectively activities be will and laboratory monitoredsupplies such and andinventoried. programme A the more health under effectivesupplied coordination extension be mechanismbetween will the for Centers NationalCenter Gewog required the & equipments materials basic The outpostveterinary clinic are out. carried to be Additionally, other provided.outreach programmes skills such and as the knowledge mobile equipment, veterinary clinic and necessary establishmentand of trained be will workers community health animal areas, remote in accessibility and coverage health to animal order the In initiated.increase andbe improveto are etc rabies, FMD, like diseases livestock regarding (DZFs) Zones Free Disease creation of The areas.remote in communities,particularly rural to services facilities, health infrastructure existing the strengthen of animal efficiency, enhancemanagement to delivery shall timely HRD andeffectiveness services, programme the Plan, Tenth the During C. Strategy to and strengthen infrastructure. and clinical both epidemiological animal services health health and laboratory activities continue to be inadequate in the gewog centres. There isalso a need 30.9% to20% reduced from the povertyline living below rural households Proportion of 35,000 to aboveNu. Nu. 10,700 increased from cash income household rural Mean annual . ResultsFramework Impact 2013 disease in death from numbers of 13779.4 2005 to deaths in 17913.6 1.2% from diseases by livestock from in lossof Reduction Outcome trained health workers Nos. ofanimal put inplace Zones creation Disease Free Modality on 20% outbreak by of diseases incidence Reduced Output Provision oflivestockhealthservicestotheruralareas Infrastructure development Training ofCommunity Animal HealthWorkers National Animal Hospitalout-reachprogramme Regional Veterinary LaboratoryServices Clinical andLaboratoryServices Vaccine Production, Procurement&Distribution Veterinary Epidemiologicalservices strengthened Disease prevention&control Projects/Activities 41

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 Laboratories, Dzongkhag field units, national focal points for disease prevention and control, vaccine production and distribution, national referral veterinary laboratory, clinical services, clinical research and extension coordination.

Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu in million) 1 National Centre for Animal Health (Serbethang) 43.480 2 Regional Livestock Development Centre (Tsimasham) – provide 11.500 livestock health, breeding, feed and fodder and other allied services 3 Regional Livestock Development Centre (Wangdue) – provide 21.032 livestock health, breeding, feed and fodder and other allied services 4 Regional Livestock Development Centre (Zhemgang) – provide 11.500 livestock health, breeding, feed and fodder and other allied services) 5 Regional Livestock Development Centre (Khangma) – provide 11.500 livestock health, breeding, feed and fodder and other allied services 6 National Animal Hospital, Langjophakha, T/phu-Provision of clinical 44.580 veterinary Services 7 Livestock Central store, P/ling- renovation and fencing 1.900 Total 145.490

MoA/15: Livestock Breeding and Input Supply Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Livestock 2 Linkage to National Development : Synergizing Integrated Rural-Urban Development for Objectives & Strategies poverty reduction, food security and improved rural livelihoods from enhanced livestock development 3 Expected Results : Livestock productivity enhanced from 1.9 kg milk/day/ animal (baseline 2007) to 2.185kg milk/day/animal by 2013. 85% of livestock input demand met through in-house capacity.

4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger; SDG Goal 1: Eradication of hunger poverty SDG Goal 2: Halve proportion of people living in poverty by 2010 SDG Goal 3: Ensure adequate nutrition & dietary improvement for the poor SDG Goal 4: Ensure a robust pro-poor growth process 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Farmers rearing livestock 7 Scope : National 8 Status – Ongoing or new : New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008-2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 146.670 m

42 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE and supply this is often hampered by militant insurgencyandlaw and order situation in Assam. Gelephu from supplied are fingerlings all Currently dzongkhags. eastern six and Dzongkhag the of demand meat increased the to cater Samdrupjongkharto Sonamthangin atestablished be will generation easy andfor distribution locations to clientstrategic districts andat farms. establishedFor example, be a fishtoseed production centre need also farms generating input livestock More contract promoted farmersbe will and and design the implementation of IMSundertaken. inventory and other methods modern offarming. dairy The production of breeding stockthrough livestock keeping,record farm dairy the include shall and initiated to be shall farms productivity enhance private in practice of codes standard of dissemination and adoption The productivity. enhance breeding to developed livestock be will practice of existing codes standardand reviewed The be will strategy term. and policy long the in privatization for economic them their preparae enhance and to viability farms the in introduced be will systems management and Business facilities. on introducing appropriate designs while revamping the existing ones and constructing additional farm activities will be given priority in the Tenth Plan. Farm infrastructure development shall focus diversificationand infrastructure strengthening farmof areas, the of livestockrural productionin improvingfor supplyinput adequate ensure to and above highlighted constraints the of view In C. Strategy updates to incorporate changes pertinent inlivestock population and relevant dynamics. inventorying of information could and also be designed to achieve uniformity and scope for periodical identification livestock national The information facilitateto useful database.The recording andmodernized reviewed mustsystem be priorities. economic fulfilling than rather objectives due to existing management and operations system which are geared more towards meeting social to feed of quality the improving enhance in livestock production.effective Additionally, very the been viability of not existing breeding has either farms is tendering compromised requiresof system farmscentralized government of infrastructure existing the improvementas needs the feed of quality Further, the re-designing. renovation ormajor of most scenario, current the Under areas and for crossbreed of Siriand Mithun areas. rural inthe low at present, there is good potential and increased demand for improved breeds in the peri-urban remainsquitetotal share of improveda percentageof as breeds livestockthe Although services. input of sources insemination through artificial supported main further is This villages. supplythe the breedingforcattlein are farms in these different from bulls located breed improved farms The country. culture the fish of two parts and farm horse one farm, sheep one farms, poultry are two exotic cattle The breeding farms, two Mithun farms, one1985. Nublang farm, three pig breeding in centers, three began species as other programme was supported through the establishment of farms across the regions. Currently,as well there cattle for programme crossbreeding The B. SituationalAnalysis 14 13 12 11 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Department ofLivestock,DzongkhagsandGewogs Ministry of Agriculture Nu. 146.670m 43

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Mean annual rural Livestock Improved breed supply Systematic crossbreeding household cash productivity increased by 25% programme in place income increased enhanced from from Nu. 10,700 to 1.9kg milk/day/ Supply of high performing above Nu. 35,000 animal (baseline National cattle identification and adaptive breed 2007) to 2.185kg and recording system Proportion of rural milk/day/ animal by developed Improved database households living 2013 management system below the poverty Farmer’s managed input line reduced from production unit supported Supporting establishment 30.9% to 20% Livestock cross of farmer managed breed population Nublang farm strengthened livestock Input production increased by 25% unit Native Breed Conservation programme developed Enhancing productivity of government farms

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional arrangements The Department of Livestock shall be responsible for the overall execution and coordination of the programme, particularly for carrying out policy reviews and development of database and management system. The implementation of the programme will be carried out in collaboration with the Dzongkhags and Gewogs.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Livestock Breeding 20.790 2 IMS and M & E 5.450 3 Livestock Input Supply 120.430 Total 146.670

44 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE an enabling environment livestock to boost production. nutritionalstatus and ofpopulation,dietary the programme the continue will on tofocus creating generationincome the andcapacity both enhancingfor potential this of view In districts. certain andareas peri-urban in market,particularly domestic the within demand sizeabole the of view in levelssubsistence beyond livestock expanding production considerablepotential thus for is There andeggs 2,134,730liters 2000and of between 2005. milk ofcartons 781,341 pork, of 3,469MT beef, of MT amountedlivestockproducts6,253 ofto import Authority(BAFRA), Regulatory Food and AgricultureBhutan the Accordingto imported. still is has not grown as rapidly as it could. A large share of the national consumption of livestock capitalandadequateinvestments,oflabour products lack livestock production the scarcityand land to due population.However, notable improvementsrural nutritional the the andstatusof the in security food to significantly contributed has production Livestock 2007). were Livestock, eggs million of 5.39 (Dept and producedchicken of MT 151 beef, of MT 547 pork, of MT 1,649 milk, of MT Livestock products in Bhutan include mainlyproducts, dairy meat, wool and eggs. In 2005, 19,927 B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. M 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o A/16: LivestockProductionrogramme Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status- Ongoingornew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Department ofLivestock,Dzongkhags,Gewogs Ministry of Agriculture Nu. 442.640m Nu. 442.640m Five Years (2008-2013) Ongoing National Prospective individualsandcommunitybasedgroups SDG Goal4:Ensurearobustpro-poorgrowthprocess improvement forthepoor SDG Goal3:Ensureadequatenutrition&dietary 2010 SDG Goal2:Halveproportionofpeoplelivinginpovertyby SDG Goal1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger; from 2001.7MT(baseline2007)to2202MTby2013. Increased meat(poultry, pork,beefandfish)production to 7897MTby2013 Increased dairyproductionfrom7179MT(baseline2007) to Nu.600millionperyear Value oflivestockproductionincreasedfromNu.550million livelihoods fromenhancedlivestockdevelopment poverty reduction,foodsecurityandimprovedrural Synergizing IntegratedRural-UrbanDevelopmentfor Livestock 45

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 However, there are significant constraints in furthering livestock development which needs to be addressed. Inadequate access to land resources for pasture development inhibits growth in livestock production which is further exacerbated by the weak marketing network and mechanisms that are still underdeveloped and inefficient. Information management of livestock production within the country is also weak and needs to be strengthened.

C. Strategy The key strategy for the programme will be to adopt an integrated approach for livestock production with clear linkages between production, processing and marketing initiatives. Therefore all other related interventions like feed and fodder, livestock breeding, livestock health, etc., will be geared towards increasing livestock production and productivity. A master plan for developing each commodity will be formulated for effective and efficient implementation. Private-public partnerships will also be promoted actively as a major platform to increase production and productivity, processing, value addition and marketing of livestock products. There is a need to promote improved technologies through subsidies. Under the programme, activities will be conducted to study and introduce product and market chains for farmers to take up planned livestock production activities. The potential of livestock production in peri-urban areas with comparative market advantage shall be further developed. The diversification of farm activities, particularly in southern Bhutan such as fishery, piggery and poultry will be encouraged and assistance provide in facilitating the formation of farmer’s groups, associations or cooperatives. Trainings are also to be conducted on product processing, diversification and marketing. The establishment of appropriate processing units for livestock products shall also be supported and farmers trained to adopt standard codes of practice on livestock production record management. The imposition of restrictions in meat production and marketing on auspicious periods has proved a constraint to the further development of the livestock sector and the removal of such restrictions will be reviewed. The stall feeding of cattle will be promoted in order to reduce grazing pressure on natural forest/ rangeland, alongside pursuing more efficient use of improved pasture resources. However, this will depend on the availability of government land on lease for improved pasture development. The programme shall coordinate with Feed and Fodder Development Programme on pasture development and provide support in terms of supplying machinery, equipment and technology. Backyard farms and processing plants will be established and farmers trained on improved backyard management practices. Providing access to market for livestock products and the formation of farmers groups will be employed as major strategies to boost livestock production in rural areas. Proper information management and data generation of livestock production shall be maintained within the IMS system of the Department of Livestock and will help generate necessary policy interventions to encourage domestic sales and exports. The lessons and experiences from the the Samthang fishery community development project in Wangduephodrang will be analysed and the beneficial poverty alleviating aspects appropriately replicated in other other poor communities. A generic pro-poor livestock development framework will be formulated accordingly and implemented to address poverty alleviation. This will target the poorest of the poor and concentrate on improving livelihoods of marginal communities in remote areas.

46 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Indicative Cost and roles clear with identified be will agenciesresponsibilities. providing service each from person focal this, towards and programme the implementationof the in Gewogs and Dzongkhags the by required various livestock divisions and agencies under the Department shall provide all supportive services The Livestock. of Department the by out carried be shall execution coordination and overall The Institutional arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D 30.9% to20% reduced from below poverty households living Proportion ofrural above Nu.35,000 from Nu.10,700to income increased household cash Mean rural 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 # . ResultsFramework Infrastructure (DVH+RNRECNLBP) Equine (CommunityFarms) Sheep (CommunityFarms) Goat farm(CommunityFarms) Fishery (CommunityFarms) Poultry ProcessingCentre Piggery ProcessingCentre Dairy Production–MilkProcessing Impact Description ofProjects/Activities year Nu. 600millionper Nu. 550millionto increased from production Value oflivestock Outcome formed andtrained 9 Dairygroups 2202 MT by2013 (baseline 2007)to 2001.7 MT production from beef andfish) (poultry, pork, Increased meat by 2013 2007) to7897MT 7179 MT (baseline production from Increased dairy Output Total based onSamthangexperiences livestock enterprisesdevelopment Replication ofPropooractivitiesfor Training onproductionandprocessing partnership initiatives Development ofpublic-private associations Establishment offarmersgroupsand processing andmarketing through livestockproduction, Initiatives Strengthening LivestockDevelopment Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) Projects/Activities 442.640 52.150 1.700 7.200 8.600 86.000 51.000 120.950 115.000 47

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 MoA/17: Targeted Highland Livelihood Support Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Livestock 2 Linkage to National Development : Synergizing Integrated Rural-Urban Development for Objectives & Strategies poverty reduction, food security and improved rural livelihoods through enhanced livestock development. 3 Expected Results : Increased dairy (yak) production by 20%. 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger. SDG Goal 1: Eradication of hunger poverty SDG Goal 2: Halve proportion of people living in poverty by 2010 SDG Goal 3: Ensure adequate nutrition & dietary improvement for the poor SDG Goal 4: Ensure a robust pro-poor growth process 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Rangeland communities in high altitude areas 7 Scope : National 8 Status- Ongoing or new : Ongoing on trial basis 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 - 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 34.760 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 34.760 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Agriculture 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Livestock, Dzongkhags, Gewogs, Communities & Private sectors 14 Documents Available : Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis Given the remoteness and distant isolation of many highland communities in the northern regions of the country and the particular access difficulties in providing basic socio-economic services and facilities, these communities have had limited benefit from mainstream development. This has necessitated a varied development approach in launching a targeted highland livelihood support programme that promotes sustainable rural livelihood prospects for yak herders in high altitude areas. Rangeland communities in the highland areas of Bhutan still continue to rely on traditional methods and technology for dairy processing and treating sick livestock. These communities also depend on highly inefficient and laborious dairy processing methods and expend considerable effort and time in gathering energy resources such as fuelwood for heating and cooking. This severely limits the efficient and more rational use of time for more productive pursuits. Moreover, yak herding is also increasingly becoming less attractive among the younger generation of these communities due to the drudgery and extremely hard work entailed. It is highly likely that unless appropriate measures are undertaken to make yak farming more appealing through the introduction of appropriate technology to ease the labour burden, many young people will eventually migrate from these communities and take up alternative livelihood opportunities eslewhere.

48 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE areas. among shared stakeholders for be further dissemination and will consideration for activities replication in these other similar rangelandfrom learnt lessons and result The Energy. of TheDepartment stakeholders. outside relevant the collaborationwith and close in done be promotion resourcessustainablewill ofalternative energy communities herder Yak Adminstration, Dzongkhag The activitiesbewill executed bythe Department ofLivestock in collaborationwith the concerned Institutional arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D established at strategic locations that benefitthe majority of householdsthe in area. be also will outposts Veterinarycoverageclinic communities. these the all increasingto of services veterinary way of reach a and as equipped and trained be also Workerswill Health Animal Communityestablished. be will unitprocessing meat manner,microhygienic anda humane a in done is this that encourage and production meat enhanceToappropriate. oris introducedwhichever piloted, be will digester portable using production biogas and cooking and lighting solar Moreover, to promote the sustainable use of alternative energy source in these highland communities, givenbe priority. materials. transportation and packaging and Farmer’sgroupformation will on andprocessing improved ondairy production, pasturetraining churner butter separator, cream like equipmentprocessing dairy improved of distribution through promoted be will processing dairy Hygienic producehayforwinterfeeding. topromoting by fodder summerresourcewinterandbase fodder herders who have special needs and considerations. Emphasis will be given targeted yak tailored have to of a and the is addressneeds programmepriority strategy to tokey The increasing the feed and C. Strategy ensuringalso that is this done inasustainable fashion to help natural the preserve resource base. altitude areas. It important be will to continuehigh promoting resource these utilization for communities these while in available are for that are responsible resources rich and the utilizing sustainably been and maintaining have herders Yak consideration. important another also is There 30.9% to20% reduced from living inpoverty rural households Proportion of 35,000 to aboveNu. from Nu.10,700 income increased household cash Mean rural . ResultsFramework Impact by 20% production dairy (yak) Increased Outcome technologies introduced energy efficient Sustainable alternative animal healthservices Increased coverageof technology promoted meat processing Improved dairyand winter fodder Increased availabilityof Output sources forheating,cookingandlighting Promote sustainablealternativeenergy Workers Training ofCommunity Animal health Supply ofdairyprocessingequipment Construction ofMeatprocessingUnits Promote improvedfoddervariety demonstration Feed andfoddertraining Projects/Activities 49

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Fodder production 13.560 2 Training of Community Animal Health Workers and equipping 2.500 with necessary basic equipment 3 Dairy processing equipment 5.000 4 Establishment of meat processing units 1.200 5 Supply of portable solar lamps, solar cookers, biogas digester 10.000 6 Establishment of veterinary clinic outpost 2.500 Total 34.760

MoA/18: Participatory Forestry Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Forestry 2 Linkage to National Development : Synergizing Integrated Rural-Urban Development for Objectives & Strategies poverty reduction and improved rural livelihoods while promoting environmental conservation 3 Expected Results : Proportion of forest area managed as community and private forest increased from less than 1 % of GRF to 4%. Proportion of households involved in community and private forestry increased from 4% to 7%. 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger MDG Goal 7: Ensure environmental sustainability SDG Goal 1: Eradication of hunger poverty SDG Goal 2: Halve proportion of people living in poverty by 2010 SDG Goal 17: Acceptable level of forest cover. SDG Goal 18: Acceptable level of water and soil quality. SDG Goal 19: Acceptable level of air quality SDG Goal 20: Conservation of bio-diversity 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Prospective farmers and community forest management groups 7 Scope : National 8 Status- Ongoing or new : On-going 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 - 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 83.200 m 11 External Financing required : Nu. 83.200 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Agriculture 13 Implementing Agencies : Social Forestry Division (Department of Forests), Dzongkhags and Gewogs 14 Documents Available : Framework for Implementation of Decentralized Forestry Activities, 1993; Sector Tenth Plan

50 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Some of major the community and private foresty over undertaken activities Ninth the Plan were: of surveyors shortage in the to the dzongkhags due has boundaries also proved land in authenticating to be difficulty a The major gewogs. obstacle three for to private two forestryfor development. responsible is agent extension each as pace shortages staff up face picked still though has Dzongkhags recently.The forestry community environment, policy enabling an of creation the With forestry enhancing and activities forestry extension. decentralized the of implementation the in assist to of rural timber. Forestry extension units have been created in the Dzongkhags with trained foresters encroachmentrestrictingsanctioning and firewood into sokshingandtsamdrog, of dry allocation development and management of community and private forests, protection of forests from fire includeand forest implementationDecentralized for activities effective 1993. since decentralized were the sustenance of the rural community and those that demanded intensive community participation further emphasized through the decentralization policy. Forestry activities with direct relevance for was forests ofmanagement and protection people‘sin forparticipation need the and importance The Decree. Royal a through 1979 in formally introduced was management forest Participatory B. SituationalAnalysis increased from the current ceiling of 2.5 ha per household to a minimum of 5 ha per household and requirements be wood andcommunityfrom will timber forests,resourceallocationarea their the forests for the Community Forest Management Groups. To enable rural communities to fully meet FNCAct and1995 Rules and Regulations torightsaddressand legal ownership the of community A clear frameworkand developedlegal through be policy the revisionwill of the Forest Policy, the forestry, community Plan are as follows. Up-scaling strengthened. be strategiesofSome specific will the to promotetheparticipatory in forestry Tenth resources forest generation. of governance good employmentand enterprises forestry-based community stimulateof development and poverty generation, incomereduce enhance to resources forest local manage sustainably to communities rural empoweringof objective the with focus special a given be developmentwill forestry Community C. Strategy increasing and national local forest cover. to contributes foresty private and community of promotion Moreover, the unemployment. and augment farm incomes, promote rural enterprise livelihood development and reduce rural underemployment the to scope enhance extended communityan thus provides for programme This increasing. been for has privateforestry and communities further rural the to from demand forestryThe communities. rural private for opportunities and community developing tremendous for is there that potential shows Plan Ninth the over programme forestry the of assessment An • • • • In-country community forestry on study tour guidelines for CFMGs published. case studies 17 isprepared. strategy development community published forestry aspects and four volumes of CFmanuals published; and Forestry Community draft A Five CFshas generating started income from of sale forest produce; of Forest area engaging households. 3,940rural 121private forests established; 72 community forests established and handed over to local communities covering 9,000 ha 51

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 this change will be addressed in the FNC Rules. With the operationalization and strengthening of community forestry across the country, rural timber subsidies will need to be reduced and ultimately phased out in 10-15 years. Pertinent policy measures will also include supporting private forestry assistance to registered land owners. To enhance income generation, poverty alleviation and employment from community forests, establishment of forest resource based enterprises and regional CF associations will be supported with proper feasibility studies. A business economist will be hired through SNV or some other donors to support CF and NWFP business feasibility planning and product development. To enhance the capacity and capability of the Department, Dzongkhags and rural communities in the implementation of community forestry, private forestry and forestry extension programmes, human resource capacity will be strengthened through a series of long-term, short-term and in- service training programmes. In particular, community forest management groups (CFMGs) shall be provided a series of in-country training programmes on record keeping, book keeping, and planning aspects to ensure smooth implementation of CF plans, enhance equity and good resource governance.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Forest areas in Proportion of forest 400 community Strengthening Community the vicinity of area managed forests established Forestry development the communities as community and managed by local sustainably managed and private forest communities (Baseline: Strengthening Private by local people increased from less 72 community forests) Forestry contributing to than 1 % of GRF to enhancement of rural 4% About 1000 private Strengthening Forestry livelihoods and to forests developed Extension Services maintaining the forest Proportion of (Baseline:121 private cover households involved forests) Strengthen human resource in community and capacity at different levels private forestry through a series of ex- increased from 4% to country and in-country 7% training programmes

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional arrangements The Department of Forests shall be the overall executing and coordination agency for the Participatory Forestry Programme. The Social Forestry Division shall provide technical backstopping required by the Dzongkhags, Gewogs and the field forestry offices for enhancing management of participatory forestry programme. In order to effectively implement participatory forestry programme, the Department of Forests shall place adequate number of qualified forestry personnel in dzongkhags and gewogs.

52 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Overview A. M Indicative Cost Programme 3 2 1 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o # A/19: Non-W Developmentood ForestReource Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External Financingrequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status- Ongoingornew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector Strengthening ForestryExtensionServices Strengthening PrivateForestry Strengthening CommunityForestry Description ofProjects/Activities : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Activities, 1993;SectorTenth Plan Framework forImplementationofDecentralizedForestry Dzongkhags andGewogs Social ForestryDivision(DepartmentofForests), Ministry of Agriculture Nu. 65.000m Nu. 65.000m Five Years (2008 -2013) New National Businesses Community forest/NWFP managementgroups/Traders/ SDG Goal20:Conservationofbio-diversity SDG Goal18: Acceptable levelofwaterandsoilquality. SDG Goal17: Acceptable levelofforestcover. 2010 SDG Goal2:Halveproportionofpeoplelivinginpovertyby SDG Goal1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty MDG Goal7:Ensureenvironmentalsustainability MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger communities. significant contributiontoincomegenerationinrural At least100NWFP managementgroupsformedwith increased from4to20; Sustainable communitymanagementofNWFPsSpecies NWFP whileensuringenvironmentalconservation reduction andimprovedrurallivelihoodsthroughpromoting Synergizing IntegratedRural-UrbanDevelopmentforpoverty Forestry Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 16.200 5.000 62.000 83.200 53

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 B. Situational Analysis Non-timber forest products play a significant role in the economic and cultural lives of virtually all rural households in the country. Bhutan’s NWFP resource base is rich and includes a diverse range of products from medicines to dyes, oil seeds and nuts, incense, forest vegetables, fruits and nuts, bamboo and cane, spices, resins and high value mushrooms. This rich non-wood forest resource base comprises 600 medicinal plants, 97 varieties of mushrooms, 97 different fruits and nuts, 34 bamboos, 14 canes, 25 oil/resin species, 20 spices, 38 fibres, 70 ornamental plants, 181 fodder species, 36 dyes, 12 food crops (yams) and 77 forest vegetables. These are NWFPs that have been identified and described by the Department of Forests and harvested by people in rural areas, traded and exported and do not include others that remain unknown. NWFPs are used by rural communities for self-consumption with the surplus produce sold in local markets. Numerous case studies and RNR statistical data collected reflect the considerable potential of NWFPs for income generation for rural communities. For instance, RNR statistics reveal that about close to half of all households in the country use bamboo resources for a variety of purposes, 21% of households are engaged in harvesting mushrooms from the wild and 38.6% of households gather fern-tops during summer months. Data from the EODP project reveal that farmers from Mongar, Lhuentse, Trashigang, and Trashiyangtse earned an income worth Nu. 51,247,045 over a period of 10 years (1994-2004) from the sale of lemon grass oil (EODP, 2006). In Bjoka, Zhemgang Dzongkhag a study revealed that 66% of the monetary income was derived from bamboo & cane products. The Laya communities are semi nomadic pastoralists with income from a variety of activities, including 12% of income from yak husbandry, 8% from agriculture and 14% from incense making. However half of their income derives from the collection and sale of Cordyceps sinensis (Namgay, et al, 2007). Also case studies have shown the economic importance of NWFPs. On average Chirata (Swertia chirayita) contributed to 42% of the household cash income of Shingkhar Lauri farmers in 1996-97 (Pradhan et al, 1998) and star anise (Illicium griffithii) provide sizeable cash income for farmers in Yabrang in Trashigang Dzongkhag and Aja Nye in Mongar Dzongkhag (Mukhia et al., 2006). Despite the tremendous potential and opportunity for NWFPs for poverty alleviation and enhancing income generation in rural areas, NWFP development had not received adequate attention in the national forest resource policy in the past. As such, the NWFP sector is still very much in its infancy with its commercial potential barely realized. This has also resulted in poor priority for NWFPs and inadequate planning and poor resource allocation for its development. Policies will now need to comprehensively cover all relevant aspects such as local participation in NWFP development, investment promotion, technology development, engaging private enterprise and informal sectors, patenting of products/processes etc. Also, the NWFP sector is constrained by the limited technical capacity in the Department of Forests to further expand the sustainable utilization and management of NWFP resources. Under the DoF leadership, a multi-stakeholder NWFP working group comprising of members from ITMS, RNR Research, Ministry of Economic Affairs, and private sector have been formed to provide technical and advisory support to the Department. This body will provide technical advisory support to the Department of Forests and also form the institutional platform to share experiences and information on various use and management of NWFPs. Some of the other major activities undertaken in expanding NWFP resources during the Ninth Plan were: • Seven Community Forests specifically for NWFPs established; • Draft report on commodity chain analysis for wild mushrooms developed;

54 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE epn, lnig n dcso-aig n olbrto wt te ua Dvlpet Training Development Centre (RDTC). Rural These the groups with will also collaboration recieve in training decision-making in harvesting and techniques planning ofkeeping, NWFPs. This will book of areas the in groups managementcommunity various the for provided be Trainings will and Environmental Institute. with relevant institutions such as College of Natural Resources and the Ugyen Wangchuck institutional Forestry programme, programmes. The implementation NWFP oftraining in-service programmeswill be done the in collaboration of and implementation training Dzongkhags in-service and short-term long-term,through strengthened be and Forests,will sector the ofcapacity of management Department the the in of capabilityCommunities and capacity the enhance To overseas facilitated be andwill supported with adequate feasibility studies. growing rapidly to catering production level export markets. To to facilitate this objective, the establishment expanded of various NWFP resource be based enterprises to is NWFPs of commercial the expand to communities, particularly for the be poor and landless, thereby will reducing rural poverty. Plan The Tenth harvesting the for harvesting of NWFPs. This is expected toboostfurther activity livelihoods and income generation in rural priority high and essential An of implementedNWFP species commercial be also value will Tenth inthe Plan. in the field. The survey methodology and harvesting and for management guidelines guidelines for technical atleast twenty and use applicationandfor tested and developed management undertaken frameworkand harvesting sustainable be will species NWFP prioritized of surveys Relevant forestry Tenth inthe sector Plan and beyond. will also be an additional management decentralized forestry programme to be fully NWFP implementedearlier, by the dzongkhag indicated As zones. core of exception the and with FMUsareas protectedwithin falling areas including management groups, and management community collection local for for designatedNWFPs of be shall settlements and villages the from distance radial km 5-10 A framework. forestry community the within NWFPs export and trade harvest, Policy,Forest ownership the andcommunity of rights collect, groups tolegal address to Rules the ofandAct FNC the revision the through developed be will framework policy and legal clear A programmethis to decentralized dzongkhags. the be will SinceNWFPs have dzongkhags. strong the linkages to to decentralized rural be livelihoods to and needs offerprogrammes tremendous additional scope 2007, Actfor poverty Land alleviation, the suchprotectionas of tsamdro and sokshing becomingredundant nationalization their with under communities in forest resource management. With some of the decentralized forestry programmes special focus with the objective of income generation, poverty alleviation and empowerment of Under rural the NWFP development programme over the Tenth Plan, NWFP management will be given C. Strategy • • • • Draft framework NWFP collection and harvesting developed. and lead the facilitating role; and A multi-stakeholder NWFP Working Group formed with the Department of Forests taking Draft National NWFP strategy prepared; management; National for NWFP survey 11 dzongkhags compiled and 20 NWFP prioritizedspecies for 55

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 also effectively empower the rural poor by promoting self-organization and enterprise development through the appropriate development and capacity building of cooperatives, community level enterprises and other necessary support mechanisms.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Mean rural Value of Non Sustainable community Strengthening NWFP management household cash Wood Forest management of NWFPs through development of NWFP income increased Products species increased from 4 strategy, resource assessment from Nu. 10,700 to (NWFP) to 20 guidelines and harvesting manuals above Nu. 35,000 including MAP increased from At least 100 NWFP Development of legal framework for Proportion of rural Nu. 60 Million to management groups formed the use, sale & export of NWFPs households living Nu. 100 Million with significant contribution in poverty reduced per annum to rural income generation Institutional strengthening for from 30.9% to 20% leading and coordination of NWFP NWFP resource management assessment guidelines developed Building information network for sale and export of NWFPs and Management & harvesting establishment of enterprises guidelines developed for 6 NWFPs Capacity building for DOF personnel and communities Feasibility studies for NWFP enterprise development conducted

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional arrangements The Social Forestry Division, Department of Forests shall be the overall executing and coordination agency for the NWFP Programme. SFD shall also provide technical backstopping to the DoF field offices and dzongkhag administrations and coordinate with other agencies in the government and the private sector for NWFP management and trade.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Strengthening Management of NWFP resources 40.000 2 Strengthening Legal Framework for NWFP management 5.000 3 Strengthening coordination and collaboration with NWFP 5.000 management stakeholders and institutions 4 Strengthening NWFP product development, enterprises, 15.000 marketing and trade. Total 65.000

56 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE sustainable develop to initiated been has development programme resource forest The resources. economic gains between trade-offs and any and conservation way sustainable are a in effectively utilized are managedresources natural that to requires This avoid any deterioration of environmental national obligation to maintaina minimum forest cover of 60%for posterity. a stipulatesclearly and resources natural of use sustainable term long the ensure environmentto adopted in strongly2008, also enshrines the responsibility of Bhutanese all citizens to preserve the mountain environment and its unique flora and fauna forfuture generations. Bhutan’sBhutan’sConstitution, Vision 2020 and GNH development is policy to protect and conserve the country‘s fragile sustainability.Forest ecological resourcesdimensionofimportantareandeconomic for critical A B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. M 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o A/20: ForestReourceDevelopment P rogramme Documents Available Collaborating Agencies Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status –Ongoingornew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Plan Forest ResourcePotential Assessment, 2004;SectorTenth NRDCL Forests Forest ResourceDevelopmentDivision,Departmentof Ministry of Agriculture Nu. 89.850m Nu. 89.850m Five Years (2008-2013) On-going National Outside FMU Forest ManagementUnits(FMU),workingcirclesand SDG Goal20:Conservationofbio-diversity SDG Goal17: Acceptable levelofforestcover. 2010 SDG Goal2:Halveproportionofpeoplelivinginpovertyby SDG Goal1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty MDG Goal7:Ensureenvironmentalsustainability MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger prices. through creationofenablingforestrypoliciesandtimber Affordable housingmaterialsprovidedtoruralhouseholds 5% to10%. Area undersustainableforestmanagementincreasedfrom million toNu.600perannum Income fromsaleoftimberearningsincreasedNu.540 forest resourceswhilepromotingenvironmentalconservation rural livelihoodsthroughpromotingsustainableutilizationof National SpatialPlanningforpovertyreductionandimproved Synergizing IntegratedRural-UrbanDevelopmentand Forestry 57

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 forestry management plans and systems. This is to ensure that forest resources are utilized and extracted in a sustainable manner. Some of the major initiatives undertaken over the Ninth Plan were: • 19 FMUs are in operation and 6 units are in the planning stage; • The total area covered under the FMUs is estimated at 127,362 hectares; • Management guidelines for management of areas outside FMUs developed; and • A national forest management code of Bhutan published to guide resource management.

C. Strategy • Additional FMUs and working schemes will be opened up across the country to meet the domestic wood demands; • Timber import will be encouraged and facilitated for mega projects, large constructions and industries to ease pressure on state forest resources; • In order to bring about sustainable management of forest areas outside of FMU, CFs, protected areas system, which is currently not under any management, particularly to meet the rural demand for timber and fuel wood, these forest areas will be brought under some form of scientific management. However, this is an interim measure as many of these areas over time will be brought under community forestry; and • A nationwide Forest inventory will be conducted to develop a forest resource information base and facilitate decision making in forest based industry investments.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Sustainable Income from sale 6 new FMU management Strengthening management of of timber earnings plans implemented sustainable production forest increased from Nu. (baseline:19 FMUs) management of FMU with science based 540 million to Nu. 600 system for wood interventions to meet million per annum 20 Management plans production the long term needs for forests outside FMUs of the people for prepared and implemented Strengthening all types of forest Area under (baseline: 0) management of Forests resources sustainable forest Outside FMU system management Timber demands for domestic Mean rural household increased from 5% to needs are met (baseline: Forest Demarcation cash income 10% 214,000 cubic meters) increased from Nu. Development of Wood 10,700 to above Nu. Affordable housing One National Forest inventory Based Industries 35,000 materials provided conducted (baseline: 0) to rural households Facilitating Timber Proportion of rural through creation Feasibility study for wood- import households living in enabling forestry based industries conducted poverty reduced from policies and timber National Forest 30.9% to 20% prices Inventory

58 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Overview A. M Indicative Cost Limited. Territorial Divisions, National Parks and the Services Natural Resource Development Corporation guidelines and other support for implementation of the programme in close collaboration with the providingForestry. in oftechnical role key a play DevelopmentThe ForestResource will Division Department the out carried by coordinationbe execution and The overall the programme shall of Institutional arrangements E. ManagementArrangements 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 o A/21: W # Indicative Capital Cost Timeframe Status- Ongoingornew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector Wood BasedIndustries Forests Demarcation National ForestInventory Management ofForestOutsideFMU Sustainable ManagementofFMU atershed ManagementanPlantation Programme Description ofProjects/Activities : : : : : : : : : : Nu. 123.000m Five Years (2008-2013) New National power corporations Government agencies,communities,wood-basedindustries, SDG Goal21:Wetland conservation SDG Goal20:Conservationofbio-diversity SDG Goal17: Acceptable levelofforestcover 2010 SDG Goal2:Halveproportionofpeoplelivinginpoverty by SDG Goal1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty MDG Goal7:Ensureenvironmentalsustainability MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger plantation established,12nurseriescreated. Degraded andbarrenforestlandsmapped;10,000acresof implemented; Master-plan foratleast2riverbasinsdevelopedand conservation water andforestresourceswhilepromotingenvironmental rural livelihoodsthroughpromotingsustainableutilizationof National SpatialPlanningforpovertyreductionandimproved Synergizing IntegratedRural-UrbanDevelopmentand Forestry Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 89.850 0.680 2.000 35.170 12.000 40.000 59

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 11 External Financing required : Nu. 123.000 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Agriculture 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Forests, Dzongkhags and Gewogs 14 Documents Available : Framework for Implementation of Decentralized Forestry Activities, 1993; Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis Watersheds systems are life supporting and there is a deep interrelationship between it and human activities. As such maintaining and protecting watersheds remain highly essential for a robust economy, conserving environment resources and ensuring a good quality of life. Given that Bhutan’s two most important sectors in the national economy – electricity and agriculture – are highly reliant on the state and condition of the country’s watersheds, watershed management and planning assumes enormous significance. The goal of watershed management is to plan and work toward an environmentally and economically healthy watershed benefitting all end users. Effective watershed management involves harmonizing the use of soil and water resources between upstream and downstream areas within a watershed toward the objectives of natural resource conservation, maintaining quality of water, increased agricultural productivity and a better standard of living for people. Despite its obvious importance, watershed management development activities over the past plans were only implemented in conjunction with other activities such as plantation, soil conservation and land management. Watershed management at the broader landscape level was not given much importance. In the 9th FYP, a Watershed Management Section was created under the Social Forestry Division but due to limited technical, financial and human resources, it remained a section without much activity. However, towards the end of the 9th plan, the SFD took the lead in developing a watershed management framework for the Wangchu River Basin. Some field level land management and soil conservation activities were also taken up at the dzongkhag and field divisions. The Wang Watershed Management project based in Paro had a more sustainable natural resource utilization approach without much specific focus on watershed per se. Some small scale research-based watershed management was also taken up in Lingmuteychu (Wangdue-Punakha) and Radi (Trashigang). Plantation forestry is an on-going activity. Over the 9th plan, only a little above 5,000 acres of plantation was created. While some of the plantations created in the 1960s are in good health, reached harvesting stage and are being utilized, most other plantations are in poor state due to limited maintenance and tending. Financial constraints have notably been a major obstacle to proper plantation development. As the natural timber stock is fast depleting, it will be increasingly difficult in the future to meet domestic timber and woods demands from the natural forest. Therefore, plantation forestry becomes an increasingly important strategy to address the growing demands for timber and adequate financial support and resources must be provided for the proper development of plantation forestry. Some of the significant activities for watershed and forestry plantation undertaken over the 9th plan include the following: • Watershed section within the Social Forestry Division was created; One critical catchment was notified for protection;

60 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE D carbon sequestrationplantations, etc. timber commercial materials, raw their meet to crops forest growing for industries plantations forest outsourcing of through contract feasibility systems The will also be to studied. conducted Degraded programmes. forestlands be plantation will will be appropriatelands leased forestout develop barren to andwood-based degraded the all of survey wide nation a forestry, plantation Tostrengthen process. planning national the to in management watersheddeveloped mainstream be will mechanisms institutional lead, the taking Forests of Department the With watershedmanagement.for strategy main the be implementationmanagementand planning will A holistic and integrated approach to watershed management through different levels of watershed C. Strategy being human well services and for ecosystem and catchments of watersheds management sustainable Protection and . ResultsMatrix Impact • • • • More than 5000acres of plantations have created. been Norms and Standards for Plantation and Nurseries and revised; of landA series management and conservation soil were activities up; taken Draft WangchuRiver Basin management framework developed; acres) line: 53,126 scheme(base the plantation brought under of barrenland 10,000 acres implemented watershed atleast 2major Master planfor Outcome 12 nurseriescreated (baseline: 0) lands mappedforplantation Degraded andbarrenforest dzongkhag levels(baseline:0) functioning atnationaland committees establishedand Watershed management (Baseline: 1notified) notified forprotection 3 criticalcatchmentareas prepared) framework forWangchu (Baseline: 1draftRBM for 2majorriverbasins developed andimplemented management framework River basinlevel Output plantation programmes capacity tomanagewatershedand Strengthen humanresource Strengthen nurseriesmanagement Strengthen plantationforestry forest lands Mapping ofdegradedandbarren management Participatory Microwatershed planning Sub-catchment levelmanagement planning River basinlevelmanagement management atdifferent levels across agenciestodirectwatershed Strengthen institutionalmechanism Projects/Activities 61

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 E. Management Arrangements:

Institutional arrangements The Department of Forests will be the lead agency for watershed management and plantation programme. The Social Forestry Division will provide technical backstopping to the territorial divisions, parks and Dzongkhags in watershed management and plantation and liaise with stakeholders for effective implementation of the programme. Different levels of watershed management committees will be formed to steer watershed management.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Strengthening institutional mechanism for effective 5.000 watershed management 2 River basin level watershed management planning 18.000 3 Sub-catchment level watershed management planning and 40.000 implementation 4 Mapping of degraded and barren forestlands 5.000 5 Afforestation and Re-forestation 40.000 6 Strengthening nurseries management 15.000 Total 123.000

MoA/22: Forest Protection Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Forestry 2 Linkage to National : Synergizing Integrated Rural-Urban Development and National Development Objectives & Spatial Planning for poverty reduction and improved rural Strategies livelihoods through promoting sustainable utilization of forest resources while promoting environmental conservation 3 Expected Results : Protection of forests from fires, pest and diseases, and effective land use monitoring. 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger MDG Goal 7: Ensure environmental sustainability SDG Goal 1: Eradication of hunger poverty SDG Goal 2: Halve proportion of people living in poverty by 2010 SDG Goal 17: Acceptable level of forest cover. SDG Goal 20: Conservation of bio-diversity 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Nationwide 7 Scope : National 8 Status – Ongoing or new : On-going 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008-2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 243.040 m 11 External Financing : Nu. 243.040 m Required

62 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Some of major the during undertaken activities Ninth the Plan include: development years inthe activities ahead. a very important function of this programme and will become even more important with increased engage in illegal harvesting of forests. Monitoring land use change even and forestor protectionresources as such suchisoverexploit to operatorsprivate and communities for tendency natural a developments is there monitorthese effectively to safeguardmeasuresand checkswithoutproper However,negligible. are resources forest natural on impact the that ensure to plansmanagement The utilization of forest resources is clearlybased onthe principle of sustainability guided by proper Thimphu-Paro and certain complicationspine looper parts inthe country.of a been few pest and problemsdisease such as the dying of Yika in eastern Bhutan, pine die-back in also There have forest fire. damaged forests by of acres 397,970 incidents and forestfire 988 been notresources,is able effectivelytoDoF the combat forest fires.years, sixteenlast there the In have financial and human limitedfrequently. With occurs erosion soil and loss slides subsequent cover,land forest and of fires forest of result a As biodiversity.and resources non-wood and wood Forest fires destroylarge areas of forests yearevery damaging valuabletimber and degrading other road heads and human settlements and oftenwithouteasily extractable too much detection. necessitates the need to maintain an even greater vigilance over resources that are lying adjacent to situation.This the exacerbates thatnetworks road andhumansettlements of expansion rising the to due use land in change rapid the include These problems.of host a by compounded further is situation the and expectations upto been not has services of quality The questioned. often is and The deliveryservices. service ofthe Department of Forests hasbeen a matter ofsome public debate forest fires,land encroachment and to effectively manage, regulate and facilitate delivery of forestry diseases, and pest from forests towards protection geared of is foresty protection programme The national obligation to maintaina minimum forest cover of 60%for posterity. a stipulatesclearly and resources natural of use sustainable term long the ensure environmentto adopted in strongly2008, also enshrines the responsibility of Bhutanese all citizens to preserve the mountain environment and its unique flora and fauna forfuture generations. Bhutan’sBhutan’sConstitution, Vision 2020 and GNH development is policy to protect and conserve the country‘s fragile sustainability.Forest ecological resourcesdimensionofimportantareandeconomic for critical A B. SituationalAnalysis o e oe n ie ih evc dlvr ad fetvns o porme ucinn. n this In functioning. programme of effectiveness and delivery service with line in done be to Lessons from the 9th plan indicate that a certain amount of reshuffling of programmes arerequired 15 14 13 12 • • Documents Available Collaborating Agencies Implementing Agencies Executing Agency protection section is revamped to increase its efficiency and effectiveness to curb and curb to effectiveness The and service delivery. control on activities forest illegal efficiency and forest resources its to enhance increase form) to revamped is (draft section revised protection further is 2006 Rules FNC The Revision of Forest the and Nature Rules Conservation 2003,2006;and : : : : Forest ResourcePotential Assessment, 2004;SectorTenth Plan NRDCL, Dzongkhags,Wood-basedindustries Forest ProtectionDivision,DepartmentofForests Ministry of Agriculture 63

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 connection, management of forest fires which are more of protection function than extension is now brought under the central programme with the forest protection programme and implementation to be led by territorial divisions and parks.

C. Strategy • Public service delivery enhanced through decentralization of authority and responsibility from the center to field divisions and dzongkhags with adequate infrastructure facilities made available; • A strengthened protection unit will be created within DoF to monitor forest pest and disease, and illegal activities; • To strengthen the protection and management of forest fires, a vigorous forest fire fighting volunteer programme will be established to complement the existing mechanism; and • A systematic land use monitoring approach will be developed through regular tracking of changes in land use.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Forest cover Protection of Surveillance system Strengthening Forest Protection from pest maintained at forests from developed for 20 and disease and anti-poaching 60% fires, pest important forest and diseases pests, diseases and Strengthening forest fire management strengthened forest fire Strengthening land use monitoring Service delivery enhanced Strengthening service delivery

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional arrangements The Department of Forests shall be the overall lead agency for the management of the Forest Protection Programme. The Forest Protection Division will provide technical backstopping to the field agencies for implementation.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Strengthen Forest Protection through proper infrastructure 153.990 development 2 Strengthen service delivery through improvement in field facilities 45.050 and creation of enabling regulatory environment

64 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE a remains environment on pressure as resulting such and demands activity competing human with development, harmony infrastructure in areas protected and parks of management The to programme conservation in partnership address range awider of issues; and optimizing of use the limited resources. encouraging large; at public the among education supporting positive amd mutually beneficial human-nature interactions; promoting environmental on conserving biodiversity in the protected areas, biological corridors and other conservation areas; The key characteristics ofthe nature conservation programme include maintaining a strategic focus ofneeds people the without undermining or damaging natural the environment. advocated strongly by policy development the sustainable Royal the Governmentof aspect to integral maintain an clearlya is healthy conservation Naturebalance between meeting the development B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. M 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3

o A/23: Nature Conservation Programme GIS andInformationmanagementsystem Forest FireManagement Forest Ligitation Strengthen LandUsemonitoring Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status- Ongoingornew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Nature ConservationDivision,DepartmentofForest Ministry of Agriculture Nu. 190.000m Nu. 190.000m Five Years (2008-2013) New National Protected areas SDG Goal20:Conservationofbio-diversity. SDG Goal17: Acceptable levelofforestcover. MDG Goal7:Ensureenvironmentalsustainability. new speciesidentifiedforconservation. Present listofprotectedspeciesconservedandnumbers Toorsa strictnaturereserveoperationalized; Three Parksandonebotanicalgardenestablished; ensuring environmentalconservation quality oflifethroughpromotingsustainablelivelihoodswhile National SpatialPlanningtoreducepovertyandimprove Forestry Total 243.040 15.900 26.100 00.000 2.000 65

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 major challenge. There is a need for support and guidance from the NEC and other agencies at the national level particularly on benefit sharing of environment conservation. Currently, there are nine protected areas as parks or wildlife sanctuaries that together constitute 26 percent of the country‘s total land area. These protected areas are further linked by biological corridors covering some 3,804 km square of forest area to enhance the mobility and movement of wildlife. Some of the major activities undertaken over the Ninth Plan are: • Sakten Wildlife Sanctuary and Royal Botanical Park at Lampelri operationalized; • Biodiversity Act of Bhutan enacted; • The Convention on International Trade of Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora ratified; • The Forest and Nature Conservation Rules enacted; • Collection of Cordyceps sinensis legalized; • Book on Mammals of Bhutan published; • Studies on human wildlife conflict, livestock depredation by wild dogs, research on endangered species of fauna and flora in the protected areas initiated; and • Community based eco-tourism established as Nabji Korphu Ecotourism Trail in the Jigme Singye Wangchuck National Park.

C. Strategy The strategic focus of the Nature Conservation Programme during the Tenth Plan will be on the sustainable utilization of protected area resources for the benefit of resident communities through sustainable tourism, community management and utlization of local forest resources inlcuding NWFPs. However, designated core zones of protected areas will be strictly protected for biodiversity conservation purposes. Some of the specific strategies of the programme in the Tenth Plan are as follows: • Ecotourism will be strongly pursued in protected areas in collaboration with the Tourism Council of Bhutan and tour agencies with the objective of generating sustainable income for park residents from tourism and biodiversity conservation; • An eco-tourism strategy will be developed; • Sustainable use of forest resources in the protected areas will be carried out to benefit local residents through ICDP programme; • Sustainable solution to human-wildlife conflict will be developed and implemented; and • Three protected areas and biological corridors operationalized.

66 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Indicative Cost implementing be will Eco-tourism the inprotected activities areas. income for generation collaboration in DoF the The with andalleviation. poverty resourcesCouncil TourismBhutan of park of management sustainable to pertaining Programme Development park people‘senhanceto The planningparticipationimplementationandin Integrated the of Conservation corridors. biological and areas protected managements shall the also closely work in with Social programme Forestry Division for the and Division the Dzongkhags of Conservation and Natureimplementation Gewogs the by provided be of shall coordination support Technical and programme. execution the overall the for responsible be shall Forestry of Department The Institutional arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D compromised and not areas enhanced around protected living inand communities Livelihoods of pristine condition maintained in and ecosystem Environment 5 4 3 2 1 # . ResultsFramework Eco-tourism andICDP management Species Conservation,Research &Monitoringanddata Management ofBotanical Parks Management ofBiologicalCorridors Management andPlanningofProtected Areas Impact Description ofProjects/Activities conservation identified for new species conserved and species of protected Present list ICDP eco-tourism and benefit from protected area residents inthe Atleast 10%of Outcome wildlife sanctuaries initiated intheparksand Eco-tourism activitiestobe forest resources based managementof engaged inCommunity- Local communities management (baseline:0) brought underscientific 4 biologicalcorridors established tropical ecologicalzone 1 botanicalparkinthesub- 3 newprotectedareasand park) operational, 1botanical (Baseline: 6parks gardens strengthened parks andbotanical Management ofexisting Output Total park staffs andtourguides Capacity buildingtobedeveloped Tourism CouncilofBhutan implemented incollaborationwith Tourism programmetobe buffer zonesofallprotectedareas management inthemultipleand Community forestryandNWFP Management Biodiversity Inventory&Data Monitoring Species Conservation,Research& Management ofBotanicalParks Management PlanandICDP Management ofBiologicalCorridors Management ofProtected Areas Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) Projects/Activities 190.000 35.000 10.000 50.000 15.000 80.000 67

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 MoA/24: Forestry & Environmental Education Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Renewable Natural Resources 2 Linkage to National Development : National Spatial Planning to ensure environmental Objectives & Strategies conservation 3 Expected Results : Enhanced human resource capacity in the conservation and sustainable management of forest and environmental resources 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 7: Ensure environmental sustainability. SDG Goal 17: Acceptable level of forest cover. SDG Goal 20: Conservation of bio-diversity 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Forestry students 7 Scope : National 8 Status – Ongoing or new : New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 - 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 170.550 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 170.550 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Agriculture 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Forest 14 Documents Available : Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis Enhancing the knowledge and technical skills base related to forestry and environment conservation is critical towards building national capacity to effectively implement and manage sustainable development. The concept of forestry education was instituted in Bhutan with the inception of development activities in 1961 to train forestry personnel at the forest guard and forester levels. This is no longer sufficient with the changing times and the manner in which forest and natural resources are now managed, there is a clear need to enhance and upgrade the professionalism and levels of skills and knowledge of environmental frontline and other personnel. This has led to the conceptualization and eventual establishment of the Ugyen Wangchuck Forest and Environment Institute at Lami Gompa, Bumthang in 2008. Training and education at forest guard and ranger levels will be carried out in the initial years followed by a Bachelors of Science degree in forestry in the future.

C. Strategy The infrastructure development for the new Institute was completed in 2008. Initially, the programme will focus on conducting diploma level training for forest rangers and certificate level courses for forest guards. As the institute develops, tertiary level training and degree programmes will also be introduced.

68 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE and of institute. the caliber the until capacity CNR the up build internationallyto and region the at in universitiesinstitutionsandteaching of continue shall programme UWIE the number a collaboratewith and liaise also InstituteThe Lamegonpa.atwill ready is Plan, infrastructure Tenth the of beginning the In Programme.Education level Bachelors andDiploma for particularly validation developmentand international curriculum for other RUB with liaise andwill DoF the Agriculture and Institute The involved.closely ofbe shall agencies Ministry Education, of Ministry Bhutan, of University Royal the like agenciesgovernment relevantinstitution, the of establishment the Forestry.Forof The infrastructure development component ofthe programme shallbe executed bythe Department Institutional arrangements E. ManagementArrangement Some of strategies specific the the of programmethe in Tenth Plan are as follows: D resources environmental of forestand management and sustainable conservation capacity inthe human resource Enhanced . ResultsFramework • • • • • • Impact Development of degree level programme. Development of Bhutan Museum of Natural and History; Networking and collaborating with other reputable international universities; Development of learning resources such as library, ICT, laboratories, and field stations; Development of and teaching corresponding curriculum syllabus and reading materials; Development of additional for infrastructure housing, academic, library, etc.; sports, generated of Bhutan natural resource knowledge on Scientific rangers available guards and qualified forest Skilled and Outcome enhanced of thecountry natural resources information on dissemination of Publication and and functional Institute established Environment Forestry and Ugyen Wangchuck Output Bhutan MuseumofNaturalHistory Library Development Programme Staff &StudentExchange Curriculum &SyllabusDevelopment Infrastructure Development/Resources Research/ Scholarly Activities In-service /Upgradation Diploma Training, DegreeProgramme, Projects/Activities 69

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Diploma Training 14.850 2 Inservice/Upgradation 25.000 3 Research/Scholarly Activities 10.200 4 Curriculum & Syllabus Development 10.000 5 Institutional Collaboration/ Networking 9.000 6 Library development 5.500 7 Sports and Culture Programme 5.000 8 Infrastructure development 91.000 Total 170.550

MoA/25: RNR Research Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Renewal Natural Resources 2 Linkage to National : Synergizing Integrated Rural-Urban Development Development Objectives & for poverty reduction, food security, improved rural Strategies livelihoods and environmental conservation through RNR research 3 Expected Results : 10 varieties of food crops, 34 varieties of horticulture crops, 8 species of fodder developed and promoted for higher yield; 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger MDG Goal 7: Ensure environmental sustainability. SDG Goal 1: Eradication of hunger poverty SDG Goal 2: Halve proportion of people living in poverty by 2010 SDG Goal 3: Ensure adequate nutrition & dietary improvement for the poor 5 Donor Agencies : 6 Target Group : Farming communities 7 Scope : National 8 Status- Ongoing or new : Ongoing/New 9 Timeframe: : Give years (2008-2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 214.850 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 214.850 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Agriculture 13 Implementing Agencies : Council for RNR Research of Bhutan (CoRRB) 14 Document Available : Sector Tenth Plan

70 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Some of major the over undertaken activities Ninth the Plan are: inculcate importance of farming among youths.and educate to programmes agriculture school supports also CoRRB the addition In reduction. poverty facilitate and productivity enhance that factors socioeconomic on understanding better and plants crops, livestock; introduce managementnew for practices that raise outputwill materials or resources; conserve create genetic improved develop to strives also research development, sector RNR on knowledge and packages technological generating of from Apart delivery services. participatory research and oriented impact based, need towards geared is research RNR The poverty. rural reducing and populationBhutanese the of improvinglivelihoods in roleto key continuea play will and development sector RNR of activity important and integral an is Research B. SituationalAnalysis economic aspects. issuescutting such as crosswatershed, organicon farming, soil researchand water outmanagement, plant carry protection and will socio- research systems RNR production. livestock increase to resource production (from wetland, dryland orchard fodder and and pastoral feed optimizingsystems) on and focus breed will improvementresearch Livestock programme. forestry community of intensificationandforest products non-wood ofutilizationsustainable on research conduct to be better crop managementvarieties, improved practices, of postproductiondevelopment processingon and marketing.be In will forestry,research the the priority ofwill focus the horticulture, and main five the in broadstudies areas research of outfield crop, carry forestry,to livestock,continue horticulture and will RNR systems. CoRRB Inthe areas the ofTenthPlan, field crop the During priority is not necessarily inline with national priorities. etc. of credibility, lack of resources, wastage researchmechanismsstandard andthe onand tools Currentbased notis research prioritysetting efforts, of duplication a in resulting etc) BAFRA, RNR agencies non and DoF, MoA(DoA, withinDoL, agencies CORRB NPPC, the NSSC, between also and etc) ITMS, between CNR, (eg. research RNR on of coordination a lack exists There • • • • • • • and production, fruit dairy, poultry, and fishery. piggery School Agriculture programme implemented in 121 schools involving students in vegetable Generation of 16technologies on different management and production and aspects; Legalization of of collection the Cordyceps sinensis; Cane, Daphne, Chirata, Pipla); (Bamboo, products forest non-wood for techniques managementsustainable Developed andDeveloped promoted (sub-tropical fodderspecies new 3spp., temperate 5spp.); persimmon 1varietyand cardamom 3varieties; varieties, 3 (apple varieties citrus 3 vegetablevarieties, 11 othervarieties, and fruits crop nuts 12 potatovarieties, 1 variety, horticultural yielding high promoted and Developed 10,000 tons/year; and inmaize 12-14000tonnes year; per ofof varieties maize Inproductivitylegumes.varieties grain2 3 rice byincreased to 5,000 rice, of varieties 5 including varieties crops food yielding high promotedand Developed 71

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 C. Strategy The main strategies adopted by CoRRB in the Tenth Plan will include the following: • Pursue adaptive and applied research, and conduct strategic research where appropriate; • Ensure that the research is based on farmer’s needs and opportunities and is participatory in nature and impact oriented; • Research organization shall be structured to align research outputs with priorities of departmental programmes and needs of farming communities/clients; • Reach out to poor, marginal, remote communities through research out-reach; • Validate and showcase research results through on-farm trials, demonstration and technology parks in collaboration with extension; and • Foster strong linkage and partnership with national, regional and international research institutions/Universities for exchanging technologies and expertise. Moreover, there is also the need to establish a Technical Committee to promote collaboration between Research and other agencies. Innovative ways and means to promote ownership of research by agencies shall be adopted. The CoRRB shall develop the priority setting mechanisms/tools in terms of research.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Mean rural 10 varieties Improved cash crop varieties developed Horticulture Research household of food crops, from 62 to 96 cash income 34 varieties Livestock Research increased from of horticulture Improved varieties of feed and fodder Nu. 10,700 to a crops, 8 species increased from 12 to 20 Forestry Research Nu. 32,000 of fodder developed and Improved forest harvesting and RNR Systems Proportion of promoted for cultivation methods and management Research rural households higher yield practices increased from 7 to 22 living in poverty reduced from Sustainable Management practices for organic Field Crop Research 30.9% to 20% Management farming developed for 5 commodities practices developed 10 new improved varieties of cereal crops released (baseline: 10 varieties)

Community Based Natural Resources Management (CBNRM) rights developed for 4 major natural resources

72 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Overview A. M Indicative Cost Jakar and Wengkhar. Bajo, at Yusipang, located Centers Research the by out carried be will research actual The MoA. departments of forestry, agriculture, livestock and other relevant non-departmental agencies of the technical the with closely collaborate also shall CoRRB The programme. the ofcoordination and execution overall the for responsible be shall (CoRRB) Bhutan of Research RNR for Council The Institutional arrangement E. ManagementArrangements 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 # o A/26: RuralDevelopment TrainingProgramme Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status –Ongoingornew Scope Target Group Information andCommunicationServices Research andExtensionServicesCoordination School Agriculture Horticulture Research(RCWengkhar) Livestock Research(RCJakar) Forestry Research(RC Yusipang) Field CropResearch(RCBajo) Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector Description ofProject/Activities : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Rural DevelopmentTraining Center Ministry of Agriculture (MoA) Nu.14.520 m Nu. 14.520m Five Years (2008-2013) New National Farmers andSchooldropouts

for thepoor SDG Goal3Ensureadequatenutrition&dietaryimprovement SDG Goal2:Halveproportionofpeopleinpovertyby2010 SDG Goal1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger through vocationaltraining. Number ofRNRfarmenterprisesincreasedfrom12to20 enhanced agriculturalproductivity, accessandmarketing. reduction, foodsecurityandimprovedrurallivelihoodsthrough Synergizing IntegratedRural-UrbanDevelopmentforpoverty Agriculture Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 16.200 18.300 20.000 57.000 35.300 31.950 36.100 214.850 73

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 B. Situational Analysis The rapid school enrolment of children and youths has brought about a situation where an increasing number of young people, including school leavers, are without gainful employment. Agriculture and the broader RNR sector are still employment intensive and remains the largest employment sector that could provide gainful employment for Bhutanese youth and job seekers. It is therefore only logical to encourage young schools leavers to take up employment in the agriculture and RNR sector, which is often plagued by the shortage of labour and could use the workforce. For this to happen, it is important to make both agriculture and off farm jobs attractive by enhancing their commercial prospects. It was with this objective in mind that the Rural Development Training Center (RDTC) was established in Zhemgang to help build up a critical mass of educated farmers interested in taking up commercial scale farming that is sustainable and rewarding. Initially, the RDT was geared towards inviting youths to undertake agricultural skills trainings that allowed them to be gainfully employed and contribute to nation building. Despite considerable efforts made to offer attractive training opportunities related to farming and work in the RNR sector this has not been attractive enough. The RDTC therefore, currently has focused more on upgrading skill levels and knowledge of existing farmers with the intent that gradually the youth will enroll for the relevant training.

C. Strategy RDTC will focus on the empowerment of farmers through the provision of information, knowledge and skills, giving special attention to providing equal opportunities for women farmers. Empowerment of farming communities will be pursued through conducting skills based training in specific crop and animal production technologies, farm management and record keeping trainings for successful planning and management, sharing information on recent farming trends and future perspectives and, establishing farmers network for easy sharing of lessons learned and experiences.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Mean rural Number of 300 farmers Training needs assessment including household cash RNR farm trained and 60% skills requirement income increased enterprises of them apply from Nu. 10,700 increased farm business Farm Business and Farm Management to a Nu. 32,000 from 12 to 20 skills Training through voca- Proportion of tional training No. of farmers Community and Associations leaders rural households at RDTC groups formed Training. living in pov- through the erty reduced from facilitation and Youth agriculture awareness programme 30.9% to 20% functioning Assessment of training impact and post training support and backstopping needs

74 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Overview A. M Indicative Cost ofhead responsible RDTC be the will to Secretary, the of Agriculture. Ministry by the represented board oforganizationAgriculture of the andrelevantother theheads Ministry management the organizations.under The by be guided will management RDTC The HRMD. the through Secretariat the to organizationreporting departmental non a as function will RDTC Institutional arrangements E. ManagementArrangements 2 1 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 # o A/27: Agriculture MarketingProgramme Infrastructure Development Need basedandimpactorientedvocationaltraining Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency Required External Financing Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status –Ongoingornew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector Description ofProjects/Activities : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Agriculture MarketingServices,DzongkhagsandGewogs Ministry of Agriculture Nu.114.870 m Nu. 114.870 m Five Years (2008 -2013) New National Potential farmers the poor SDG Goal3Ensureadequatenutrition&dietaryimprovementfor SDG Goal2:Halveproportionofpeopleinpovertyby2010 SDG Goal1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger and outsidethecountry. Markets foragriculturalgoodsidentifiedandestablishedwithin enhanced agriculturalproductivity, accessandmarketing. reduction, foodsecurityandimprovedrurallivelihoodsthrough Synergizing IntegratedRural-UrbanDevelopmentforpoverty Agriculture Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 14.520 5.000 9.520 75

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 B. Situational Analysis The sale of agriculture, livestock and forestry products continues to be a major source of income to farmers in Bhutan even as such sales have largely been restricted to the domestic market. The emergence of cash crop exports to neighbouring countries has been a recent development and arisen as a result of improved transport linkages and facilities, better market access conditions and increased demand from food processing industries. The good returns from the cultivation and sale of cash crops, particularly horticultural products, has encouraged many landowners located near roadheads to convert paddy fields into orchards. There are several constraints that hinder the further expansion of agricultural trade. Firstly, there is a paucity of information on commodity prices and a deep knowledge gap on demand and supply conditions and market outlets. This affects the ability of farmers to plan effectively and make informed decisions. Cumbersome legal requirements and the general lack of an enabling legal environment have also hindered the formation of farmers’ groups or associations which could help facilitate agricultural trade both within and outside the country. Institutionally, the lack of adequate human resources continues to hinder the effective implementation of the programme in the field. There is moreover extremely weak coordination between the AMS and the technical Departments of MoA including the extension services and this coordination needs to be improved. Beyond the Ministry, there is a need to strengthen collaboration with the MoEA and the Ministry of Information and Communications. The linkages with external and domestic markets for niche products such as high-value-low-volume and organic products must also be strengthened.

C. Strategy During the Tenth Plan, the major focus of the Agricultural Marketing Programme will be on developing a marketing framework and strengthening market infrastructure, building up strong market database and information management systems and disseminating proper inventory methods and upgrading the existing information management systems. Market information systems and marketing framework will necessarily include elements that will enable marketing of agricultural produce both within and outside the country. For instance, in the case of pharmaceutical products, identification of new markets will be initiated beside maintaining and strengthening collaboration with ITMS. Conducting relevant research on niche markets and niche products will also be given priority. Niche markets will need to be identified for high value and organic products, the demand for which is gradually increasing in the global market. The programme will support the revision of the Cooperative’s Act to provide enabling legal provisions on farmers’ group formation, associations and cooperatives. The formation of associations or cooperatives will be promoted and infrastructure such as collection depots, storage facilities, etc. will be developed to facilitate onward transportation to the markets. The programme shall also seek to strengthen coordination between marketing and technical Departments within MoA. It will support the amendment of extension policy delineating the marketing responsibility of extension services. The programme shall maintain and reinforce linkages between agriculture marketing, the MoEA and Ministry of Information and Communications. The programme shall also address the human resource requirements for marketing.

76 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Indicative Cost coordination with research the Dzongkhags inthe and and extension Gewogs. services in out carried be will programme the implementation of The Communications.of Informationand Ministry and Affairs Economic of Ministry the as such agencies relevant with maintained be responsible for the overall execution and coordination of the programme. Close coordination shall be shall Agriculture of Ministry the under (AMSD) Division Services Marketing Agriculture The Institutional arrangements E. ManagementArrangements: D 5 4 3 2 1 30.9% to20% poverty reducedfrom households livingbelow Proportion ofrural Nu.10,700 to35,000 income increasedfrom Mean annualruralcash #

. ResultsFramework Marketing InfrastructureDevelopment Marketing Extension&Farmers‘GroupFormation Trade PromotionandMarketing Trails Market InformationDevelopment Market ResearchandDevelopment Impact Description ofProjects/Activities

country outside the within and trade both agricultural Increased Outcome system improved Marketing information facilities developed Marketing infrastructure developed Agriculture tradepolicy products explored markets forpharmaceutical In collaborationwithITMS studies conducted Market Researchand Output Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) Information Development ofMarket Market Infrastructure produce physical marketingofRNR to bepro-activeincarryingout Collaboration withFCBfor Group Formation Marketing Extension&Farmers‘ Agribusiness and Trade Promotion Market Research 37.500 24.370 28.000 10.000 15.000 114.870 Projects/Activities 77

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 MoA/28: Bio-security and Quality Assurance Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Agriculture 2 Linkage to National : Synergizing Integrated Rural-Urban Development for poverty Development Objectives & reduction, food security and improved rural livelihoods through Strategies enhanced agricultural productivity, access and marketing. 3 Expected Results : At least 3 plant and animal quarantine stations fully equipped and functioning (from 0-3). 100% food handlers trained and licensed by 2013 from 0 in 2007. No. of HACCP certified companies increased by 100% (from 2 on 2007 to 4 in 2013. Quality of all commercial inputs regulated as per standards 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal1:Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger SDG Goal 1: Eradication of hunger poverty SDG Goal 2: Halve proportion of people in poverty by 2010 SDG Goal 3 Ensure adequate nutrition & dietary improvement for the poor 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Farming communities and traders 7 Scope : National 8 Status- Ongoing or new : New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 – 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 117.185 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 117.185 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Agriculture 13 Implementing Agencies : Bhutan Agriculture and Food Regulatory Authority 14 Documents Available : Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis The Quality Control and Regulatory Services (QCRS) was instituted in 2000 as the relevant authority to ensure food quality control and regulation. It was renamed as Bhutan Agriculture and Food Regulation Authority in 2003. During the Ninth Plan, BAFRA offices were established in all 20 Dzongkhags, 5 entry points and the city service center in Thimphu. However, the sector is still constrained by the dire shortage of qualified manpower and the lack of infrastructural facilities. The Bio-Security and Quality Assurance programme will be implemented by BAFRA with the main objectives of preventing the entry, establishment and spread of pests and diseases that present risk to the heath and life of plants, animals and humans; ensuring that the available food in the market is safe for human consumption; promoting and facilitating trading in plants, animals and their products by providing pre-export and import quarantine measures; implementing a national bio- safety framework to regulate and facilitate safe transfer, handling and use of genetically modified organisms and their products; and minimizing the adverse effects on the ecology and ensuring sustainable use of biodiversity resources.

78 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE Indicative Cost as Livestock Act, Nature Act, Conservation Pesticide Act, etc. such Acts the enforcementof in particularly departments technical other collaboratewith closely also shall BAFRA programme. the of agency implementing and coordination execution, overall The Bhutan Agriculture and Regulatory Food Authority of the ofMinistry Agriculturebethe shall Institutional arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D services, safetyfood and quality assurance and laboratory development of Dzongkhags. inthe infrastructure basic developing certification, and inspection assurance, quality input measures, quarantine livestock and plant of strengthening the include will Plan the Tenth for priority The certification. and inspection for standards and legislations strengthening development, resource The key strategies forthe Tenth Plan include development ofbasic facilities, infrastructural human C. Strategy 5 4 3 2 1 30.9% to20% reduced from poverty living below households of rural Proportion 35,000 Nu.10,700 to increased from income rural cash Mean annual # . ResultsFramework Infrastructure Development Food SafetyandQuality Assurance Development ofLaboratory Services Input Quality Assurance, Inspection&Certification Strengthening Plant&LivestockQuarantineMeasures Impact Description ofProjects/Activities developed livestock produce agrochemical, and for agricultural, and standards Quality regulation 2013 from0in2007 in foodsafetyby trained andlicensed 100% foodhandlers functional (from0-3) equipped and stations fully animal quarantine At least3plantand Outcome 2013 fromNo. Awareness in2007) Bhutan (increasefrom0-50%in food actandthelivestockof regulations, thepesticidesact, quarantine system,seedrulesand aware ofplantandanimal At least50%ofthepopulation to 4in2013) increased by100%(from2in2007 No. ofHACCP certifiedcompanies operationalized laboratory servicesdevelopedand Basic infrastructureincluding standards institutedandenforced Acts, rules,regulationsand Output Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) Dzongkhags Office constructionin5 Assurance Food SafetyandQuality Inspection andCertification Input Quality Assurance, Services Infrastructure Development ofLaboratory Measures Livestock Quarantine Strengthening Plant& Projects/Activities 10.000 14.000 39.000 16.000 38.185 117.185 79

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 MoA/29: National Biodiversity Conservation Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Biodiversity 2 Linkage to National : Synergizing Integrated Rural-Urban Development for poverty Development Objectives & reduction, food security and improved rural livelihoods through Strategies biodiversity conservation

3 Expected Results : 75% of crop and 50% of animal genetic resources characterized and documented; Representative of 5000 species of vascular plants collected and conserved; 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger MDG Goal 7: Ensure Environmental Sustainability SDG Goal 1: Eradication of hunger poverty SDG Goal 2: Halve proportion of people in poverty by 2010 SDG Goal 3: Ensure adequate nutrition & dietary improvement for the poor SDG Goal 20: Conservation of Biodiversity 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : National 7 Scope : National 8 Status – Ongoing or new : Ongoing/new 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 – 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 89.220 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 89.220 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Agriculture 13 Implementing Agencies : National Biodiversity Center 14 Documents Available : Biodiversity Action Plan 2002; Biodiversity Act of Bhutan 2003; Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis The National Biodiversity Center was established in 1998 as a non-departmental agency under the Ministry of Agriculture. The main objectives of the center is to ensure effective conservation and sustainable utilization of genetic resources for sustainable livelihood and food security, and to ensure adequate national capacity to participate in global efforts to conserve and use biodiversity resources for food, agriculture development, industrial development and environmental conservation. Prior to and during the 9th Plan, the center focused on establishing infrastructure, building human resource capacity, and strengthening national and international cooperation. Some of the major activities undertaken during the 9th FYP were to develop the national herbarium and flora; conserve agro-biodiversity; conserve animal genetic resources; develop the Royal Botanical Garden and develop an integrated biodiversity information system. Additionally, the Biodiversity Action Plan was revised in 2002 and the Biodiversity Act of Bhutan enacted in 2003.

80 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE programme.the ofimplementation for Gewogs and Dzongkhags the and Division Conservation NatureCenters, the National by out be carried Biodiversity Center shall under implementation the and Ministry of coordination Agriculture. execution, The center overall shallThe also coordinatewith Research Institutional arrangements E. ManagementArrangements follows: as the are Plan during Tenth conservation biodiversity for adopted be will that strategies key The C. Strategy D 20% from 30.9%to poverty reduced living below rural households Proportion of 35,000 Nu.10,700 to increased from rural cashincome Mean annual . ResultsFramework • • • • • • • Impact omrilzto/utial uiiain f ilgcl eore truh bio- through resources biological of prospecting. utilization Commercialization/sustainable Strengthening collaboration with relevant international institutions; and resources; Integration of conservation, research and development with effective utilization of genetic Enhancing capacity of technical staff and farmersthrough on-farm managementtraining; Strengthening inventory, survey, documentation and information management system; to facilitateCollection conservation and sustainable utilization; Strengthening gene garden botanical bank, and herbarium for exsitu and insitu; conserved collected and of vascularplants of 5000species Representative and documented characterized resources animal genetic and 50%of 75% ofcrop Outcome initiated Pilot projectonbio-prospecting information established National integratedbiodiversity ecological zonescollected from cooltowarmtemperate 60% oftheplantsspecies bank preserved intheseedgene genetic diversitycollectedand 75% ofcropandanimal 1 Fieldgenebankestablished Output Implement bio-prospecting Infrastructure Development Information National Biodiversity Development of Botanical Garden Herbarium andFloristic Establishment ofNational genetic resources utilization ofplantandanimal Conservation andsustainable Projects/Activities 81

MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE 01 Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Ex situ conservation and sustainable utilization of plant genetic resources for food and agriculture 20.970 2 In situ conservation, development and sustainable utilization of plant genetic resources 14.200 3 Animal genetic resources conservation and sustainable 19.150 utilization 4 National Herbarium and Floristic programme 8.500 5 Serbithang Botanical Garden 11.800 6 National Biodiversity Information Development and Management 4.600 7 Bio-prospecting 10.000 Total 89.220

82 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF EDUCATION

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 83 84 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF EDUCATION community schools country. inthe primary and primary 355 are Currently,there 88%. to 62% from increased ratio enrolment primary net the while 112%, to % 81 fromenrolment increased ratio primary gross the period, same the Over 2008. in 106,100 to 2003 in the 93,974 fromenrolment primary total expand the increasing established were to efforts concerted schools primary and made primary community 111 Plan, Ninth has the In education. Government primary of coverage Royalof pre-primary the year years, one the including Over cycle education. education primary seven-year a follows country The the under targets and goals related Education its Millennium Development Goals. of all achieving towards track on well is and Royal plans year five the the all overeducation primary expanding this, continuallyinvestedin Governmenthas Recognizing inequity. and poverty reduce helping in impact notable a have and long term Morevoer,the itself. of handsomely off in educationin pay end investmentsprimary in desirablea andhugeeducatedwell populationasset a thata is fact the additionto in sectors other development. It further helps accelerate progress social towardsand the economicachievement sustainableof developmentof goals driverof prime a be to agreed universally is education Primary B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. M 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o E/01: PrimaryEducation Service Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency Required External Financing Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Education SectorStrategy2003;Tenth Plan Programmes Division,DzongkhagandGewog Administrations CAPSD, SPBD,DepartmentofSchoolEducation,EMSSD, Ministry ofEducation Nu. 3003.440m Nu. 3003.440m Five Years (2008–2013) New Dzongkhags andGewogs School-going agechildreninthecountry vocational levels SDG Goal16:Qualityeducationatprimary, secondaryand SDG Goal15:Universalfunctionalliteracy SDG Goal14:Completionofprimaryeducationcycle boys andgirls SDG Goal13: Access toprimary/communalschoolforallchildren, MDG Goal3:PromotegenderequalityandempowerWomen. MDG Goal2: Achieve UniversalPrimaryEducation Improved accessandqualityofprimaryeducation reduction andeconomicgrowth Investing inHumanCapitalthrougheducationforpoverty Vision 2020: Achieve universalprimaryeducation Education s 85

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION 02 Progress made within the primary education programme over the last decade to meet the MDGs and the Education for All goals has placed enormous pressure on limited resources of teachers, facilities and finance and severely tested the capacity of the system to deliver Bhutan’s commitment to provide quality education for all. A major challenge therefore lies in maintaining a level of resources to support both expansion and qualitative development of primary education programme.

C. Strategy The objective of the Primary Education Services programme during the Tenth Plan will be to expand access to primary education and improve the quality of learning amongst children. This objective will be strategically pursued through the physical expansion and development of school infrastructure, reforms and improvements to the school curriculum and promoting teacher- centered education. In order to increase access to school and ensure provision of primary education services within one hour walking distance from the communities, it is proposed to build 64 new CPS/PS during the Tenth Plan. Of this, 51 will be community primary schools in rural and remote parts of the country, and 13 will be primary schools in urban and semi-urban areas. In view of the increasing burden felt by the community, all CPS will be financed entirely by the government during the Tenth Plan. The existing community primary schools and primary level schools will also be renovated and expanded based on their physical condition. Where it is not feasible to build community primary/primary schools, extended classrooms (ECRs) will be established to ensure that education is made accessible to even the smallest catchment areas in the remotest and most scattered settlements. In the Tenth Plan, 99 ECRs are proposed be established across the country. To ensure sustainability, all ECRs, as far as possible, will be housed in outreach clinics, NFE centres, community learning centres, village houses, etc. Each ECR will be affiliated to the nearest CPS/PS for support with regard to teachers and resources. To provide supportive and positive learning environment for the children, the concept of child- friendly school initiated in the Ninth Plan will be institutionalized in all schools during the Tenth Plan. All other programmes will be geared towards developing a child-friendly environment in each of the schools. To address the concern about the quality of primary education, major curriculum reforms in various subjects for PP-VI will be carried out in the Tenth Plan. Since it is difficult to equip all schools with adequate teaching learning resources, rural primary schools in the country will be organized into geographical clusters and one central school in each cluster developed as resource center. The resource centers will be provided with copiers and computers as well as supplied with additional resource materials and reference books. To ensure that qualified teachers are available in rural and remote schools, proper work space and suitable housing will be provided. Further, teachers posted in these schools will be provided with incentives such as difficulty allowance and scarcity allowance including accelerated career advancement and special consideration for academic upgrading.

86 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF EDUCATION managing human resources Ministry. inthe and planning for responsible be will Secretariat the under Division Resource Humaneducation. improvementreformand coordinating inclusiveimplementingcurriculum andand the activities, ensure standards and quality. CAPSD under to worksDepartment construction ofofmonitoring and School schools, of Educationplan master andwill designs providing be of responsibleterms for and Planning Building Division (SPBD)School under the Department of School Education works. supportwill Dzongkhags in construction all executing for responsible be will Dzongkhags The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D education quality of access and Improve . ResultsFramework Impact improved of students Performance and increased education in primary Enrolment Outcome improving qualityofeducation Reformmeasuresinplacefor Multi-grade teachingstrengthened Functional RCSinplace students Teachers competentlyteachtheir attractive Rural postingforteachersmademore and reformed Primary schoolcurriculumreviewed incentives toenrollandstayinschool receive mid-daymealsandother Students inruralandremoteareas children inschoolattherightage on theimportanceofenrolling Awareness amongparents enhanced place Functional ECRsandCPS/PSin piloted andreplicatedinallschools Inclusive educationprogramme supportive learningenvironment Schools providepositiveand Output strengthened Teaching-learning support Teacher developmentprogramme implementation Curriculum reformand primary education enhancement ofenrolmentin Support programmefor Infrastructure development inclusive education Child-friendly schoolsand Projects/Activities 87

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION 02 Indicative Costs

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Infrastructure Development 2277.340 2 Curriculum reform and implementation 320.950 3 Inclusive Education & Child friendly school services 13.850 4 Teacher-Development Programme 309.000 5 Teaching Learning Support 80.300 6 Support programme for enhancement of enrolment in primary 2.000 education Total 3,003.440

MoE/02: Secondary Education Services

A. Overview

1 Sector : Education 2 Linkage to National Development : Vision 2020: Achieve full enrolment in basic education. Objectives & Investing in Human Capital through education for poverty Strategies reduction and economic growth

3 Expected Results : Improved access and quality of secondary education 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 2: Achieve Universal Primary Education MDG Goal 3: Promote gender equality and empower Women. SDG Goal 13: Access to primary/communal school for all children, boys and girls SDG Goal 14: Completion of primary education cycle SDG Goal 15: Universal functional literacy SDG Goal 16: Quality education at primary, secondary and vocational levels 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : School-going age children in the country 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing or New : Ongoing/New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 – 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 5,279.370 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 5279.370 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Education 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of School Education, CASPD, SPBD, Programme Division, EMSD, Dzongkhag Administrations 14 Documents Available : Education Sector Strategy 2003; Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis The secondary level education in Bhutan follows a six-year cycle comprising of two years of lower secondary, two years of middle secondary and two years of higher secondary school.

88 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF EDUCATION skills education will be consolidated and integrated in all other subjects. Thescience curriculum the for during education secondary Ninth Plan be will consolidated for and institutionalized in the Tenth subjects Plan. In various addition, values and life in undertaken being reforms Curriculum explored be also duringwill Tenth the Plan. totransport children to urbannearby centres the in schoolsespecially having road networks good services bus extending possibility of pressures.admissionThe future conditionand physical their on based expanded and developed be also will schools secondary existing The schools. secondary middle to upgraded be higher to schools secondary will middle 12 and schools, secondary higher schools to 1 and schools secondary secondary lower 22 schools. secondary 8 middle and to schools secondary CPS/PS lower to upgraded be will CPS/PS 18 schools. secondary higher 4 and schools secondary middle 11 school, secondary lower be will oneTenth this, the Of in builtPlan. be will schools secondary new education,16 secondary toimprove accessorderto Inexpand and economy. also be made more relevant by realigning curriculum to meet the emerging needs of the Bhutanese shall programme education Secondary approximately40%. at schools government in XI class to enrolment in basic education level to near 90% and maintain the proportion of students continuing The objective ofthe secondary education development programme inthe TenthC. Strategy Plan is to enhance net adequate number of qualified, competent Bhutanese teachers this levelat education.of secondary levels leading post-to a critical and shortage secondary of secondary educationthe places on as pressures well enormous as the placing lack now of an is level primary the at success The computer basic in trained been have teachers primary education. 100 In schools. about secondary MoIC, other to with expanded be collaboration will and in schools introduced secondary higher been and has middle 33 education Computer resources. teaching-learning enhance to schools secondary suppliedequipmentto science havebeen and books Mathematics.and EnglishLibrary and learning support programme were initiated, especially in the three tool subjects, viz. Dzongkha, With the quality of education being a thrust area during the Ninth Plan, major curriculum reforms four private schools country. inthe education system as well as to diversify choices for education to the public. Today, there are twenty in the country. Establishment of private schools is being encouraged to develop a more sustainable 2008. in There10,157 arecurrentlyto 322003 highersecondaryin schools including5804 from 8 privateXI-XII higherclasses secondary schools in enrolment the increasing schools secondary to higher secondary schools three haveof total been A established X. and grade beyond9 education middle their continuingstudents secondary of numberschools the havein increase been upgraded the Royal Government’s decision to raise the basic education to grade X, there has a been dramatic enrolmentincreased primary, the ateducationto the and levels, Due secondary lower andmiddle grossthe enrolment ratio and net enrolment ratio at education basic at 96%and 85%respectively. with schools secondary middle and lower 136 Currently,are there period. same the over secondary schools middle to schools secondary lower twenty and schools secondary lower been to haveupgraded schools primary and community middle one eleven forty established, and been secondary have schools lower secondary three expansion, this accommodate To 2008. in 40,855 to 2003 in 28,833 from increased X to VII classes in Enrolmentbeyond. and X grade to on proceed nowstudents the of majority a X, to VIII grade from raised being level education basic the With 89

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION 02 Classes VII-XII will also be reviewed and reformed during the plan period. To further strengthen teaching and learning resources in the schools, the programme will support the provision of library books, science equipment, computers and peripherals. The use of CDs and e-learning materials shall be piloted for a range of subjects during the plan period. Further, provision is being kept for the training of general teachers in the use of IT through cluster based and school based workshops and seminars resourced by IT lead teachers.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities Functional secondary schools in place Infrastructure development Improve Enrolment in SPBD staff competently support access and basic education Dzongkhags in school building and quality of increased monitor construction works for quality education assurance Staff of CAPSD competently review and Curriculum reform and reform school curricula implementation

Performance Secondary school curricula reviewed of students and reformed improved Teacher development Teachers become IT literate programme All HSS and MSS are staffed with Teaching-learning support a computer technician and network strengthened Private operators administrator each establish private schools and Schools adequately equipped with international computers and accessories schools Relevant IT based learning materials in various subjects produced and distributed to schools Safe and reliable bus service in place in Support programme for selected schools enhancement of enrolment in basic education Policy guidelines for establishment of international schools in place

Private School Unit facilitates and supports private school development

Competency upgraded in the EMSSD and other Divisions under the Directorate A functional and reliable decentralized monitoring and professional support mechanism in place

90 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF EDUCATION Overview A. M Indicative Cost the in schools international and schools for private andcountry monitoring of quality standards. be responsible of establishment the shall Division guiding Programmes and under facilitating Unit Schools Private The activities. and programmesrelatedimplement IT coordinateandjointly will CAPSD and DivisionProgrammes improvementandproviding support for enhancingunder teaching-learning resources. Section IT CAPSD under the Department of School Education shall be responsible for curriculum reform and quality. and standards ensure to work construction the monitor and schools, of plan master and designs (SPBD) under the Department of School Education will support Dzongkhags in terms of providing The Dzongkhagswill implementall construction works. The SchoolPlanning and Building Division Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 # o E/03: Early Childhoo are andDevelopment Services schools Support ProgrammeforenhancementofenrolmentinSecondary Teaching-learning support Curriculum reformandimplementation Infrastructure Development Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector Description ofProjects/Activities

: : : : : : Children between 0-5agegroup vocational levels SDG Goal16:Qualityeducation atprimary, secondaryand SDG Goal15:Universalfunctional literacy SDG Goal14:Completion of primaryeducationcycle children, boysandgirls SDG Goal13: Access toprimary/communalschoolforall MDG Goal3:Promotegenderequalityandempower Women. MDG Goal2: Achieve UniversalPrimaryEducation vulnerable anddisadvantagedchildren early childhoodcareandeducation,especiallyforthe most environment. Expandingandimprovingcomprehensive of allchildrenaged0-5yearsintheirfamiliarandnatural Enhance intellectual,emotionalandphysicaldevelopment natural environment development thatenablesthemtogrowintheirfamiliar and supported toenhancetheirintellectual,emotionalandphysical Education SectorStrategy: All childrenaged0-5yearswillbe Education Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 133.120 159.740 261.700 4724.810 5,279.370 91

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION 02 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing or New : New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 – 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 3.450 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 3.450 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Education (MoE) 13 Implementing Agencies : Early Childhood Care and Development (ECCD) Unit under Department of School Education, MoE, Dzongkhags and day care centres 14 Documents Available : Education Sector Strategy 2003; Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis The Government’s long term education vision is to ensure all children in the 0-5 age group are supported to enhance their intellectual, emotional and physical development through a programme that enables them to grow in their familiar and natural environment. Constrained by the lack of resources and expertise on ECCD, the Royal Government followed two simple but practical approaches to ECCD. The first was through family-based approaches, which aimed to enhance and promote sound parenting and care practices for young children in the home environment, especially in rural areas. The second was through the use of day care centers, which primarily focused on early learning, and activity centers for young children in urban areas using private providers. An ECCD unit was established within the Department of School Education and draft ECCD policy guidelines prepared to guide the development of the ECCD programme. In order to promote early childhood care and learning, relevant ECCD material have been produced and disseminated through both radio and television. Parenting guides on ECCD have also been developed in Dzongkha and are being implemented as part of the Post Literacy Course curricula for NFE learners. As part of the initiative to provide good child practices and early learning in urban areas, ten day care centers have been established. Since the day care centers are new, constant support in terms of professional development of teachers and learning materials are being provided by the ECCD Unit.

C. Strategy The immediate objective of this programme within the Tenth Plan period is to continue to establish expertise within the Ministry of Education by identifying good ECCD practices both within the country and in the international scene, and training a core group of people in ECCD. To build up national expertise on ECCD, the programme over the Tenth Plan will provide trainings in the area of child psychology and development for a core group of people who will be placed in various regions or school clusters to work with good Day Care Centers besides developing ECCD practices in the regular schools. As in the Ninth Plan, good ECCD practices will be produced, advocated and disseminated over TV and radio. This will be complemented by the development of ECCD materials to be used in the non-formal education programme and training of the selected NFE instructors in ECCD practices. A review of the ECCD programme is also envisaged to suggest measures for further development and expansion of the ECCD programme.

92 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF EDUCATION Indicative Cost of Education, School MoE. Department the under unit ECCD implementedthe coordinated and be by shall programme The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D sent trained on practices. ECCD establishment of day care centers. draft In addition, selected caregivers The fromthe day support care and centers providers. guide will also to be place private in put mechanisms policy using and finalized be centers shall guidelines policy care day of establishment the encouraging by areas urban in continueGovernmentearly learning Royal and will The promoteto practices child good 1 environment and natural in theirfamiliar years enhanced children aged0-5 development ofall and physical emotional Intellectual, # . ResultsFramework Support totheECCDUnit Policy development Material developmentonECCD Development ofexpertiseonandpromotionECCD Impact Description ofProjects/Activities areas centres inurban more daycare Private operators practices engage inECCD More parents Outcome furniture andequipment ECCD Unitprovidedwith centres establishment ofdaycare Enabling policyinplacefor and DayCareCentres developed andsuppliedtoNFE Relevant ECCEmaterials ECCE increasedthroughmedia Parents knowledgeonsound enhanced toprovideECCE instructors, DEOsandPrincipals Competency ofteachers,NFE Output Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) Support totheECCDUnit Policy development ECCD Material developmenton on andpromotionofECCD Development ofexpertise Projects/Activities 0.250 0.400 0.500 2.300 3.450 93

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION 02 MoE/04: Special Education Services

A. Overview

1 Sector : Education 2 Linkage to National : Education Sector Strategy: All children with disabilities Development Objectives & and special needs provided with access and benefit from Strategies education; Sector Tenth Plan: Establish a programme of inclusive education to enable all children to participate in and benefit from the education process. 3 Expected Results : Children with disabilities and those with special needs enabled to access education in regular schools 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Children with disabilities and special needs 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing or New : New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 – 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 66.580 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 66.580 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Education (MoE) 13 Implementing Agencies : Special Education Unit, Department of School Education, MoE, Dzongkhags and Schools 14 Documents Available : Education Sector Strategy 2003; Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis The long-term objective of the Special Education Services Programme is to provide access for all children with disabilities and special needs, including those with physical, mental and other types of impairment, to general education in regular schools. The Royal Government will thus seek to maintain an inclusive approach to improve educational access to and meet the special needs of those with physical disabilities and learning impediments. In the Ninth Plan, a Special Education Unit was established within the Department of School Education and a draft Special Education Policy and Guidelines was formulated. The existing National Institute for the Disabled at Khaling was partially rebuilt and expanded to accommodate additional students with impaired vision. In Thimphu, a new resource center to help children with special needs (mental and physical impairments) was established at Changangkha Lower Secondary School (LSS). To cater to the education of hearing impaired children, sign language in Bhutanese was developed and a deaf education center established at the Drugyal LSS in Paro.

94 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF EDUCATION Indicative Cost of Education, School MoE. The programme shallbe coordinated and implemented bythe SpecialEducation Unit ofDepartment Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D existing inthe andstrengthen education centers. new special the services will plan the providedto be Teaching-learningeducation. also needs will expertise, materialsspecial on accesstraining support and to capacity national needs develop To special schools. with regular children in allow education togeneral model Changangkha the on established be will increasing the with cope to Drukgyal in enrolmentpressureFurther, education forspecial services. Centerthe fiveeducation more centers special Education Deaf the and Khaling Disabled, of The Tenth Planwill supportthe development of additional physical facilities inthe National Institute support schools across facilities inselected country. the to services the children with a wide range of disabilities including learning difficulties by providing education special enhanced provide to is the Plan during Tenth programme this of objective The C. Strategy 2 1 regular schools education in to access needs enabled with special and those disabilities Children with # . ResultsFramework Teaching-learning supportforSpecialEducationServices Expansion ofSpecialEducationServices Impact Description ofProjects/Activities schools enroll inregular difficulties with learning including those disabilities Children with Outcome materials with relevantteaching-learning Special educationcentressupplied to providespecialeducation Competency ofteachersstrengthened education inplace Functional centresforspecial Output Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) services for specialeducation Teaching-learning support education services Expansion ofspecial Projects/Activities 2.670 66.580 63.910 95

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION 02 MoE/05: Adult Literacy & Continuing Education Services

A. Overview

1 Sector : Education 2 Linkage to National : Vision 2020: Achieve full adult literacy rate for all by 2017 Development Objectives & Sector Tenth Plan: Achieve adult literacy of 70% by 2013 Strategies Investing in Human Capital for poverty reduction and broad based growth through improved literacy Education Sector Strategy: Create a learning society through a system of continuing and life long education opportunities 3 Expected Results : Adults and out-of-school youths enroll in non-formal education and complete the basic literacy course; Interested learners enroll in Continuing Education Programme and upgrade their academic qualifications; 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : SDG Goal 15: Universal functional literacy 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Adult population particularly in the rural areas 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing or New : New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 – 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 48.550 m 11 External Financing : Nu. 48.550 m Required 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Education (MoE) 13 Implementing Agencies : Non-Formal Education Division, (Department of Adult and Higher Education), MoE, Dzongkhag and Gewog Administrations 14 Documents Available : Education Sector Strategy 2003; Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis Literacy is deeply linked to all aspects of life and livelihood and is unquestionably a powerful instrument for empowerment and upliftment. It remains an essential condition for sustainable socio-economic development and a critical tool to eradicate poverty, enhance employment opportunities, advance gender equality, improve family health, conserve the environment and promote democratic participation. In particular, there is a close and deep interrelationship between illiteracy and poverty at the global, national, and local levels with countries and communities with the lowest levels of literacy doing poorly. Poverty breeds illiteracy and vice versa in a vicious cycle that is often hard to break. Hence tackling poverty as a prime objective and theme of the Tenth Plan will also depend on how effectively the high rates of adult illiteracy are tackled in Bhutan, particularly in rural areas. The Population and Housing Census of Bhutan 2005 report the national literacy rate at 60% and adult literacy rates at 53%. While national baseline data on literacy is still lacking and will need to be developed, the PHCB 2005 census data nevertheless indicates a low level of literacy by both international and regional standards. It is thus a key area for improvement to scale up Bhutan’s

96 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF EDUCATION organize inter-Dzongkhagincreasingly and inter-Gewog competitions to raise literacy the level,will etc. non-formal TV,it promoteand radio to over campaigns ways awareness innovativeconducting from implement Apart education. and devise will Division NFE the period, plan the during envisaged programme NFE the of review the ofrecommendations the on Based literacy course (BLC) and literacy course post (PLC) materials. Basic of reprintingincluding skills vocational for manuals printing training and and materials development literacy new the of support to continue will Plan Tenth The literacy. post and basic both formaterials curriculum develop to need a is therematerials, NFE ofshortage the to Owing the in programmeTenth the Plan. of expansion and development further guide to used be will study the of conductedthe Therefore, result be levels.and these NFE programme will the study in-depth an of 70% literacy by 2013, the NFE programme has a major role to play in increasing the literacy rate to Given the SDG goal of achieving universal functional literacy and the national objective of achieving C. Strategy in offered also now Chukha and Paro. is Atotal of 577learners areprogramme currently enrolled programme. inthis The Thimphu. an in schools with high private leavers the of one school in initiated provide to and was programme education continuing learning the qualifications, continuous academic their upgrade of to opportunity system a institute to order In to NFEcentres. the reading materials for the basic literacy and post literacy programmes were developed and supplied Furthermore, members. committee NFE local as act also representatives who village and leaders local for conducted also were workshops and campaignsAwareness trainings. relevant through To ensure the quality of the literacy programme, the capacity of NFE instructors has been upgraded teaching aids. computersand includingequipment and furniture basic with supplied and established also were centrescommunitylearning new twentyNinthWithin Plan, the 13,829. to 12,838 from increased population, adult number the of learners sameperiod, the centresOver 747 instructorsto2008. 2003 736in within the instructors 428 with amongst centres 365 from skills expanded has programme The functional areas. rural in and particularly literacy basic providing for programme The non-formaleducation (NFE) programme has gainedwidespread popularity as it is an effective are highlighted below. which of aspects Programme,Education Formal Non its with success particular enjoyed also has optimism that in time Bhutan will be able to quickly scale up its literacy levels. Additionally, Bhutan improvementsattainmentforenrollmenteducationalandeducationprovide reason in secondary and primary in rapidgains The education.adultnon-formal andeducation school basic to access TheRoyal Government’s approach to addressthe challenge ofilliteracy hasbeen based on expanding longemerge inthe termand associety aknowledge-based prospects for realizingto GNH. aspiration developmentcountry’s the of achievement hinder also could literacy prevailing of progress towards achieiving its human development goals and attaining the MDGs. The low levels 97

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION 02 Community learning centers (CLCs) will be established and strengthened in schools and NFE centers through the provision of basic equipment including computers and teaching aids. Availability of such facilities will also provide post-literacy opportunities for continuous/lifelong learning and acquiring functional literacy.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities A comprehensive NFE-policy in place Non-formal education Create a learning Adults and out- Tested, relevant and easy to use NFE programme society through of-school youths curriculum in place a system of enrol in non- continuing and life formal education Trained NFE -instructors competently long education and complete deliver NFE courses opportunities the basic literacy course Functional centres in place

Reliable data on literacy in Bhutan available Interested Attain adult Awareness on literacy enhanced literacy rates of learners enroll 70% in continuing A comprehensive long term strategy for Continuing education education CE in place programme programme and upgrade their Access to continuing education qualifications increased CE-staff and CE-tutors confidently organize CE programme

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The programme shall be coordinated and implemented by the Non-Formal Education Division of the Department of Adult and Higher Education.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Non-Formal Education Programme 44.600 2 Continuing Education Programme (of the Nu. 3.95 m, Nu 1.50 3.950 m is for tertiary education) Total 48.550

98 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF EDUCATION has enabledGoI Government the to implement scholarship the effectively very and successfully. from assistance continued diversity.The and cross-fertilization academic of purposes for region disciplines.majorityA scholarsof the institutes arekey in placed and universities Indiain and the eligible Class 12-passed to students who fulfillthemerit set ofselection criteria academic asper the on announcement in various based annually awarded are scholarships programme, this Under manpower future the addressing of requirements terms across sectors of all economy. the in role significant a plays It Government. Royal the by prioritized as humanityareas and arts including informationtechnology education, medicine, law, engineering, science, of bachelors’fields various pursuetheir in studentsto degree secondary The undergraduatescholarship programme provides avenues and opportunities forpotential post- andindustry sustained growth. if the country is to build its human capital to realistically achieve its strategic objective of vitalizing needed be university educated workforce and professionalsthe will qualified in higher ofnumber increased An force. labour total the of 1.4% mere a and population country’sentire the of point have graduates college percentage of a than comprise less they Bhutan, present numberat in year each significantly increasing been the as Even capital. human of stock national the growingand economyin modernizing a in technologies modern and innovative of adaptation and use the expediting by society any to benefits enormousobviouslyconferseducation tertiary quality High B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. M 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o E/06: ScholarshipService Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan, Education, MoE Scholarship Division,Departmentof Adult andHigher Ministry ofEducation(MoE) Nu. 657.780m Nu. 657.780m Five Years (2008–2013) New National Undergraduate Students country intheareasofcriticalshortages Graduates meetthehumanresourcerequirementsof development ofthecountry qualified manpowertosupportandsustainsocio-economic Sector Tenth Plan:Ensuresteadysupplyofsoundand higher educationandpromotingexcellencein Investing inHumanCapitalthroughexpandingaccessto Education 99

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION 02 Out of the 540 undergraduate slots planned during the Ninth Plan, 615 slots have been implemented in the various fields of engineering, medicine, science, agriculture and humanity areas. The actual implementation of undergraduate scholarships exceeded what was originally planned due to an extension of the 9th FYP.

C. Strategy The undergraduate scholarship programme (UGP) is being implemented by the Scholarship Division under the Department of Adult and Higher Education. In the Tenth Plan, the main objective of this programme is to address the shortage of human resources in the areas of critical needs through effective management of undergraduate scholarships in the region and abroad. Based on a review and reprioritization exercise of the human resource needs in the various ministries/agencies and stakeholders, 600 scholars will be placed for various scholarships during the plan period. However, the main focus of the scholarships offered would be in the professional fields where the shortage of qualified manpower is critical. The Scholarship Division, under MOE shall continue to establish and expand linkages with key institutions/universities in the region to improve the placement of scholars as well as monitor the quality and standards offered in these institutions. Other than securing placements and finding relevant courses, benefits of such linkages will include the possibility of cost-sharing and exchange.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Ensure steady supply Graduates meet the Students are placed in reputed of sound and qualified human resource and recognized institutions manpower to build human requirements of the capital for vitalizing industry country in the areas Scholarship Programme and sustaining socio- of critical shortages economic development of Capacity of Scholarship the country Division strengthened

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Scholarship Division under the Department of Adult and Higher Education, MOE will be responsible for the implementation of this programme. The Division will also be responsible for the placement of scholars in the universities/institutions within the region and abroad.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Scholarship Services - 475 scholarships to be provided in India 657.780 - 125 scholarships to be provided in others Total 657.780

100 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF EDUCATION and security. high Therefore,secretariat a building is proposed for housingthe BBE. maintainingconfidentialityand evaluationdevelopment,moderation, paper questionprocessing, office result as such activities The out existing carrying for required data. space of terms in inadequateextremely is space examination of confidential amount considerable maintains BBE The of education and provide feedback towards useful improving quality the of education. In future, the NEA will be conducted at regular intervals (usually 3 to 5 years) to gauge the standard subjects. students’gaugemonitor these andto repeatedcompetenciesin be Mathematics andwill In the Tenth Plan, NEA for Class VI in English, Mathematics and Dzongkha and for Class X English C. Strategy class XIIexamination nationalized was also and conducted by Bhutan the of Board Examinations. the 2006, FromEducation. Secondary for Council Indian the fromexaminations the over taking by 2001 from nationalized fully been X students have Class of certification examinations and The Dzongkha and Mathematics was completed and a bench mark of During the Ninthstandards Plan, Nationalat Education Assessment these (NEA) levelsin Class VI and established. Class X for English, qualitythe and relevance of curriculum. the notonly helps tomaintain uniformity of educational standards acrosssystem but assesses the also An important component of any education system is the testing and assessment mechanism which B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. M 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o E/07: Bhutan BoardofExamination s Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan schools Bhutan BoardofExaminations,MoE,Dzongkhagsand Ministry ofEducation(MoE) Nu. 30.750m Nu. 30.750m Five Years (2008–2013) New National Students National Education Assessment (NEA) Educational standardinthecountrymeasuresovertimeusing examinations that reflect the true picture of their performance; Students availmaximumopportunitiestoperformwellinthe the qualityofhumancapital Enhance standardsofexcellenceineducationforupgrading Improve thequalityandrelevanceofeducation Education 101

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION 02 D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities NEA for Cl VI and X in Examination Students avail maximum opportunities English, Math and Dzongkha Services Improve the to perform well in the examinations that in place quality and reflect performance BBE-staff competently relevance organizes the annual of Educational standard in the country examination and supports education measures overtime using National schools in assessment Education Assessment (NEA) Provide conducive work environment for BBE staff

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Bhutan Board of Examination under Ministry of Education will be responsible for the implementation of National Education Assessment.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Bhutan Board of Examinations 30.750 Total 30.750

MoE/08: Youth and Sports Services

A. Overview

1 Sector : Education 2 Linkage to National : Wholesome development of children and youth Development Objectives & Strategies 3 Expected Results : Bhutanese youth provided with wholesome education and nurtured to become useful and productive citizens 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Youths of Bhutan 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing or New : New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 – 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 327.700 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 327.700 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Education (MoE) 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Youth, Culture and Sports, MoE 14 Documents Available : Sector Tenth Plan

102 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF EDUCATION provisioning of water and sanitation facilities. the supported also Plan the schools, in safe and healthy is environmentlearning the that ensure health, adolescent mental health, HIV/AIDs, STIs, hygiene and sanitation and first aid. In order to reproductive adolescent in education skills life as such areas important in trained Teacherswere of the Ministry Health,continuedwas throughout Ninthpromote the Planfurther to andchildadolescent health. with in collaboration conducted programme health school comprehensive The conducted inThimphu for out schoolof youth. programmeswereworkshopstraining and several unemployment, abuse,issues, legal drug AIDs, HIV/ as youth,such issues social for and health on facilities awarenesscreate to recreationalorder In facilities. and hostel including educational and training, computer counseling, services, dissemination and information youth provides that Thimphu in established Youthwas A Center programme. schoolsports the all to supplied equipment basic However,constraintremainsschools. a physical educationforstill teachers trained of absence the and developed were guidelines administrative Sports sports School Further, the child, a decentralized. meets of sports regional developmentand intra-Dzongkhag and wholesomeinstitutionalized was Programme the in sports of importance the Given cultural and choeshed schools, in programmes education were enhanced. also cultural and values promote To programme. the support to schools to supplied and developed materials relevant 93 and programme, trained were the masters scout of management effective For Dzongkhags. 20 all to expanded and youth of Thescouting programme hasbeen strengthened as an integralpart ofthe wholesome development were supplied to 39vocational clubs. clubs. 24 vocational instructors were vocational of placed form the in in secondary schools schools secondary some and in introduced vocational been has programmeeducationeducation materials leavers, school of expectations and and to marketfamiliarize youth with career prospects in various vocational vocational school based skills, job the between mismatch emerging the of view In developed and supplied to schools. wereeducation career for materials Furthermore, schools. secondary in placed and counseling in Tocounselorstrainedwere schools. in school programme, counseling433 secondary the support institutionalized all also was Programme Counseling and Education Career the Plan, Ninth the orientationthrough forteacherstrainedSPEA programmes. During focal 182 and developed also were health reproductiveadolescent abuse, substanceparenting, country. on Materials the across School-Based Parenting Education and Awareness Programme (SPEA) was introduced in In an 91 effort toschools combat emerging youth issues and supportparents andschools intackling them, the besides skills life strengthenand education their and improving studentvalues and health well being. positive inculcate and youth and children of development healthy andpractical cost effective tools to achieve holistic child and youth development. Itcan help foster Sports, games and recreational initiatives that incorporate the best values of sports can be powerful, B. SituationalAnalysis 103

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION 02 C. Strategy The objective of this programme during the Tenth Plan will be to promote wholesome development of children and youth by consolidating the personal development and value education programmes, including helping students develop multi-skills for different job markets. To this end, youth guidance and career counseling shall be further improved and expanded. In the Tenth Plan, career education programme will be strengthened by appointing career education focal persons with basic level counseling in all secondary schools. A system of referral in counseling services will also be piloted. This will be complemented by enhanced professional interaction amongst career focal teachers through cluster level workshops led by senior and master teachers. To support the counseling programme, counselors with school level counselor training will be placed in all secondary schools. The School Based Parenting Education and Awareness programme shall be expanded and clear policy guidelines developed to guide its implementation. The capacities within school clusters and Dzongkhags will be strengthened through training of trainers and orientation of teachers and parents on school based parenting education. To increase awareness on SPEA programme, relevant audio/video and print materials will be developed and disseminated through the media and other means. To provide the students with orientation to technical and vocational education, vocational clubs will be expanded in middle and higher secondary schools. However, this will be based on the results of the review of the programme that will be undertaken during the plan period. The comprehensive school health programme will be strengthened by providing additional staffing and relevant trainings. To guide and support the development of the programme, a policy and strategy document for school health will be developed. Hygiene and sanitation facilities in schools will be further improved by providing sanitary toilets and safe drinking water supply. To increase their awareness amongst students on emerging health concerns, workshops and various activities will be implemented. Further, a mechanism will be instituted for early detection of health problems in schools. The scouting and cultural education will be further promoted and expanded to facilitate wholesome development of the Bhutanese youth. To this end, the scout membership will be increased to 55,000 by the end of the Tenth Plan and value based training including youth cultural exchange will be organized to broaden the thinking of youth and provide exposure to the people and cultures of other countries. While the scouting programme has grown rapidly over the years, its quality has been affected due to the lack of a training center in the country. Therefore, a Scouts Training Center is in Paro. To encourage maximum participation of youth in sports, the plan will continue to support different sporting activities at the Dzongkhag and national levels. A comprehensive national policy for school sports will be developed to promote sports in a strategic and coherent manner within the overall objective of wholesome education. To support the programme, full-time sports coaches/ coordinators will be appointed on contract in schools and trained through Training of Trainers on an annual basis. The Games and Sports Division will also be strengthened with additional staff and relevant trainings. The youth services will be expanded in the Tenth Plan by establishing 15 Youth Centres in districts with sizeable youth population. The Youth Center in Thimphu will continue to provide information services such as Internet and library facilities as well as youth information workshops/seminars to engage Bhutanese youths particularly out-of-school youths in meaningful and productive 104 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF EDUCATION D disseminate and produce to strengthened educational programmes. be also will MOE, Sports and Youth of Department the within placed currently is which Unit, Education Media The cultural. and social educational, youth of childrenand development Wholesome . ResultsFramework Impact environment supportive learning people inasafeand Healthy young an option non-white collarjobs Students consider guide childrenbetter in SPEA programme Parents participating behavior programmes improve in counseling Students participating reduced counselors inschools Shortage oftrained plan careerbetter in CECprogrammes Students participating Outcome skills clubs learnandpractisevocational Students participatinginvocational schools insettingupvocationalclubs SBVE-unit competentlyassists programmes parenting, educationandawareness importance ofschoolbased participating parentsonthe Increased awarenessamong unhealthy behavior among studentsonthedangersof Increased awarenessandknowledge place A functionalcounselinginstitutein options among studentsonvariouscareer Increased awarenessandknowledge programmes inBhutan career andpersonalcounseling Staff ofCECDcompetently organize problems mechanisminplace Improved earlydetectionofhealth people on emerginghealthconcernsofyoung Provideskillsbasedhealtheducation facilities inplaceschools Functional hygieneandsanitation programmes competently implementschoolhealth School healthcoordinators document onschoolhealthinplace A comprehensivepolicyandstrategy programmes competently executeschoolhealth Staff ofSchoolHealthDivision(SHD) Output programme and Counseling Career Education programme school health Comprehensive Projects/Activities 105

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION 02 Scouting programme Scouts are well-informed on scouting Scouts Programme expanded and and life skills programmes strengthened Trained scouts masters competently implement scouts programme

Schools have access to adequate

scouting equipment and materials to

run scout programmes

A functional scouts training centre in place

A comprehensive reform measures

in place to improve the quality of

scouting programme

Scout membership registration made easier, and reliable data on scouts available

More students participate in cultural education and choeshey programme Healthy and energetic Functional sports facilities in place in Games and sports young people 15 more YCs in places having sizeable programme youth population A master plan developed for the establishment of a national physical education and sports institute Trained teachers/coaches competently organize games and sports in schools

A comprehensive national policy for school sports in place Maximum number of students participate in games and sports

Staff of GSD competently organize games and sports in Bhutan Viewers of media Media section strengthened to Education media programmes change produce innovative programmes that services behaviour according meet the needs of a variety of clients to message of the within the ministry programmes Improved access to educational and information for students, teachers and public Increased appreciation, knowledge and skills among class X and XII school leavers in video handling, music and theatre production More youths engage Functional Youth Centres in place Youth Centre in meaningful and Services productive, social, Youth policy in place sports and cultural programmes Youth centre provide a platform for youth related activities

106 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF EDUCATION Indicative Cost national federations. sports underthe units and Divisions the different Department of by Youth, Culture and Sports, executed MoE in coordination and with the Dzongkhags, schools and managed be will programme The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements 6 5 4 3 2 1 # Comprehensive schoolhealthservices Media Services Youth CentreServices Sports andGames Scouts Programme Career EducationandCounseling Description ofProjects/Activities Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 327.700 48.600 12.000 27.930 57.020 68.450 113.700 107

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION 02 108 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 109 110 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS including Thailand. region the in countriesPTAs otheradditional with Arrangement sign Tradingto seeking Preferentialis and Bangladesh(PTA) with a has also Bhutan periodically. renewed is which 1972 since India withcommerce and trade free onagreement formal a Bilaterally,stage.had advanced has it an at is WTO the to accessionSAFTA of the BIMST-EC memberand while a currently Bhutan is and significant tariffs domestic reforms facilitate further to domestic and foreigntrade. import by accompanied reducingbeen also has progressivelyThis restraints. and barriers trade while lower to taxes export removing levels international and regional bilateral, at TheRoyal Government has actively pursuedthe promotion of more liberalizedtrade arrangements become competitive and inahighy successful competitive trading regime. global to effectively Bhutaneseeconomydevelopmature diversify.and the therefore imperativethat Itis markets its as expand invariably will with this that envisaged trade is it of small, remainsshare world the the of restpresent the at While 2006. in GDP of 90% over of value the approximately also a highly open trade economy largely is with Bhutan the total India. volume with remains of trade exports and total imports itsat it Nu.of percent 37.78 billion,80 though about with region SAARC years the in concentrated recent over significantly increased has volume Bhutan’s trade B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. MEA/01: PromotionofDomesticandForeignTrae 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Department ofTrade Ministry ofEconomic Affairs Nu. 84.500m Nu. 84.500m Five Years (2008-2013) New National Prospective entrepreneursandtraders by 2010 Eradicate HungerPovertyandGoal2:toHalvepoverty All SDGLivelihoodGoalsbutmainlylinkedtoGoal1: financial system based predictable,non-discriminatorytradingand MDG Goal8:Target 12:Developfurtheranopen,rule- and Hunger MDG Goal1Targets 1and2:EradicateExtremePoverty generation intheprivateandruralsectors Increased opportunitiesforemploymentandincome development. reduction, employmentgenerationandprivatesector Urban Developmentforeconomicgrowth,poverty Vitalizing IndustryandSynergizing IntegratedRural- Trade 111

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 While Bhutan acknowledges that certain rules, processes and aspects of the WTO are imbalanced and to the disadvantage of developing countries, it also recognizes the opportunities and benefits that come with participation in the multilateral trading system. Membership in the WTO would enable Bhutan to enjoy much better access to markets of member countries as there is a need to diversify markets beyond the traditional ones. Further, joining the WTO would not only streamline national trade policies but also lead to greater transparency in governance and an environment more conducive to vitalizing industry and synergizing integrated rural-urban development to help meet its Tenth Plan objective of poverty reduction. The growth of the trading sector is also apparent from the increase in the issuance of trade licenses. As of 31st December 2007, a total of 11,442 trade licenses were issued. All regional offices have been computerized with the designing and development of the Licensing Database System and Micro- trade has been de-licensed. Guidelines and rules & procedures for imports from third countries have also been prepared. Efforts are also underway to develop a legal framework, streamline trading activities and licensing processes, enhance brand building of national products, and improve access to trade and business information and services.

C. Strategy To achieve greater economic efficiency and healthy competition in the trading sector, the Department of Trade will continue to direct efforts to create an enabling environment through necessary legislation and regulations, such as development and implementation of the Consumer Protection Act and Competition Policy. Existing rules and procedures, tax incentives, financial schemes (credit guarantee scheme, export insurance scheme), etc will also be reviewed. Enhancing the capacity of the private sector, branding national products, improving access to information, awareness creation and facilitating trade through the establishment of dry ports and industrial estates will be given priority in the Tenth Plan. Bhutan’s effective integration into the regional and international trading systems through bilateral and regional arrangements and access to WTO on the right terms will be continued. As there are no designated event hosting sites in the country to conduct events such as trade fairs and exhibitions, the construction of a Trade Promotion/Exhibition Center was considered initially. The proposed construction of such a center has now been merged with the construction of a MICE center (meeting, incentives, conference and exhibition) that is to be developed under a proposed Tenth Plan programme under the Ministry of Works and Human Settlements.

112 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS Indicative Cost implementation of programme the done be by will respective the divisions. withother relevant sectors and Bhutan the Chamber ofThe actual Commerce Industry& (BCCI). TheDepartment of Tradewill be responsible for execution ofthe programme in close collaboration Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D 2.3 2.2 2.1 2 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1 work force sector to6%oftotal employment in Increase to 25% to nationalrevenue contribution oftrade Enhance 2007 50% fromlevelsin Enhance exportsby 8% GDP increasedto Share of Trade to . ResultsFramework # Impact WTO Accession Negotiation ofbilateraltrade agreements BIMSTEC Trade negotiationatregionallevelsuchas SAFTA, and globalmarket Promotion andintegrationoftradeintoRegional Review RegulationofImportfrom Third Countries Trade Regulation&Monitoring Market Modernization Streamlining ofDistributionChannels Development ofCompetitionPolicy Development ofConsumerProtection Act Promotion ofdomestictrade Description ofProjects/Activities commerce costs fortradeand Reduced transaction activities and commerce engaged intrading More Bhutaneseare created and commercie sector throughttrade growth ofprivate environment for An enabling Outcome created products effectively for Bhutanese Postive BrandImage in Phuntsholing Dry portestablished countries reviewed import fromthird regulations and streamlined and Distribution channels implemented Policy developedand Act andCompetition Consumer Protection Output Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) education and creatingawareness brand imagefornationalproducts, by improvingquality, developing Export promotionandmarketing Phuntsholing Establishment ofdryportat systems regional andmultilateraltrading Promotion andintegrationintothe and importfromthirdcountries and Reviewingtraderegulations Streamlining distributionchannels Policy protection Act andCompetition Development ofconsumer Projects/Activities 5.000 0.500 0.500 6.000 0.500 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 10.000 14.500 113

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 3 Trade facilitation 0.000 3.1 Establishment of dry ports 0.000 4 Export promotion and development 64.000 4.1 Exporter promotion and marketing 4.000 4.2 National branding programme 40.000 4.3 Quality development programme 20.000 Total 84.500

MEA/02: Development & Management POL Services Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Trade 2 Linkage to National : Vitalizing Industry through balanced regional development Development Objectives & Strategies 3 Expected Results : Regionally balanced and timely supply of quality POL products in the country 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 1:Eradicate Extreme Poverty and Hunger SDG Goal 2: Halve poverty by 2010. SDG Goal 4: Ensure a Robust Pro-poor Growth Process SDG Goal 5: Strengthen connectivity of poorer regions and of poor as social groups SDG Goal 6: Reduce social and institutional vulnerabilities of the poor, women and children 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Potential local dealers 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing/New : New/ongoing 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 - 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu.18.000 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu.18.000 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Economic Affairs 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Trade & Local dealers 14 Documents Available : Marketing Principle Guidelines, Control Order, Explosive Norms, and Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis The development of Petroleum Oil and Lubricant (POL) infrastructure with emphasis on quality control is essential to improve the present state of POL management and operational services. Except in urban centers and few bigger dzongkhags, existing fuel stations still utilize outdated barrel feed pump mechanisms. As a result, there is a valid concern on the poor quality of fuel and its adverse impact on air pollution.

114 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS Indicative Cost close in coordination assistance with Department the of Trade. technical overall provide shall companies oil the principal out The local implementation. carry will Dzongkhags, dealers The respective private and Offices Industry agency. & Tradecoordinating Regional authorities, the municipal be will Trade of Department The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D high place further will priority on strengthening POL the department laboratory to improve country. inthe quality ofThe POL services areas. remote in installed are facilities other and pump percent of 11 least that at ensure of will Department Trade The towns.satelliteand centers urban mechanisms will be phased out completely and modern fuel stations will be constructed in potential standardconstructstations. connectionsfuel barrelroad dzongkhagswithwill pumpThe feed All C. Strategy personnel and equipping now it up taken will be during Tenth the Plan. to Plan Ninth the enhancecapacity the of POL management Manning laboratoryand the in technical itswith services. undertaken was funding GoI under laboratory POL a of construction The 3 2.1 2 1.1 1 of POL products supply uninterrupted Timely and . ResultsFramework # Impact Standardization andcertification offuelstations of existingtankers Procurement ofadditionalfuelstoragetankandreplacement Operation &managementofPOL Depots Procurement ofequipments Strengthening POL Laboratory Description ofProjects/Activities Fuel qualityimproved POL products timely supplyofquality Equal distributionand Outcome country fuel stationsacrossthe Standards developedfor tanks andtankers Adequate fuelstorage laboratory inplace Well functioning Output Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) certification offuelstations Standardization and of existingtankers storage tanksandreplacement Procurement ofadditionalfuel POL Laboratory Procurement ofequipmentfor Projects/Activities 18.000 1.000 14.000 14.000 3.000 3.000 115

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 MEA/03: Development of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Manufacturing and Industries 2 Linkage to National Vitalizing Industry and Synergizing Integrated Rural-Urban Development objectives and : Development for economic growth, poverty reduction, strategies employment generation, private sector development and rural economic development. 3 Expected Results : Enhanced income of MSMEs resulting in broad based and pro- poor growth, employment generation and poverty reduction in the rural and sub-urban areas. 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal I: Eradicate Extreme Poverty and Hunger MDG Goal 8 Target 16: Develop and Complement Strategies for Decent and Productive Work for Youth SDG Goal 1: Eradicate hunger poverty & Goal 2: Halve proportion of population living in poverty by 2010 SDG Goal 4: Ensure a robust pro-poor growth process SDG Goal 5: Strengthen connectivity of poorer regions and of poor as social groups SDG Goal 6: Reduce social and institutional vulnerabilities of the poor, women and children SDG Goal 8: Ensure effective participation of poor and women in anti-poverty policies and 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Micro, small & medium entrepreneurs; unemployed youth and women 7 Scope : National 8 Status-ongoing/New : New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 – 2013) 9 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 126.970 m 11 External funding required : Nu. 126.970 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Economic Affairs 13 Implementing Agency : Departments of Industry 14 Documents Available : Industrial Estate Project Reports, Agriculture Marketing Studies, Rural Lending Scheme Project Reports; Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis Private Sector development has been an important priority since the 6th Five Year Plan (1987-1992) with the Vision 2020 envisaging the private sector as an engine of economic and employment growth. Moreover, under the strategic framework of the Tenth Plan, vitializing industry represents the core strategy for poverty reduction. The implementation of this core strategy will be heavily reliant on how the private sector performs and delivers, particularly within the context of galvanizing Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) for industrial expansion and employment generation.

116 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS the: MSMEs face considerable constraints that inhibit their further growth and expansion and these The are activities. market in engaged cooperatives nascent and industries cottage enterprises, urban consisting of micro,sector small, the and of medium-sized enterprises 98% (MSME).over Thesewith include underdeveloped relatively various ruraland and small is Bhutan in sector private The promotion specific and development the of cottage considered. and industriesbe small will for Department separate a Creating exports. for addition value promoting of intent the extended handmade to paper specifically and essential cottagethe be withoil specific industry will Support dzongkhags. the and offices industry and trade regional the Tenththrough the Plan in emphasis given and encouraged further be will communities rural in developmentEnterprise to create an enabling environment facilitating growth the of MSMEs. business development services and promote access to the financial strengthen institutionsfurther through various also schemes institutional will framework and regulatory environment, enhance capacity department building, provide essential The markets. global and comparative regional with the in products advantage through niche SMEs various promote of to development continue and creation will innovation, Industry promoting of Department the Plan, Tenth the During C. Strategy information business for material appropriate dissemination. develop and offices industry and trade regional the in services promotional business strengthen helped also linkages projects two The market products. developing these for and trainings through dying, vegetable and textiles crafts, keeping, bee bamboo as such industries based cottage promoted and supported projects These Projects. E-Business and Development Enterprise Rural the initiated also MoEA the Plan, 9th the During Grants Schemewere facilitated through financial the institutions. Enterprise Credit Rural and Scheme scheme, Guarantee Loan EDP as such schemes financial and UnitEntrepreneurshipPromotion the through provided were entrepreneurshipdevelopment on trainings Basic simplified. procedures licensing business and drafted, been have Act Registration of Ministry the constraints, above the Economic address Affairs and hascarried MSMEs out facilitate numerious and activities. promoteThe Industrial to Investment order Act In and Enterprise • • • • • inadequate knowledge/information on market opportunities and requirements. physicalpoor and infrastructure transportation high costs; and absence of clear-cut government for policies MSME the sector; limited access to financing; technology, modern skills, research and development, basic and capital; talent, entrepreneurial of lack entrepreneurial of lack 117

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Project/Activities.

Livelihood Income level An enabling Developing an institutional framework for MSME and economic of SMEs environment programme formulation and implementation opportunities increased for improved through development Developing an enabling legal and regulatory MSMES Diversified of SMEs in framework cottage based place industries Enhancement of business development services Handmade paper quality Revision of investment opportunity study improved Support to handmade paper industry Value added to essential Support to essential oil industry oil export Creation of new Department of Cottage and Rural Small Industries enterprises set up Skills development

Rural enterprise development

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Department of Industry will take the lead role in implementing the programs. The Department will coordinate closely with Regional Trade and Industries Offices, Department of Trade, Ministry of Agriculture, Dzongkhags and other relevant agencies.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Developing an institutional framework for MSME programme formulation and implementation 50.000 2 Developing an enabling legal and regulatory framework 3 Enhancement of business development services 4 Feasibility and resource study 21.000 5 Revision of investment opportunity study 4.000 6 Support to handmade paper development programme 5.000 7 Support to essential oil development programme 20.000 8 Creation of new Department of cottage & small industries 12.670 9 Skills development programme 5.000 10 Rural enterprise development programme 9.300 Total 126.970

118 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS The prioritized. was Dzongkhag Chukha in acquisitionanddevelopmentwaterlandofpowersupply roads,& like infrastructure ofandestate Estate Industrial Pasakha the of Pasakha, at development the estates new industrial five of Jigmiling, development Shangkazuli, Bondeyma and the Tingtibi during approved the Government 9th Plan. In Royal view of itsThe inherent potential, promote development of SMEs. to mainly up set was that acres 34.4 of area an over spread industries four with Estate Industrial Bjemina (iii) and acres; 3.2 of area an coveringindustries wood-based four with EstateIndustrial Jongkhar Samdrup (ii) acres; 61 of area an over spread industries manufacturing 27 with Estate Dzongkhags and Gewogs. Currently, there are three industrial estates: (i) Phuentsholing Industrial encourageestablishmentpotentialfordevelopmentindustrial the the andincrease the SMEsof in to expected also is development industrial for viable infrastructure cost-effective of creation The system thereby reducing cost initial the of land development. development through sector the private for provision environment favorable of a creates land, estates civil industrial and of development electrical The infrastructure region. and waste management or region particular locality to promote a private in sector industries development clustering and enhance at socio-economic aimed activity in a is particular estates industrial of development The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. MEA/04: Development &ManagementofIndustrialEstates 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Industrial EstateProjectReports;Sector10thPlan and Dzongkhags Departments ofIndustry, RegionalTrade &IndustryOffices Ministry ofEconomic Affairs Nu. 200.000m Nu. 200.000m Five Years (2008-2013) New National entrepreneurs andunemployedyouth. Prospective small,mediumandlarge-scaleindustrial proportion ofpeopleinpovertyby2010 SDG Goal1&2:Eradicationofhungerpovertyhalve for DecentandProductiveWork Youth MDG Goal8Target 16:DevelopandComplementStrategies MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger generation andenvironment-friendlyindustrialdevelopment Increased opportunitiesforemploymentandincome private sectordevelopmentandruraleconomic economic growth,povertyreduction,employmentgeneration, Development andExpandingStrategicInfrastructurefor Vitalizing Industry, SynergizingIntegratedRural-Urban Manufacturing &Industries 119

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 management offices for the estate has been carried out and are near completion. The development of the Pasakha industrial estate with a total area of 267 acres with thirty eight industrial plots will be completed midway throught the Tenth Plan. However, besides simply identifying the sites and collecting basic data, the establishment of the other four industrial estates could not be implemented due to rescource constraints. With the decision of the Royal Government to establish the Dhamdum Industrial Estate in Samtse Dzongkhag, the feasibility studies for Dhamdum and Jigmiling were carried out with assistance from South Asia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)/IFC. The study recommended the development of industrial estate at Dhamdum over Jigmiling primarily due to the favorable location of the former site. The report highlighted the need to carry out major river protection measures along the Dhamdum River. The Royal Government has also approved the development of Motanga Industrial Estate in Samdrup Jongkhar Dzongkhag and the land acquisition is in progress.

C. Strategy The Department of Industry with the objective to promote balanced regional development and enhance growth of the rural economy, intends to develop and establish Industrial Estates at Dhandhum in Samtse Dzongkhag, Motanga in Samdrup Jongkhar Dzongkhag and Jigmiling in Sarpang Dzongkhag. The development and management of industrial estates, unlike in the past, will be pursued through public-private partnership (PPP) models.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Increased Number of small, Functional Industrial Development of Dhamdum Industrial opportunities medium and large estates in place Estate for employment, industries set up income generation in the industrial Operationalized Development of Motanga Industrial and environment estates t management and Estate friendly industrial development of development industrial estates Development of Jigmiling Industrial corporation Estate

Development of Pasakha Industrial Estate (9th plan spillover)

Corporatization of Management and development of Industrial Estates

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Department of Industry will take the lead role in overall execution of the programme.

120 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 9th Plan one industrial estate was established the centers inPasakha and across three service region. the During region. the across industries agro-based and food small workshops,automobile centersservice to a certain extent have helped promote small-scale industries like fabrication units, establishments of The years. the over made been haveinvestments thatconsiderable despite pace developmentThe the manufacturing of sector in Bhutan industriesand has happened gradual a at B. SituationalAnalysis A.Overview Industrial Development MEA/05: Strengthening InstitutionalFrameworkfor Indicative Cost 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 # Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector Development ofPasakhaIndustrialEstate(9thplanspillover) Corporatization ofManagement&DevelopmentIndustrialEstates Development ofJigmilingIndustrialEstate Development ofMotangaIndustrialEstate Development ofDhamdumIndustrialEstates Description ofProjects/Activities : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Departments ofIndustry Ministry ofEconomic Affairs Nu. 30.030m Nu. 30.030m Five Years (2008-2013) New National entrepreneurs andunemployedyouth Prospective small,mediumandlarge-scaleindustrial quality SDG Goal18&19: Acceptable levelofwaterandsoilair proportion ofpeopleinpovertyby2010 SDG Goal1&2:Eradicationofhungerpovertyandhalving MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger urban areas employment andincomegenerationintheruralsub- Enable industrialgrowth,increasedopportunitiesfor employment generation. Vitalizing Industryforpovertyreduction,incomeand Manufacturing &Industries Total Indicative Cost (Nu. inmillion) 200.000 200.000 121

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 However, the manufacturing and industries sector has not grown as rapidly as expected. The manufacturing sector in particular has grown at little over 5.8% a year over the Ninth Plan as compared to the 9.6% growth for the national economy. As such the manufacturing sector share of GDP has declined from 8.3% of GDP in 2001 to about 6.4% of GDP in 2007. This relatively slower growth and performance of the manufacturing and industries sector as compared to the other sectors in the economy can be attributed to the lack of a clear industrial policy, which to a certain extent has contributed to the mismatch of labour supply and demand in the market exacerbating the situation of youth unemployment. The weak employment generation capactity of the national economy is also linked to the slower growth of the manufacturing sector, which in other countries has always been a key employment sector. Additionally, the strategic policy of vitalizing industry will be pursued while keeping environmental considerations such as maintaining acceptable quality levels of water, soil and air in the forefront. As envisioned in the Vision 2020, the longer term industrial policy will actively promote cleaner and non-polluting industries. In the light of these overrding concerns, there is the urgent need for a clear industrial policy and institutional framework to be framed to create an enabling environment for vitalizing industries without compromising environmental standards.

C. Strategy A key strategy to vitalize industry over the Tenth Plan will be to formulate and implement a clear and comprehensive industrial policy and establish the necessary legislative framework. The strengthening of the capacity of the Department of Industries will also be a priority.

D. Results Frame Work

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Increased Increased Industrial policy in place to guide Formulation of industrial opportunities for investment in the sustainable development of policy and legislation gainful employment industries and industries and income enterprises by Establishment of one window generation in rural potential Investment and Industries Act clearance system and urban areas entrepreneurs enacted Strengthening of company Established one window registry clearance Product certification Products certified satisfactorily Development of industrial Developed industrial information information system system

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Department of Industry will take the lead role in implementing the programme.

122 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS Overview A. Institutionalization ofCleanerTechnology MEA/06: Sustainable Environmental Managementand Indicative Cost 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 # Product certification Development ofIndustrialinformationsystem Strengthening ofcompanyregistry Establishment ofonewindowclearance Formulation ofindustrialpolicyandlegislation Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector Description ofProjects/Activities : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Work Plans;SectorTenth Plan Regulations 2002,Programme Document,Component& Management Act 1995,Mines &MineralsManagement Environment Assessment 2002,Mines&Minerals the EnvironmentClearance ofProjects&Strategic Environment Assessment Act 2000,Regulationsfor Industries Offices,Dzongkhags&PrivateSectors Department ofGeology&Mines,RegionalTrade & Policy andPlanningDivision,DepartmentofIndustry, Ministry ofEconomic Affairs Nu. 11.500 m Nu. 11.500 m Five Years (2008 -2013) Ongoing National Industries &Mines including radio-activewaste. SDG Goal22:Banondumpingofhazardouswaste, SDG Goal21:Wetland conservation SDG Goal20:Conservationofbio-diversity SDG Goal19: Acceptable levelofairquality SDG Goal18: Acceptable levelofwaterquality SDG Goal17: Acceptable levelofforestcover SDG EnvironmentGoals17-22pertainingto: MDG Goal7:Ensureenvironmentalsustainability building. institutionalization ofcleanertechnologyandcapacity Sustainable developmentofindustriesandminesthrough sustainable development National SpatialPlanningforenvironmentconservationand Manufacturing &Industries Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmilion) 30.030 4.000 3.500 7.500 0.700 14.330 123

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 B. Situational Analysis The Environment Unit (EU) under the Ministry of Economic Affairs was established with the main objective of promoting the sustainable development of industries and mines. Environmental clearances for various industries and mines were being issued by the Department of Industry till it was transferred to the EU in September 2005. In 2005, the Unit developed the Environmental Management Information System (EMIS) database under the Environment Urban Sector Programme Support (EUSPS) project, which includes information on the industries in the country. The Regional Trade and Industry Offices (RTIOs) are responsible for data inputs on the environmental clearances issued. The responsible personnel have been trained on management of the EMIS. As of 2006, the unit issued a total of 115 new environmental clearances and renewed 157. With a view to simplify and standardize environmental clearances for small enterprises, the Environmental Codes of Best Practices (ECOPS) for the listed sectors is being developed. These include various enterprises such as automobile workshops, bakeries, sawmills, furniture manufacture, audio video production, printing, photo studio and handmade paper ventures. This has enabled faster clearances of proposals falling in these categories. In addition, two environmental focal persons have been identified in the RTIOs for issuing environmental clearances, monitoring and conducting inspections. However, the EU is responsible for the overall monitoring and compliance under the Environment Assessment Act 2000 (EA Act 2000) and institutionalization of the Cleaner Technology for Environmental Management (CTEM). The Unit also organizes workshops/training on the use of CTEM for the private sector.

C. Strategy In the Tenth Plan, the sustainable development of industries and mines will be strengthened through institutionalizing CTEM. Regular compliance monitoring will be conducted by the EU to check compliance of air and water quality with the EA Act 2000 and other relevant environmental acts, regulations and national standards. CTEM will be promoted and regular awareness workshops on new techniques and technologies will be carried out for industries and mines, private sector enterprises and relevant government agencies. The ECOPs for the 17 listed sectors will be developed and disseminated to the relevant agencies and workshops will be conducted to develop a standard format for industrial activities. The Unit will also play a key role in mainstreaming environment issues into the plans, policies and activities of the MEA.

124 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS Indicative Cost in sector private the to support institutionalization development of CTEM. the organizational and institutional organizations providesociety civil could and NGOs including groups local various and (BCCI) the programme CommerceIndustry of and of Chamber Bhutan The co-ordination agencies. relevant other and and RTIOs execution the from overall support the with for responsible be shall PPD The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D goals development sustainable and conservation environmental to helpfulfill and mines from industries environment impact onthe adverse Reduce 5 4 3 2 1 # . ResultsFramework Impact Procurement ofmonitoringequipments Mineral DevelopmentPolicy in theRegional Trade and IndustryOffices Industrial environmentinspectioncapacitybuildingfor inspectors CTEM studyvisitforprivatesectorandMoEA manual onenvironmentalinspectionandmonitoring Sectoral studiesofindustriesandminesdevelopment and mines industries adopted by CTEM Outcome Description ofProjects/Activities monitoring improved framework forcompliance Legal andregulatory CTEM developed Rules andRegulationson Strategic andStandard awareness created CTEM institutionalized& Output equipment Procurement ofenvironmentalmonitoring production creation ofawarenessmaterialforcleaner Drafting ofMineraldevelopmentPolicyand inspection andmonitoring development ofmanualforindustrial Sectoral studiesforindustriesandmines and EnvironmentManagement Institutionalization ofCleaner Technology Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) Projects/Activities 0.500 0.800 1.500 3.700 5.000 11.500 125

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 MEA/07: Development & Strengthening of Intellectual Property & Copyrights

A. Overview

1 Sector : Manufacturing & Industries 2 Linkage to National Development : Vitalizing Industry for poverty reduction and employment Objectives & Strategies generation through promotion of cultural industries 3 Expected Results : A fully functioning and efficient system for the administration of intellectual property and copyrights established 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger MDG Goal 8: Target 12: Develop further an open, rules based, predictable, non-discriminatory trading and financial system And Target 16: Develop and complement strategies for decent and productive work for youth SDG Goal 1 & 2: Eradication of hunger poverty & Half proportion of people in poverty by 2012

5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Intellectual property rights holders including creative artists, entrepreneurs, educational institutions and general public. 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing/New : Ongoing/New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 - 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 24.500 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 24.500 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Economic Affairs 13 Implementing Agencies : Intellectual Property Division 14 Documents Available : Industrial Property Bill, IPD Progress Report; Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis The first draft of the amendment to the Industrial Property Act and the Copyright Act were completed during the Ninth Plan period. The Registry of Trademarks has been re-activated and trademark applications are being processed. The drawing up of rules and procedures for the Patent Registry and the Industrial Designs Registry is in progress and the short-term attachment training of four staff in the areas of trademarks, patents, industrial designs and voluntary registration of copyright has been completed. Further, automation of the functions of the Intellectual Property Division has been initiated and a trial installation of the Intellectual Property Automation System (IPAS) has been carried out. Awareness creation and outreach activities have also been conducted.

126 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS Indicative Cost Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO)for implementing IPD’s targets. Traditional Medicines and Science, EPC, BCCI and Right holders, Department of Trade and World The workIntellectualwith Divisionwill closely Property National Center,Biodiversity Institute of Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D processedtreaties Tenth inthe be also on IPwill Plan. integrating in importantmultilateralto party SMEs,a businessBecoming plans. their in concernspropertyintellectual particularly sector, private the with maintained be will interaction Active Activities will be closely coordinated with the concerned agencies on eliminating IP rights violation. be made to efforts will build public confidence the system in and encourageuse. its strengthened. Inbe addition, awareness intensifiedwill be relatedandbuilding onIP will subjects division the of capacity professional and institutional the and up set be will system information patent a through informationpatent accessing for and designsfacilities industrial New and patentsrights. of registrationIP of protection the for system legal comprehensive a place in orderhave in to developed be will (IP) Property Intellectual of topics various on Legislation standards. In the Tenth Plan, the Division will continue to revise and upgrade the IPAS C. Strategy in line with international 3 2 1 protected are effectively related rights copyrights and property titles, Intellectual #

. ResultsFramework Awareness andmanagementofintellectualpropertycapital Setting upoffacilitiesforregistrationintellectualproperty titles Strengthening Copyrights&relatedRightsUnits Impact and relatedrights the peopleonIP Awareness among system confidence inIP Public have Description ofProjects/Activities Outcome legislation inplace A comprehensive and copyrights intellectual property the administrationof efficient systemfor A fullyfunctioningand Output Total intellectual propertycapital Awareness andmanagementof of intellectualpropertytitles Setting upoffacilitiesforregistration Copyrights &relatedRightUnits Institutional Strengtheningof Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) Projects/Activities 4.000 15.875 4.625 24.500 127

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 MEA/08: Power Transmission Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Energy & Power 2 Linkage to National : Expanding Strategic Infrastructure through providing clean Development Objectives & energy services and enhancing energy security to boost Strategies economic growth, reduce poverty and improve living standards 3 Expected Results : Enhanced energy reliability/security 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger SDG Goal 1 & 2 : Eradication of hunger poverty and Half proportion of population in poverty by 2013 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : All electricity consumers/Communities/Industrial sectors 7 Scope : Nation wide 8 Status-Ongoing/New : New/Ongoing 7 Timeframe : Five years (2008-2013) 8 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 50.000 m 9 External Financing Required : Nu. 50.000 m 10 Executing Agency : Department of Energy, MoEA 11 Implementing Agencies : Bhutan Power Corporation Limited/Power Grid Corporation of India 12 Documents available : RE Master Plan, Power System Master Plan, Integrated Energy Management Master Plan, Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis At present, most of the existing power plants are in the western region of the country with only Kurichhu HEP in the east. As such, there is no inter-regional grid. With the upcoming of the Dungsam Cement Project and the Matunga industrial estate, power supply from Kurichhu will not be adequate for the region, especially during the lean season. Similarly, the power supply situation in the central (Gelephu) and the South western region (Samtse) is neither adequate nor reliable with the projected load demand of upcoming industrial activities. The power supply situation in Samtse Dzongkhag will not be sufficient given the projected load demand of the upcoming industrial estate at Dhamdhum in Samtse. The district already draws a substantial amount of power at Gomtu for the Penden Cement factory with the 66 KV line from Phuentsholing already overloaded. With the planned industrial estate at Dhamdhum, the supply situation in future will be grim without a system up-gradation. The construction of double circuit transmission line from Birpara to Samtse will help solve this power scarcity in Samtse. Gelephu with the upcoming Jigmeling industrial estate, which is currently fed from Kurichu, will also face shortages as power generation Kurichu HEP will not even be sufficient to meet demand in the east. Therefore, a full electricity grid interconnection between the eastern and the western region will be necessary to provide with reliable and adequate power supply to vitalize industrial development and enhance energy security. Constructing a 220 kV Double Circuit (DC) transmission line from Birpara to Samtse (Dhamdhum Industrial Estate) via Gomtu will also be need to be carried out on a priority basis.

128 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS The following strategic objectives the of Power Transmission Programme are to: C. Strategy maximize mutual benefits. development and infrastructure electricity of costs the optimize help will This North-Eastern grids. the Eastern and especially grid, Indian the with system grid national Bhutans of integration National Transmission Grid Master Plan of Bhutan should also take into consideration the effective just assumed without full consultations with Indian counterparts. Therefore, it is necessarythat likely the its and projectsassociated transmission generation lines hydropowerup to of the expected inventory delivery points in the India. Moreover, highlights only these have 2003-22 been of Plan Master System Power The HEPs.future basis of commissioning and inception the of timing hoc uncertain ad or “project-tied” a the to due moreincreasinglydifficult andbecoming thusinterconnected wellistransmission corridor rationalized on a Developing up. built comes project generation hydropower normally large new are a whenever lines transmission large present, At way, of right as such issues environmental accompanying considerations and effective integrationpoints of with delivery theand Indiangrid. host a address and anticipate help further plan master would The developed. be Plan Master TransmissionGrid Nationalcomprehensive a that imperative absolutely is it infrastructure, transmission power strategic such of development the facilitate and various plan Tobetter points. to export stationsdelivery Indo-Bhutan the generating and Bhutan in the centres load from power of evacuation for required are substations) and earnings revenue lines (both electricity,fordemandtransmission infrastructure growingdomesticpower enhance meet and to development hydropower accelerated for priority high the Given The following constitutethe various the activitiespower fulfill transmissionto strategic objectives: • • • • • • • nue dqae rd lcrct spl fr oi-cnmcidsra development socio-economic/industrial for supply activities. electricity grid adequate Ensure of reliability the increase byelectricity inter-regional network grid connections; and and lines transmission extending by electricity Grid Provide integration with Indian Grid. its and Plan Master Development Grid Transmission Bhutan’s National of Preparation separately either Industrial in the estate budget allocation or inBPC’s budget; and for provisioned be can Jigmeling and Gomtu Samtse, at substations of construction The to Samtse (DhamdhumGomtu Industrial Estate) cateringfrom to western the region; line transmission D/C kV 220 of km 18 about extend as well as Gomtuto Birpara from line transmission (DC) Circuit Double kV 220 of Km 16 about Extend cateringto eastern grid) to eastern/central the region; Construction of 132 kV tie line from Jigmeling to Gelephu (This completes interconnection inter- connecting transformer 220/132kVsubstationwith at Jigmeling cateringalong to central the region; Jigmeling to Tsirangfrom line Transmission kV 220 of Construction 129

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Interconnection between 220 kV transmission Construction of 220 kV Eastern and Western grids line from Tsirang to transmission line from provided Jigmeling and 132 Tsirang to Jigmeling kV double circuit line Enhance national between Jigmeling 220/132 kV substation supply security, Adequate supply to and Gelephu along at Jigmeling and 132 kV reliability & stability the industrial estates in with 220/132 kV ICT tie line from Jigmeling to Jigmeling (Sarpang) at Jigmeling and Gelephu Reduce import of 220/66/33kV substation power from India at Tsirang

Facilitate industrial development Adequate supply to Samtse 34 km of 220 kV D/C Construction of 220 and Gomtu from Tala transmission line kV transmission line Comprehensive from Birpara- Gomtu - from Birpara – Gomtu - National Enhanced Security and Samtse Samtse (34 km double Transmission reliability of supply to circuit) Grid Master Plan Samtse industrial estate Comprehensive developed National Transmission National Transmission Grid Grid Master Plan Development of Master Plan in place developed comprehensive National Transmission Grid Master Plan for Bhutan

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements Bhutan Power Corporation Limited (BPCL), the state-owned power transmission, distribution and supply utility company shall directly implement the projects with central coordination by the DoE. Construction works are tendered out to the civil and electrical contractors from the private sector with BPC carrying out the supervision, quality control and accounting. Consultants will be recruited to assist BPCL in engineering design and supervision.

Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) 1 220 kV transmission line from Tsirang to Jigmeling; 220/132 kV substation at Jigmeling and 132 kV tie line from Jigmeling to BPC funding Gelephu 2 220 KV D/C transmission line from Birpara – Gomtu - Samtse (34 0.000 km double circuit) 3 Preparation of Bhutan’s National Transmission Grid Development 50.000 Master Plan and integration with Indian Grid Total 50.000

130 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS workloadsreducehelpgreatly thuscommunities can rural for services energy to access enhanced and Better cover. forest of levels RGoB’s being high maintaining the to commitment onsteadfast its maintainimpact to adverseable an have could and high extremely is Bhutan in capita per consumptionFuelwood cooking. andheatingfor wood fuel collecting as such activities gathering energy in time of amount considerable a spend Bhutan in families rural most specifically, More constituteswhich akey development indicator for many countries around world. the developmentandunderdevelopment consumptionareitself often energy basis adjudged of the on oftentrapped in avicious circle ofpoverty and underdevelopment due to energypoverty. an indisplensable Moreover,element for sustainable development. Poor and underdeveloped communities are Access to energy is a basic human need underlying all economic and social activities and constitutes B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. MEA/09: RuralElectrification Programme 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Energy ManagementMasterPlan;SectorTenth Plan RE MaterPlan;PowerSystemMasterIntegrated Bhutan PowerCorporationLimitedandCommunities Department ofEnergy, MoEA Nu. 3,727.000m Nu. 3,727.000m Five years(2008-2013) New/Ongoing Nation wide All Bhutanesehouseholds/RuralCommunities SDG Goal18 Acceptable levelofwaterandsoilquality SDG Goal17 Acceptable levelofforestcover the poor, womenandchildren SDG Goal6:Reducesocialandinstitutionalvulnerabilitiesof of poorassocialgroups SDG Goal5:Strengthenconnectivityofpoorerregionsand SDG Goal4:Ensurearobustpro-poorgrowthprocess reverse thelossofenvironmentalresources sustainable developmentintocountrypoliciesand MDG Goal7:TARGET 9:Integratetheprinciplesof proportion ofpopulationinpovertyby2010 SDG Goal1&2:EradicationofhungerpovertyHalve MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger left-out/fill-in households. supply andprovisionofgridelectricityaccessfornew Expandedcoverageofruralelectrificationthroughgrid enhancing nationalenergysecurity Development byprovidingcleanenergyservicesand Vitalizing IndustryandSynergizing IntegratedRuralUrban Energy &Power 131

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 and indoor air pollution, generate income and employment for poor households through an expansion of rural industries, and facilitate environmental sustainability through better natural resource management. As such, the accelerated expansion of rural electrification constitutes a strategic aspect of sustainable rural development and poverty alleviation, including promoting environmental conservation effectively. The Rural Electrification (RE) Programme is an important development activity aimed at providing electricity access to rural population for the above purposes of stimulating socio-economic activities in rural areas and reducing poverty while providing affordable energy supply to help conserve the environment. The rural electrification Master Plan provides the road map for the implementation of rural electrification programme. The rural electrification status as of 2007 set against the Tenth Plan target is provided in the table below:

Households provided with Electricity in % (2007) Target for 10FYP Rural 54% >96%* Urban 97% 100% National 70% >98% * excluding off-grid RE target HHs

The RE programme has a physical target to provide electricity to about 34,238 new households and 6,019 fill-in-left-out households in various Dzongkhags. The provisioning of electricity to this large number of households will raise the coverage of electritic to universal levels or near 100% in rural areas and about 100% at the national level by the end of Tenth Plan. The various activities include the extension of distribution lines and substations and providing meters to households.

C. Strategy The overall rural electrification strategy is to achieve near 100% or universal coverage by the end of the Tenth through an equitable, phased radial grid expansion based on the techno-economic feasibility/Dzongkhag priority criteria. The Vision 2020 envisages that electricity for all will be achieved by the year 2020 but this target has now been brought forward and is to be achieved by the year 2013, the end of the Tenth Plan. To achieve this ambitious target, grid electricity is to be distributed to meet the demand of various types of consumers through extensive rural electrification schemes. The works will include extension of grid supply from existing/to be built transmission substations for new rural households and left- out/fill-in households in areas already having access to electricity. A detailed feasibility study for rural electrification of more than 25,000 HHs in the Tenth Five Year Plan has been conducted. There is the need to conduct a detailed feasibility study for the remaining rural households to be provided electricity over the Tenth Plan that were initially slated for the period 2013-2018. A project Preparatory technical assistance for the accelerated rural electrification will be undertaken. In order to optimize cost and reduce transportation difficulties, the Tenth Plan RE will further need to be effectively integrated with road development plans. The existing cross- sectorial policies, laws, rules, regulations and strategies shall also be harmonized to minimize and avoid conflicts, and to create an enabling environment to achieve the near 100% electrification target.

132 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS Indicative Cost done be shall by Department the of Energy. procurement necessary the and with implementationconstruction start activities shall through BPCL contracts. the The secured, overallis executionfunding of the the Once programme agencies. donors/lending the by funding possible for prepared be will documents appropriateproject and conducted be forprovidingRelevantfeasibilitywill studieszoningcriteria facilities. the to subject of villages for electrificationbased onsocio-economic and techno-economic feasibility and analysis The RE Master Planthe reference be Preparedprimary documentwill 2004-05 in selection forthe Institutional Arrangement E. ManagementArrangements D 3 2 1 conservation effective environmental in ruralareas,including economic development poverty throughsocio- Reduction inRural electricity forall effectively achieving households thereby for newandleft-out electricity access Provisioning of . ResultsFramework # infrastructure andservices(6,019HH) in alreadyelectrifiedareasandup-gradationofelectrical Rural Electrificationoffill-inhouseholds/left-outhouseholds Rural Electrificationthroughgridconnectionof34,238 HH accelerated RE(foradditional8,959households) Professional servicesfordetailedProjectPrepatoryworks for Impact Description ofProjects/Activities of naturalresources and sustainableuse level offorestcover Help maintainhigh burden onruralHHs gathering work Reduce energy development from enterprise Generate income electricity provided with Rural households Outcome distribution network Up-gradation ofpower fill in/leftouthouseholds through gridextensionof Rural electrification Geogs/ Villages in targetedDzongkhags/ through gridextension Rural Electrification grid extension accelerating REthrough New Approaches to Output Total 3,699.000 Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) and services electrical infrastructure and up-gradationof already electrifiedareas left outhouseholdsin of fill-inhouseholds/ 6,019 RuralElectrification 34,238 HHs through gridconnectionof Rural Electrification accelerated RE reports madefor Prepatory andFeasibility Detailed Project BPC Financing Projects/Activities 28.000 3,727.000 133

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 MEA/10: Accelerated Hydropower Development Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Energy & Power Sector 2 Linkage to National : Vitalizing Industry and Expanding Strategic Infrastrucure Development Objectives by providing clean energy services and enhancing national & Strategies energy revenues and security for poverty reduction and rural development 3 Expected Results : Increased revenue generation through hydropower exports and enhanced energy security. Additional power generation capacity to meet increasing domestic demand of power. Increased opportunities for employment and sustainable economic development. 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger. MDG Goal 7: TARGET 9: Integrate principles of sustainable development into country policies and & reverse loss of environmental resources SDG Goal 1 & 2: Eradication of hunger poverty & Halve proportion of population in poverty by 2010 SDG Goal 4: Ensure a robust pro-poor growth process SDG Goal 5: Strengthen connectivity of poorer regions and of poor as social groups SDG Goal 17 Acceptable level of forest cover SDG Goal 18 Acceptable level of water and soil quality 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Domestic Electricity Consumers and Export market 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing/New : New/Ongoing 9 Timeframe : Five years (2008-2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 576.700 m 11 External Financing : Nu. 576.700 m Required 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Economic Affairs 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Energy, Planning & Coordination Division, GoI Agencies and private sector/IPP 14 Documentation Available : Updated Bhutan Power System Master Plan-2004, Water Resources Management Plan, RE Master Plan, Draft Industrial Policy, Draft Hydropower Development Policy, Draft Renewable Energy Framework document, Draft Integrated Energy Management Master Plan, Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis The total hydropower potential of Bhutan is estimated at 30,000 MW but the country has only harnessed about 1,488 MW or roughly 5% of the total hydropower potential. While the master plan has identified more than 75 project sites, feasibility and detailed project reports have been carried out only for few projects (currently for Dagachu, Punatsangchu-I, and Sankosh). DPRs are essential for making investment decisions, attracting FDI, and ranking projects for priority implementation and also establishing detailed linkages with the NSP-2008 through infrastructure

134 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS D realistic and accurate bid price. have the DPRs ready during the IPP tendering to stage desirable so that is they itwill be thatin indicatedposition haveto Indiaoffer fromthe investors However, most potential given. is indication DPR’sforout IPPprojects carried the by investorscouldbe the ofmandate their part as anif early bidding process. competitive open an through recruited firms) consulting regional/international firms, consulting out carried financed consultantsbe with by project the studies,workoutside JV with shall (locally RGoB finance/IPP/Donors. For RGoB through sites hydropowerproject priority the of some for out carried studies these have to intended is Itdevelopers/promoters. project prospective the to feasibility study reports of the potential hydropower sites have to be carried out and made available To achieve the accelerated hydropower development objective, at least the DPR, feasibility and pre- gestation and have periods complex engineering risks involved. study or the DPR is an absolute pre-requisite as Feasibilityhydropower detailed projects area capitalproject, hydropower intensive mega with long a developing in decisions investment taking For C. Strategy investment to achieve accelerated the development of 10,000MWby 2020. as potentially finance hydropower projectsfrom hydropower revenue generation and foreign direct mobilize well as studies to detailed the conducting for loans opportunesoft or grantsdonor besides resourcesadditional now however, is It electricity. of sale from generated funds/revenue the from out carried been ever have studies project storage No past. grant the andsites (including in agencies technical donor throughthe from done finance thebeen potential had operation of in projects those for of some as well as schemes) study) feasibility (DPR, studies project The to more or year a about take themselves DPRs complete. the as projects the of implementation speedy the for earliest the at initiated be reports and studies that essential is it Therefore, requirements. on thehydrosites development based planning and infrastructure Integrated hydropower projects development of Accelerated . ResultsFramework Impact promoting projects confidence in Enhance DoE investors interest frompotential Increased levelof the next2-3years Set ofDPRsreadyin Outcome Technology transfer decision making investment Project reportsfor hydropower projects potential priority Identification of Output technical parameters update thevariousdesign and 53 hydropowerprojectsitesto Survey &Investigationofabout study report Preparation ofPre-construction priority hydropowerprojects Study, Pre-feasibilitystudyof Reports (DPRs),Feasibility Preparation ofDetailedProject Projects/Activities 135

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The DPR studies of hydropower projects committed by the GoI shall be executed and coordinated by the Department of Energy and implemented through the GoI agencies (WAPCOS, NHPC, etc.). For the pre-feasibility study projects funded through internal resources, it will be implemented by the Department of Energy through recruitment of competent consulting firms/agencies. The project reports will be finalized based on consultative process involving all concerned agencies including the Public hearing/consultation at each development site. For those projects to be funded under the NORAD phase III project, the pre-feasibility studies of four projects including DPR of one site will be implemented in line with the agreement signed between the two governments and the project documents. As per the project document prepared jointly by Norwegian agency and the Department of Energy, the pre-feasibility study of one project will be carried out fully by the Norwegian expertise with Bhutanese involvement. For the next three projects, project studies will be done with increased involvement of the Bhutanese. The reconnaissance studies of about 53 sites will be carried out as part of the ongoing activity of the Department of Energy with support from Norwegian agencies/ expertise.

Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) 1 DPR Completion of Mangdechhu HEP (720 MW) 24.200 2 DPR Completion of Punatsangchhu II HEP (1000 MW) 28.500 3 DPR of Chamkharchhu-I (Digala) HEP (670 MW) 90.000 4 DPR of Kholongchhu (Gomkora) HEP (486 MW) 80.000 5 DPR of Kuri/Gongri HEP (1800 MW) 120.000 6 DPR of Amochhu Reservoir HEP (620 MW) 90.00 7 Update of Sankosh DPR and EIA including preparation of 20.000 pre-construction survey report (4000 MW) 8 Update of Wangchhu DPR and EIA including preparation of 20.000 preconstruction survey report (900 MW) 9 Update of Bunakha DPR and EIA including preparation of 20.000 pre-construction survey report (180 MW) 10 Reconnaissance survey and investigations of 15 priority hydropower sites under PSMP 45.500 11 Pre-feasibility studies of the Rothpashong (400 MW) and 38.500 Khomachhu (326MW) HEPs including environmental studies Total 576.700

136 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS from now require will annual capacity addition of about 700 MWeachyear. as Tala in 2006 on a business as usual mode of operation. Capacity addition of 10,000 MW by 2020 completePowerto anotherdecades anothertooktwoit large plant Project1986, such built in was scaled down considerably. This mustbe consideredwithin the contextthat after the Chukha Hydro be tohydropower haveacceleratedmay of target Energy, the of Department the of strengthening institutionalmajor Withouta achieved. be to is 2020 by capacity installed the MW 10,000 if of targets necessary highly is sector energy the of structure institutional the in change significant A B. SituationalAnalysis Overview MEA/11: InstitutionalStrengthening oftheEnergy Sector 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : with Donors,SectorTenth Plan lateral Agreements and Annual Consultationdocuments Master Plan,RuralElectrificationother Bi- PV, GG+,PowerSystemMasterPlan,Water Resources Renewable EnergyPolicyforMicroHydroandSolar Integrated EnergymanagementMasterPlan,Draft Corporations, DepartmentofForests,Communities. Department ofEnergy, PPD,Dzongkhags/Power Ministry ofEconomic Affairs Nu. 81.155m Nu. 81.155m Five years(2008-2013) Ongoing/New Nation wide Energy &PowerSector SDG Goal17: Acceptable levelofforestcover and ofpoorassocialgroups SDG Goal5:Strengthenconnectivityofpoorerregions SDG Goal4:Ensurearobustpro-poorgrowthprocess. proportion ofpopulationinpovertyby2010 SDG Goal1&2:EradicationofhungerpovertyHalve reverse lossofenvironmentalresources sustainable developmentintocountrypoliciesand& MDG Goal7:TARGET 9:Integrateprinciplesof MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger. to RGoB provide soundtechnicaladviceonpower/energyissues accelerated development,fulfillpublicserviceneedsand efficiency tobettermeetnationalenergyneedstowards Improved institutionalcapacitywithenhanced poverty reductionandruraldevelopment enhancing nationalenergyrevenueandsecurityfor Infrastructure byprovidingcleanenergyservicesand Vitalizing IndustryandExpansion ofStratetgic Energy &Power 137

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 The pace of hydro power development has not increased as rapidly due to various other competing priorities and its limited institutional capacity. For acceleration of hydropower sector policies, regulations have to be framed and resources have to be mobilized for which a proper institution with the right authority and power has to be in place. While donors’ technical assistance and support may be forthcoming, an adequately equipped institution with adequate resources and capacity has to be in place to coordinate and cooperate to implement and coordinte all these activities. Moreover, the Department of Energy (DoE) has prepared the Integrated Energy Management Master Plan and the Integrated Rural Electrification Master Plan in the 9th FYP. The study has provided the energy balance and demand/supply scenario of the country based on which other renewable energy sources like wind, solar and bio-gas are to be explored. Implementation of this Integrated Energy Management Master Plan itself would require a substantial enhanced capacity of the sector. Therefore, given the above issues, it is clearly evident there is a strong and urgent need to enhance the institutional capacity of the energy/power sector.

C. Strategy The immediate requirement of manpower and institutional skills can be met through the recruitment of consulting firms with relevant expertise in the hydropower sector. In addition, local skills and expertise (both from existing Government, Corporate and Private sectors) have to be sourced and mobilised to start building the institution for accelerated hydropower development. Officials on deputation can be called back to fill up the priority needs in planning, design and resources mobilizing and facilitation including coordination for speedy implementation of the comprehensive strategy. To fulfil the objectives of accelerated hydro power development, the current institution of the Department of Energy has to be upgraded to a Ministry as recommended in the 1999 GG document. In addition, there is an urgent need to station a dedicated energy official and creat a power trade office in New Delhi for market research, hydropower promotion, facilitating power- trade and liasoning with GoI agencies and potential IPPs. This is extremely significant in view of the importance of the Indian energy market and to help further facilitate energy cooperation with SAARC/BIMST-EC countries. Additionally, project finance and power sales agreements models need to be prepared for accelerated hydropower development. The preparation of rules, regulations, guidelines, procedures, standards, codes of practices for multi-sector regulation is another sub area of activities planned under the programme. Establishing a hydropower laboratory in Bhutan is deemed highly necessary. This laboratory will conduct material testing and carry outproject modeling and efficiency testing of hydraulic machines, among others. This will greatly reduce time and money spent on sending materials for testing abroad. In-house technical expertise will also need to be built to operate the laboratory through appropriate technology transfer. This investment will be recovered in few years given the relevance and importance of the lab. This may also be used for diploma holders and engineers of Bhutan’s Polytechnic and Engineering Colleges to train them and hands-on-experience. Having a laboratory within Bhutan will greatly increase efficiency and contribute to hydropower capacity expansion in the country. In line with the Good Governance policy guidelines to enhance ICT-information and communication technology, the Department also aims to enhance the MIS-Management Information System and

138 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS D planned toneed be and defined properlybefore implementation. and institutional re-organization and re-structuring. The project activities andtheir scope therefore Therethe isalso need forsome other specific sectorstudies in the includingenergy further reform reliable operation of national the power system. andcommunicatestableandIndianfor counterpartscontact with constantly in to keep needs SO The infrastructures. power of maintenanceincludingschedulingoperations Grid ofreliability for load economic the Powerin systemsupplydemand ofand balance coordinate generatingmaintaindispatchstationsa fromand effectively to (SO) Operator System the of the capacitybuild institutionalto need is there Similarly,plants. hydropower owned state existingmaintaining the besides operating developer and project additional of role the assume to 2008 in established was institutions sector power various the of re-structuring including in institutional conductedcapacity building be of the to Druk Green need Power studies Corporation (DGPC). Some TheDGPC and hardware infrastructure. needs to be established and for this, the Department of Energy needs to further enhanced alongstrengthen with the both GIS itsand MIS personnelpersonnel. Information and knowledge management from the MIS and GIS. TheDepartment hasalready abasic GIS system in place butthis need tobe data of quantity and quality the from benefit will Planners System.Information GIS-Geographic Regulation inplace sectoral Utility Integrated Multi- ensured & accountability Transparency improved electricity sector Efficiency inthe capabilities capacity and institutional Sector withstrong A vibrantEnergy . ResultsFramework Impact (SO) designated System Operator formed (DGPC) Ltd Corporation Druk Green Power Energy Agencies with International strengthened ties base information/ data strengthened the energysector strengthened for internal capacity development Strong institutional Outcome ICT inplace f. Effective andfunctioning body inplace e. Multi-sectorregulatory established d. Hydropowerlaboratory projects forecasting ofprogrammes/ evaluation, planningand and useofdatafor knowledge management GIS systeminplacefor c. ComprehensiveMISand activities and startofcollaborative bodies intheenergysector linkages withinternational establishment ofinstitutional b. Identificationand sales agreementsmodels a. Projectfinanceandpower Output Technology Development Information Communication Information System Systems &Geographical Management Information restructuring Multi-sector regulations/ testing ofhydraulicmachines project modeling,&efficiency laboratory formaterialtesting, Establishment ofhydropower models and powersalesagreements Preparation ofprojectfinance bodies intheenergysector linkages withinternational establishment ofinstitutional Corporation Limitedthrough DGPC andBhutanPower Bhutan Electricity Authority, the DepartmentofEnergy, Institutional strengtheningof Projects/Activities 139

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Department of Energy of the Ministry of Economic Affairs shall be the overall execution and coordination agency for the programme. The Divisions and other Power/Energy Corporations will be the implementing agencies with technical assistance from development partners/institutions. The Dzongkhag Head Quarters/ Gewog Offices can be contacted for regional support and public participation.

Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) 1 Project finance and power sales agreements 11.340 2 Establishment of institutional linkages with international bodies 14.000 in the energy sector 3 Management Information Systems, Geographical Information 22.315 System and ICT 4 Establishment of Hydropower Laboratory for material testing, 0.000 project modeling & efficiency testing of hydraulic machines 5 Multi-sector regulations/Restructuring 33.500 Total 81.155

MEA/12: Development of Renewable Energy

A. Overview

1 Sector : Energy & Power 2 Linkage to National Development : Vision 2020 to provide electricity for all and provide Objectives & Strategies environmentally clean, safe, reliable, equitable and affordable access to energy to contribute to economic growth, self-reliance and improved quality of life and income-earning opportunities for the poor. 3 Expected Results : 3,582 off-grid houses electrified, 1000 SPV rehabilitated, 2 micro hydels installed, 112 houses electrified through micro hydels, 1 wind turbine installed for electricity generation, 1 biogas demonstration plant built 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger MDG Goal 7: To Ensure Environment Sustainability, in particular Target 9 sub- indicators pertaining to energy per capita use and CO2 emissions SDG Goal 1 & 2: Eradication of hunger poverty and half proportion of population in poverty by 2010 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Off-grid consumers/remote communities 7 Scope : Nation wide 8 Status-Ongoing/New : Ongoing/New 9 Timeframe : Five years (2008-2013)

140 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS security. energy nationalcontribute to would which mix energy the diversify to sources alternativeenergy 2013. Thisalso includes experimental programmes to explorethe latent potential of various other by all for electricity ofconstraintstarget intoaccount the towardsparticular meeting these taking developed and designed been have programmes energy Plan The Tenth services. energy rural of supply the hindering barriers and constraints the of some are of standardizedlevels various at building capacity lack framework, implementation technology, ineffective lack of access to funds, limited private up, sector involvement and inadequate training and set institutional inadequate Thelack of a national policy for development and utilization of renewable energy resources, aremaintenance sustained. to be services energy costs ifrural andoperational and capital the underwrite to inevitable probably be will subsidies of form the in Government Royal the from assistance financial consumers, rural of capacity paying limited the and risks financial associatedtechnologies, RE of cost the institutionalConsidering mechanisms. existing on improve to innovative approaches require will challenge this Addressing difficult. be ataffordablesustainablewill manner a ratesin and services providing sections, energy poorer the under the fill-in RE. Since most ofthe off-grid target households belong to low income groups and electricity provided to have will householdsconsumer 6,019 addition, micro-hydels.In and solar like systems energy renewable distributed by 12% and grid electricity national the to be Rural the connected to and need 2013 will population by the of 88% that all households indications provide of 2005 Plan Master Electrification 100% to electricity provide to target Plan Tenth The conservation efforts and initiatives while strengthening security. its energy Bhutan’sstrengthen environmental also will energy renewable of provisioning and development Bhutan and is deemed to be particularly relevant for poverty reduction and rural development. The in sector priority high a been always has sector energy environmentalsustainability. the such, As poor households and mitigate indoor air pollution, generate income and employment and facilitate Thereforecan thusbetter greatly andservices enhanced access helpto energy reduce workloads of heating and cooking. spend a considerable amount of time in energy gathering activities such as collecting fuel wood for circleofandpovertyunderdevelopment poverty. dueenergy to Bhutanin Mostfamilies rural also vicious a in trapped often are communities underdeveloped and poor Moreover,manymany nations. for indicator progress development key a constitutes which consumption energy of the basis sustainable on adjudged for often ingredient are key themselves of and in inputunderdevelopment and essential Development development. an level, national the at moreover,of quality is the improving It to life. fundamental deeply is and need human basic a is energy to Access B. SituationalAnalysis 14 13 12 11 10 Documents available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost : : : : : PV 2006;SectorTenth Plan Renewable PolicyFrameworkforMicroHydroandSolar Integrated EnergyManagementMasterPlan,Draft RE-Master Plan,PowerSystemMasterDraft (RESCOMS) Department ofEnergy, Dzongkhags,PrivateSector Ministry ofEconomic Affairs Nu. 285.760m Nu. 285.760m 141

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 Based on technical recommendations, the electrification of Laya is now being included under the on-grid programme. The investment required for construction of micro-hydels at Soe Jangothang and Linhzhi is extremely high and estimated at Nu 23.48 Million and Nu 35.28 million respectively. In terms of the electricity connection cost per household, this works out to Nu 782,520 for Soe Jangothang and Nu 434,440 for Lingzhi. This may be compared to the average rural electrification cost of Nu 130,000 per household in other parts of the country. Through several DYT meetings, the communities from Soe Jangothang and Lingzhi have repeatedly presented their request for the micro hydels and therefore the development of these two plants may need to be taken up despite the high connection costs. Additionally, the construction of micro-hydels for the Khelphu village under Trashigang Dzongkhag has been withdrawn and will now be taken up under Solar PV programme as means of electrification for techno-economic reasons.

C. Strategy As a first step, a comprehensive policy on the development, promotion and utilization of renewable energy resources will need to be formulated. This RE Policy will serve as the policy direction on how the energy needs of the off-grid areas are to be served. This will include developing appropriate strategies to harness different renewable energy sources, ascertaining appropriate financing mechanisms, identifying necessary institutional strengthening needs at strategic levels and the establishment of a testing laboratory for the standardization of renewable energy technology products and services. The alternate sources of energy to be explored include solar, wind, micro- hydels, hydrogen fuel cells, biomass, and biogas/waste energy. On the demand side of energy management, efforts will be made to improve energy efficiency utilization through the introduction of improved stoves and solar water heaters and driers. The lack of reliable resources is one of the most difficult impediments for the sustainable development and promotion of renewable energy technologies. Therefore, the issue of equity, subsidy, ownership, marketing, implementation and promotional aspects will be addressed during the formulation of the comprehensive RE policy. The RE programme will be implemented through a participative and consultative approach with local communities exercising their choice in line with the decentralization policy and relevant DYT/ GYT provisions which empower the DYTs to direct and approve rural electrification schemes and GYTs to administer, monitor and review the maintenance of community properties such as micro- hydels and other power plants and implement institutional capacity building activities. Fabrication units/repair workshop and testing laboratory will also be established to promote renewable energy technologies for local production and standardizing systems/specifications. The M&E activities and outreach programme will also be carried out.

142 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS provided by Division. Renewable the Energy be shall oversight evaluation and monitoring The Energy. of Department the by provided be to guidelines the per as activities the of implementationphysical the for involvedextensively be communitieswill and technicians village Dzongkhags, programmes detailed. the for agency and the Renewable Energy Division within the DoE shall be implementing and coordinating agency executing the be shall Economic Affairs of Ministry the under Energy of Department The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D communities private sector, villagersand and humancapacityof Enhanced institutional electricity Safe andreliablesupplyof and conservationmeasures indigenous energysources through promotionof Increased energysecurity generating opportunities education, andincome Improved health,sanitation, renewable formsofenergy promotion ofefficientand environmental impactthrough Minimized adverse of Electricity All Fulfillment ofthe Vision 2020 electrification improved throughoff-grid of lifetheruralandvillagers Reduced povertyandquality . ResultsFramework Impact fossil fuels dependence on Reduced technologies Introduced new energy resources of renewable monitoring implementation, coordination, Better planning, firewood dependence on Reduced technology energy efficient Wider useof electrification 100% off-grid Outcome formulated RE policy and communities of privatesector Active participation workshops repairing unit/ RE technology Establishment of facilities and coordination Improved testing new technologies Introduction of devices energy efficient Promotion of set up micro hydelhydels 112 hhthrough Electrification of hydels setup Two newmicro hhs 3,582 newsolar Electrification of Output formulation Renewable energypolicy RETS units/repairing workshopsfor Establishment offabrication villagers andcommunities Training ofprivatesector, Institutional strengthening Solar heateranddriers initiatives efficiency andconservation renewable energy, energy Outreach programmeon Hydrogen fuelcells Wind powerplant stoves plant/waste energyImprove Experimental programBiogas Lingshi MicroHydel Soe Jangothangmicrohydel Micro-Hydel development Solar PVsystem Re-hab andmaintenanceof and 4000existingsystems Detail surveyof3,582new Solar homesystem resources Development ofsolarenergy Projects/Activities 143

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) 1 Development of Solar Energy Resources 139.000 1.1 Solar home systems (3582 hhs) 131.680 1.2 Detailed survey of (3582 new hhs and 4000 existing systems) 3.000 1.3 Rehabilitation of 1000 existing systems 4.320 2 Development of Micro hydels (112 consumers) 58.760 2.1 Soe Jangothang Micro Hydel (30 consumers) 23.480 2.2 Lingshi Micro Hydel (82 consumers) 35.280 3 Experimental Program 53.000 3.1 Biogas plant/waste energy 5.000 3.2 Improved stoves 8.000 3.3 Wind power plant 20.000 3.4 Hydrogen fuel cells 2.000 3.5 Promotion of renewable energy, energy efficiency and 10.000 conservation 3.6 Solar heaters and driers 8.000 4 Institutional strengthening and capacity building 35.000 4.1 Training of private sector, villagers and communities 15.000 4.2 Fabrication units/works for renewable energy technology/private 10.000 workshop 4.3 Formulation of comprehensive renewable energy policy 10.000 Total 285.760

* RED activities are to be taken up under a fully decentralized model by the local Governments/ communities.

MEA/13: Strengthening of National Hydrological and Meteorological Services

A. Overview

1 Sector : Energy 2 Linkage to National : Vitalizing Industry for poverty reduction through hydro- Development Objectives & meteorological information and services for sustainable water Strategies resources development and management 3 Expected Results : Good coverage of hydro-meteorological monitoring network station and related infrastructure; Capacity to support and manage network to provide better hydrological and meteorological services and products enhanced; Access to long time series data 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Target 10: Halve the proportion of population without access to safe drinking water SDG Goal 4: Ensure a robust pro-poor growth process. SDG Goal 18: Acceptable level of water and soil quality 5 Donor Agency : 144 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS Table tableofexistingstationnetworkandinfrastructures 1:Summary further was network and meteorological network infrastructure. The hydrology existing industry. the summarises Table1 and and Plan Ninth the over upgraded agriculture and particularly strengthened supply, sectors, water water-use drinking various hydropower, for for services and information hydro-meteorological of variety a provided network The 1991. in project Plan Master SystemPower Bhutan the of part a as established and designed was country entire the covering network hydro-meteorological The in Morever, services. warning and Bhutan’s forecasting flood context, facilitates it further inventorying the of various available reliable natural resources. through property help to and useful life be protect also can but channels, irrigation and ridges and broads projects, hydropower like infrastructure strategic of development and planning the for basis scientific a provides only not knowledge and information environment.This nautral of conservation the anddevelopment – resources water country’s of socio-economic forplanning in trend pertinent highly is quality– quantityand andsub-surface and surface condition the on information accurate and Reliable B. SituationalAnalysis iv iii ii I B iv iii ii I A 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 # Documents available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Snow Gauge Special Station Class CStation Class A Station Meteorological Network Sediment SamplingStation Flood Warning Station Secondary Station Principal Station Hydrological network Infrastructures : : : : : : : : : Dec 2003;SectorTenth Plan Resources ManagementPlan–FinalReport,Vol A toD3, Power SystemMasterPlan–BaselineStudyReport;Water Water ResourcesManagement PlanandUpdateofthe Hydro meteorologicalNetworkReport,Vol 1to8,Dec1991; Bhutan PowerMasterPlan(ProjectBHU/87/025)–Final Hydro-met ServicesDivision,DoE Department ofEnergy, MoEA Nu. 187.490m Nu. 187.490m Five years(2008-2013) New/ongoing Nation-wide organizations (WMO,UNESCO) regional(SARRC, BIMSTEC,ICIMOD)andinternational Department ofEnergy, othernationallineagencies,relevant Numbers Numbers Numbers Numbers Numbers Numbers Numbers Numbers Unit No. asofJune2006 61 20 15 13 11 4 4 5 145

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 The flood warning network stations are established on the large north–south rivers that are common to India and Bhutan. Flood warning activity is undertaken by the RGoB in collaboration between the Central Water Commission (CWC) of India. The flood warning stations provide water level data of the main rivers flowing to India for flood forecasting purpose to stations of the CWC in Cooch Bihar, Jalpaiguri, Nalbari and Berbeta. These stations are monitored 24 hrs during the monsoon season and data transmitted using wireless sets on hourly basis to stations in India. Hydro-meteorological Information System and Database Management play a key role in data collection, processing, analysis of water resource use. The existing database archives comprise more than fifteen years of hydro-meteorological data that are mainly used for planning and designing of hydropower projects, but that are also a valuable source of information for various other sectors given its wide application and relevance. However, hydro-meteorology services in Bhutan still remain at an incipient stage of development and its growth has been extremely slow. This is mainly attributed to the lack of proper organizational setup as well as the limited technical expertise of the staff, the lack of technical professionals like hydrologists, meteorologists and climatologists and inadequate network facilities and equipment due to the lack of resources. As reflected earlier, hydro-meteorological information is a highly essential input required by all economic sectors. This is further compounded by the fact that with time the needs of hydro- meteorological information also change. A hydrometric programme designed purely for current needs may be inadequate in the long term, so the programme needs to dynamic and accordingly strengtheninged according to information requirement. Over the Tenth Five Year Plan, the approach will be to focus on the institutional strengthening of hydro-met services to support and provide quality data, products and services to meet the needs of the general public, emergency services and other specialized users of flood warning services and facilitate the planning and design of hydropower projects.

C. Strategy The following broad strategies are to be adopted to strengthen the hydrological and meteorological services through: • Maintaining and upgrading the monitoring network stations and developing existing observing systems, telecom and data processing facilities, and keeping traditional functions for basic data collection, processing and analysis; • Install early warning system along Punakha-Wangdue valley; • Ensuring well managed hydro-meteorological and flood warning services network and database; • Developing and facilitating easy access to database, resources and experts; • Adopting scientific and rigorous methodology and inputing adequate resources for timely information and services for flood forecasting and warning; • Promoting human resources development and management and effective utilization of resources and use of ICT; • Introducing new standardized user-friendly technology and equipment;

146 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS D The budget for strengthening of bookedthishydro under is programme. meteorologicalservices hydro meteorological services and support for the accelerated development,resourcesofhumanstrengthening Regulations, hydropower BhutanElectricity ofstrengthening development programme. the covers support project This 2008-2013. implementedfrom be to III – Phase the proposed has DoE the support, technical continueTo development. resources human in including Department areas variousthe the Energy of capacity institutional of the improved immensely has Strengthening that Institutional II Phase the – implemented Sector DoE The Plan, Ninth the During enhanced organizations and international relevant national cooperation with strengthened and warning forecasting related toflood management and disaster services meteorological hydrological and capacity for Institutional . ResultsFramework Impact • • • Promoting research and development. international organizations; and and regional national, with collaboration and cooperation strengthening andPromoting seminars, trainings, international in participate to workshops field inthe of hydrometeorology; staff for opportunities Providing the country good coverage across network stationswith meteorological Improved hydro- rivers reduced alongmajor Outburst Flood Risk ofGlacialLake for variouspurpose information needed meteorological hydrological and Access toreliable warning enhanced flood forecastingand National capacityfor strengthened international agencies national, regionaland Cooperation with Outcome Site officecumstoreconstructed monitoring stationsestablished stations, seismicandwind stations, sedimentsampling New hydro-meteorologicalnetwork Punakha-Wangdue valley Early warningsysteminstalledin Data bookpublished Web sitedesignedandlaunched developed hydro-meteorological information management systemwithGISfor Integrated centraldatabase strengthened forecasting andwarningframework network andimplementflood Capacity ofstaff tomanage Early warningSystemestablished established Forecasting andwarningCentre Regional FieldOfficesandFlood paper published Research workcarriedout and Cooperation Agreement signed Output Monitoring Network and Expansionof Strengthening Wangdue valley system alongPunakha- Install earlywarning Statistics Information and Database Integration, services building forhydromet Institutional capacity Development Research and Cooperation & Institutional Projects/Activities 147

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The programme at national level will be coordinated and implemented by the Division of Hydrology and Metereology under the Department of Energy.

Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) 1 Strengthening and Expansion of Monitoring network of hydro- meteorological services Establishment of hydrological/flood warning stations including infrastructure 109.990 Establishment of meteorological stations Establishment of sediment sampling stations Establishment of seismic monitoring stations Network infrastructure 2 Database Integration, Information & Statistics 15.000 2.1 Establish integrated central database service with GIS 10.000 2.2 Design and launching of website 1.000 2.3 Publication of pamphlets/brochures 3.000 2.4 Dissemination of information 1.000 3 Institutional Strengthening 56.500 3.1 Establishment of regional hydromet services in the East 5.000 3.2 Establishment of flood forecasting centre and warning system 10.000 3.3 Installation of early warning system along Punakha-Wangdue valley 41.500 4 Institutional Cooperation and Research and Development 6.000 4.1 Promote cooperation with national, regional and international 1.000 organization 4.2 Research and development 5.000 Total 187.490

MEA/14: Electricity Regulation

A. Overview

1 Sector : Energy 2 Linkage to National Development : Vitalizing Industry and Expansion of Stratetgic Infrastructure Objectives & Strategies by providing clean energy services and enhancing national energy revenue and security for poverty reduction and rural development 3 Expected Results : Electrical safety standards, rules, regulations for regulating electricity operations and monitoring of performance indicators and improved efficiency of electricity industry including Tariff fixation and revision. 4 Relevant MDG & SDG :

148 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS The main strategy for BEA is as follows: C. Strategy workers addressed being and is also safetyand the code regulations have drafted. been the public is aware of its existence through outreach . Thethat maintaining ensure andto ensuringseek ofsafety also ofthe will BEA sector.The electricity the in participants and customers public, distributor. It will also review and determine tariff rates to ensure fairbalance ofthe interests ofthe generatorsregulations the works and ensurewithstandards.among the and efficiency would This and evaluating start also will BEA the works technical the inspecting implemented regulations,by and licensees reporting on compliance the of such and rules the of implementation the With Act 2001. Electricity determinationtariff regulation, distribution and generation conditions license as mandated the by an autonomous entity from July 2006 and since then it has as already functioning effectively set started BEA up The development partners. byvariousassistance technical regulationsthrough namely the of Department ofrestructuring Powerthe in of 2002. Since part then, the BEA as has established worked on been building its has institutional (BEA) capacity Authority Electricity Bhutan The engagement of private the supply inelectricity sector and layout relevant the regulations. The main this of purpose wasAct to provide forthe establishment of Bhutan Electricity Authority, TheElectricity Act waspassed bythe National Assembly duringthe 79thsession on 26th July 2001. B. SituationalAnalysis 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 • • Documents available Collaborating Agencies Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Donor Agency oio te efrac o Lcnes n opine ih rvso o Eetiiy Act Electricity 2001 and of regulations; the provision with compliance in Licensees of performance the Monitor conditions; system transmission, generation, license for the accordanceto in electricity of sale anddistribution licenses import, export, operation, of issuance the for applications Process : : : : : : : : : : : Accounting andReportingRegulation;SectorTenth Plan License ConditionsforGeneratorandDistributor; Electricity Act 2001;Tariff DeterminationRegulation; RGoB Agencies Bhutan Electricity Authority Authority, DepartmentofEnergy, MoEA Planning &CoordinationDivision/BhutanElectricity Nu. 30.000m Nu. 30.000m Five years(2008-2013) New/Ongoing Nation wide Consumers inBhutan. Licensees (GENCOS,BPC,Power Authority)/Electricity 149

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 • Determine or approve tariffs proposed by the Licensees and review existing tariffs; and • Monitor and manage the private sector bidding process as mandated by the Electricity Act-2001. During the Ninth Plan, the DoE implemented Phase II of the Institutional Strengthening of the Energy Sector which has has immensely improved the institutional capacity of the department in various areas including human resources development. To continue this technical support from development partners, the DoE has proposed for the third Phase to be implemented from 2008-2013 which addresses the strengthening of Bhutan Electricity Regulations, human resources development, strengthening of hydro meteorological services and support for the accelerated hydropower development programme. The budget for strengthening of Bhutan Electricity Regulations has been included under this programme

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Safe and Reliable electricity Monitoring the Rules, regulations, Implementation of the supply provided compliance of standards and codes rules and regulations to rules, regulations, in place start up the function of Affordability addressed standards and codes the regulator / Creation of of practice awareness to the public Efficient and credible dispute resolution mechanism in place

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The regulatory function related to electricity will be dealt by Bhutan Electricity Authority. The BEA has formed a board compromising five commissioners as member and the BEA secretariat performs all the functions mandated in the Electricity Act and puts issues to its designated commissioners for their approval.

Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) 1. Establishment of ISO, amendment of Electricity Act 2001, and other professional services 15.000

2. Implementation of the rules and regulations to start up the function of the regulator & creation of awareness to the public 15.000

Total 30.000

150 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS as well as FDI) for achieving accelerated the hydropower development. additional mobilize to now hydropowerdevelopment/IPP, appropriatesavingsin revenue participation internal sector highly (privateresources is It electricity. of sale from fund/ generated of revenue out financed is that date till conducted been also have studies project Additionally,no of various capacities (mini/micro to maga /commercial projects) of hydro power plants. various stages of implementation from planning, design, construction, operation and maintenance increase to moment opportune the hydropowerdevelopmentacceleratedofin for participation an involvement private sector the of therefore is It constrained. and limited be will capacity and assistancedonor hydropower the developmentin since venture joint partners or privatesector of assistance through grant partner developmentand softthrough financing. been For acceleratedhad development, far there so isdeveloped theneed projects hydropowerfor themajor involvement the All basis. commercial no purely a developmenton is accelerated its for there investment plan systematic and dependent donor highly is present at projects hydropower of development The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. MEA/15: Private SectorP 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : articipation Independent PowerProducers Planning &CoordinationDivision,DoEandprivateSectors/ Department ofEnergy(DoE),MoEA Nu. 48.000m Nu. 48.000m Five years(2008-2013) New/Ongoing Nation wide Domestic ElectricityConsumersandExportmarket proportion ofpeopleinpovertyby2010 SDG Goal1&2:Eradicatehungerpovertyandhalve MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger increase opportunitiesforemployment demand ofpowerfordomesticconsumers/industriesand security, additionalgenerationcapacitytomeetincreased revenue generationthroughpowerexport,enhancedenergy Private sectorparticipationinhydropowersector, increased for povertyreductionandruraldevelopment services, enhancingnationalrevenueandenergysecurity in hydropowerdevelopmentprovidingcleanenergy Vitalizing IndustrybyEngaging PrivateSectorparticipation Energy &PowerSector Draft HydropowerPolicy, FDIPolicy, SectorTenth Plan 151

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 C. Strategy To help provide alternative models other than the traditional model of hydropower development and expedite the development of hydropower in an accelerated and sustainable manner, there is a need for clear policy framework for hydropower development and proper guidelines for the engagement and participation of independent power producer (IPP), private sector and foreign direct investment. To help formulate and implement this policy and develop the modalities and guidelines for Private Sector/IPP/FDI guidelines, the institutional restructuring and strengthening of the DoE as the focal point and apex body will be necessary. In this regard the DoE will will have to undergo institutional restructuring, conduct innovative financial and project structuring options and other institutional capacity building in line with preparation for participation of both private and public in hydropower development during the Tenth Plan.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Accelerated development Policy and Regulatory Private sector Policy Formulation of hydropower through Framework for Private participation policy in Hydropower increased involvement Sector Participation in development in Development for of IPPs, Private Sector Hydropower Development/ the hydropower involvement of private and FDI in hydropower electricity Sector in place development/electricity sector Participation/ development sector IPP /FDI

Sound Policy and Recruitment on Regulatory Framework contract basis of the in Hydropower legal advisor, technical Development expert and economic expert

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The formulation of the policy document for hydropower development and development of guidelines for IPP and FDI shall be carried out by the Department of Energy by recruiting competent consulting firms. The policy documents and guidelines shall be presented, discussed and deliberated with the relevant stakeholders in a workshop before finalization. As this work is a spillover activity from the Ninth Plan since 2007, only a limited budget is indicated.

Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) 1 Policy Formulation in Hydropower Development for involvement of private sector Participation/IPP/FDI as Piggy back TA 2 Preparation of IPP tender documents and other IPP facilitation 48.000 services, including launching of pilot IPP project as Piggy back TA Total 48.000

152 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS project. the of ownership and mobilization necessaryresource for including for implementationDGPC to over handed been CERs. has of (DoE) Energy sale of Department through the revenue by promoted additional project This acquire to project CDM a as promoted being is and Dagachhu Project MW Hydroelectric Authority 114 (DHPA)The constituted was in 2007 August currently underway. The projectscheduled is for commissioning in2015. preparationisbid optimizationandproject the andworks infrastructure supportdevelopment of project.of O&M the The Project Management in formed Novemberalready has initiated 2007 the and constructionimplementing for the Authority 2007 Project (PHPA) October institutedin was HydroelectricPunatsangchhu-I the 2007, July in implementationits regarding agreement lateral bi- the of signing to Subsequent loan. through financed be to 60% balance the with cost project grant funding of upto 40% through a GoI the financed by be to projectcompletedis the andbeen The preparation theof Detailed Project (DPR)Report of Punatsangchhu I hydropower project has Some of projects the are already pipeline inthe of constructed being through bilateral financing. have mobilizedwill through externally suchmodelsto be bilateral as financing jointand ventures. requirements resource huge these as works plan the outside kept been have projects These years. investmenttwelvean next withoverNu.426.00 upover the billion taken be tolargeprojects eight Totarget hydropowerthe achieve itwouldyearrequire2020, by capacity the MW of 10,000 about B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. MEA/16: MajorHydropowerProects 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Tentative Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agreements, Tenth Plan,DPRs/FSRofsomeProjects, Development Policy, Umbrella Agreement, Bi-lateralProject Updated PowerSystemMasterPlan-2004,DraftHydropower JV/IPP Ministry ofEconomic Affairs, Project Authority, CorporateEntities, Ministry ofEconomic Affairs Nu. 0.000m[OutsidePlanBudget] Nu. 0.000m Five years(2008-2013) New National Domestic consumersandexportmarket. people inpovertyby2010 SDG Goal1&2:Eradicatehungerpovertyandhalveproportionof MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger security andpromotesustainablesocio-economicdevelopment revenue generationthroughhydropowerexports,enhanceenergy Addition ofabout10,000MWinstalledcapacityby2020,Increased revenue andsecurityforpovertyreductionruraldevelopment providing cleanenergyservicesandenhancingnational Vitalizing IndustryandExpansion ofStratetgicInfrastructureby Energy &PowerSector 153

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 Currently the construction of approach roads, bridges and construction power lines is underway. The preparation of tender documents is also being prepared. The construction of main EPC contracts is expected to start by beginning of 2009 and scheduled for commissioning by 2011/2012. The total estimated cost of the project is about Nu. 8.00 billion. While the preparation of DPR for 1000 MW Punatsangchhu-II project is currently being carried out and is expected to be ready by the end of 2008, the draft DPR of 720 MW Mangdechhu project was available in May 2008. Both the projects are expected to be implemented by 2009/2010 by GoI through the 40:60 grant and loan financing model. As per the draft DPR of Mangdechhu, the estimated cost for the project is Nu. 37.12 billion.

C. Strategy The implementation of Punatsangchhu-I Hydroelectric Project, Punatsangchhu II and Mangdechhu projects shall be taken up on a model similar to that of the Tala Hydroelectric Project but with a funding pattern of 40% equity and 60% debt. The Dagachhu hydroelectric CDM project will be financed through 40% equity and 60% debt raised from various other sources. The equity part of the project is being financed by RGoB, NPPF, ADB (hard term ADF), DGPC and power off-taker (Tata Power Trading). The debt is being explored from ADB (OCR), Austrian OeKB, NPPF and SBI. The project will be implemented by Dagachhu Hydroelectric Power Corporation (DHPC) under the DGPC/DHI.

The following list of priority projects shall be taken up during the Tenth Plan.

# Project Name Financing 1 Punatsangchhu-I (1200 MW) GoI Bilateral 2 Dagachhu (114 MW) RGoB and other sources 3 Mangdechhu (720 MW) GoI Bilateral 4 Punatsangchu-II (1000 MW) GoI Bilateral 5 Sankosh (4000 MW) GoI Bilateral 6 Kuri/Gongri (1800 MW) GoI Bilateral 7 Chamkharchhu-I (670 MW) Joint Venture 8 Kholongchhu (486 MW) Joint Venture

154 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS Indicative Cost entities. hydropower project construction will be execution undertaken by overallrespective project forauthorities responsibleand implementation.However,projectcorporate the for guidance be policy imparting includingcoordination will and DoE the sector, energy the the and of policies, functions planning, coordinating level macro for responsible is (DoE) Energy of Department the As Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D capacity 1602 MWHydropowerinstalled Grid ElectricitytoalldistrictHQs Electricity forall national revenue Hydropower contributing36%of GDP atover15% Hydropower shareof following targets: would specificallycontributetothe credits throughCDMprojects.It currency fromsaleofcarbon national revenuesincludinghard contribution toGDP growth and resources would facilitate enhanced friendly developmentofhydropower The sustainableandenvironment- sector ofBhutaneseeconomy Hydropower toemergeasthecore 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1 . ResultsFramework # HEP (part) Construction of620MW Ammochhu Reservoir (Part) Construction of1800MWKuri/Gongri HEP Construction of4000MWSankosh HEP (Part) (Part) Construction of1000MWPunatsangchu-IIHEP (Part) Construction of720MWMangdechhuHEP (Part) Construction of1200Punatsangchhu-IHEP Bitateral/RGoB Description ofProjects/Activities Impact and ERPA agreement (PPA) power purchase Conclude finances Secure project Report (DPR) Detailed Project Preparation of Outcome IPP power projectsthrough Start constructionof projects PPAs forsomeofthe successfully complete India forPPAs and Start negotiationwith in time DPRs tobecompleted with GoI agreement andterms Conclude financing Indicative Cost (Nu. inmillion) 1,31,077.000 25,984.000 27,261.000 5952.000 40,000.000 20,000.000 11,880.000 Output below projects listed hydro-power of thevarious of andconstruction Initiate thestartup Projects/Activities Outsideplan Outsideplan Outsideplan Outsideplan Outsideplan Remarks 155

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 2 Joint Venture 61,305.000 2.1 Construction of 114 MW Dagachhu HEP Outside plan 8,000.000 (Complete) 2.2 Construction of 486 MW Kholongchhu HEP Outside plan 10,109.000 (part) 2.3 Construction of 180 MW Bunakha Reservoir Outside plan 5,508.000 HEP (part) 2.4 Construction of 670 MW Chamkharchhu-I HEP Outside plan 15,008.000 (Part) 2.5 Construction of 900 MW Wangchu Resevoir Outside plan 22,680.000 HEP (part) Total: 1,92,382.000

MEA/17: Capacity Enhancement in Geo-scientific Investigations and Mineral Development

A. Overview

1 Sector : Geology and Mines 2 Linkage to National : Vitalizing Industry and private sector development for Development Objectives & economic growth, improved quality of life and poverty reduction Strategies 3 Expected Results : Adequate laboratory and field equipment available for geoscientific investigations. Country has proved metallic & non-metallic mineral resources ready for industrial & economic development. Productive and correlated information for national planning and decision making. Revenue and employment generation from mining industry Better technology in mineral resource development Sustainable economic development and better quality of life through improved planning and information sharing 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger Goal 7: Ensure environmental sustainability (through stringent application of geo-scientific know-how) SDG Goal 2: Halve proportion of people in poverty by 2010 SDG Goal 4: Ensure a robust pro-poor growth SDG Goal 18:Acceptable level of water and soil quality SDG Goal 19: Acceptable level of air quality SDG Goal 22: Ban on dumping of hazardous waste 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Private sector and relevant stakeholders 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing/New : New 9 Timeframe : Five years (2008-2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 76.715 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 76.715 m 12 Executing Agency : Department of Geology and Mines (DGM) 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Geology and Mines 14 Documents Available : Past Five Year Plan document, Atlas of Minerals of Bhutan, Geological mapping Reports of DGM and GSI in 1:50000

156 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS zonation and risk maps. hazard generate and mapping landslide and centres urban new/proposed the especially country outgeo-hazardassessment for the Government, Royalcarry requestrelevantfrom the ofagencies outAdditionally, stability,slope carry also will foundationDGM the andsite suitability studieson developed. be will database systematicdigital a andsystematically mapped be shall country the of lithology and geology, geomorphology, The tools. software usinghydrogeology,inventorymaintained structure aggregates construction of shall be identified. dearth Thegeological in database forare completedthat deposit assessmentDzongkhags shall bein generated and sites quarry material construction potential The technology. latest the of use the through value economic significant with minerals metallic the endowment, exploreresources prove especially and mineral to plans department The C. Strategy yearthe 2003,2004and 2005respectively. in auctioned were licenses mining dolomite and coal gypsum, the these Among individuals. and companies134 to issued permits and leases amongmining 197 permits collection mineral 50 and At andstonecoal. shale as such aggregatespresentminerals andfuel operatingarethere 67mines marble,ironlimestone,andslate,ore;likematerial quartzite, construction dolomite, talc gypsum, likeproduction ofindustry.minerals industrial increasinganon scale extracting Bhutan been has mining the monitoring and regulations and legislation mining of enforcement the exploitation, act minerals control maintaining on include department the the implementing of functions key forprovisions. The its responsibleand Act (DGM) Management Mine and Minerals and Geology Mines of Department the under with and regulated 1995 is governed industry mining The carried be out. will and necessary is technology new of use the on research Therefore, information. geo-scientific investigationscan be revolutionalised to provide cost andtime effective and accurate started Unit) (Bhutan India of Survey geological investigations in Bhutan.Geological With the the availability of when new technology and field instruments, 1961 to back date data and reports these of Some making. decision andcorrelatedplanning nationalinformationforand productive re-visited,andtechniques,toolsincludingandcompiled analysed be ICT,modern using obtainto Substantial archive data and reports are available with the DGM. These valuable resources needs to prove additionaland deposits mineral other than few non-metallic deposits. discover to able been not has department the 2002 to 1961 from unit) of (Bhutan India Survey Geological the by out engineering carried activities and field geo-hazard the from Apart glaciological, investigations. geological of responsibilities other by overshadowed been has responsibilityinvestigation mineral primary ofresources,of mappingthe andWith lack acute the geophysical and seismology of mining legislation entrusted was also to department. the studies, glaciology investigations, investigations. Further the responsibility of control on geotechnical minerals, mining industry and enforcement engineering and assessment, geo-hazard geological like investigations geoscientific other into diversified was YearFivedepartment 7th exploration. responsibilitiesthe Fromandof the onward,roles plan the mineral mapping and geological are DGM the responsibility of and roles major and primary The B. SituationalAnalysis 157

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 The Research and Development Unit of the Department will start functioning with desk research initially. The capacity development and institutional strengthening aspects will be initiated with the establishment of the centre for research and development and GIS laboratory and publication unit. The unit will also begin to utilize remote sensing technology and the geographic information system tools during mapping, mineral exploration, change detection of landslides, monitoring glaciers and glacial lakes, environment monitoring of mines, etc. Field and laboratory measurements and assays will provide data for further research. The key strategies of the mining sector include the formulation and enactment of environment and people friendly law, rules and regulations and the stringent enforcement of mine safety and environmental management rules and regulations under Mines and Minerals Management Act 1995. Other strategic activities will include developing a code of best practice for mining activities, evaluating mines, mineral deposits and mine feasibility studies, and conducting mining project appraisals. This will help enhance the mining industry’s contribution in raising people’s living standards through providing employment and business opportunities and in general stimulate economic and industrial growth in a sustainable manner. In order to achieve the above mandate, the strengthening of the institutional capacity will be done. It shall include procurement and installation of full-fledged laboratory and field equipment and legislative framework and people friendly policy.

158 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS engineering investigations geological towards mapping geological and exploration. mineral from attention divert will department capability.The manpower enhance to universities various manpower limited fromgraduating geologists the currentlyall recruit will DGM is investigations, geo-scientific the availablefor there As Director. the from guidance under programme this of The different divisions sectionsand under the department be shall responsible for implementation Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D generation and data investigations geoscientific and other in mineral services provide quality capacity to institutional full-fledged will have The Department . ResultsFramework Impact monitoring exploration andmine mapping, mineral are installedtosupport Equipment, andsoftware and overseastraining enhanced through in-country Human resourcecapacity is inplace and economicdevelopment environment, humanhealth conservation, ecology& friendly tomineral Mineral lawandguidelines available inpublishedform Mining andmineraldataare GIS laboratory with remotesensingand centre establishedalong Research andanalysis adequate officespace and laboratorywith Department professionals Outcome available investigations are for geological vehicles required software andfield All equipment, through trainings adequate knowledge Employees imparted available legislation formining Guidelines and management system into information data arefed Mining andmineral established Publication facility GIS laboratorysetup Remote sensingand established analysis centre Research and available laboratories are officials and Building tohouse Output professional services equipment, logisticsand Carry outactivityinvolving officials andlaboratory accommodate officespaceof compound inSamtseto Construct buildingatDGM communication etc surveying, mapping,drilling, field vehicles,equipmentfor Scanning ElectroMicroprobe, petrological microscope, laboratory, AAS, XRF, ICP, that includeheavymineral exploration andmapping software tosupportmineral Install equipmentand country andoverseastraining specialized jobsthroughin- Train professionalsin mineral resourceexploitation guidelines forsustainable regulations, policyand develop relevantrulesand Management Act 1995, Review MinesandMinerals mining data registry tokeeprecordsof Establish Mineral Titles adequate facility Set upthepublicationcellwith field equipmentanddata Procure hardware,software, Projects/Activities 159

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) 1 Research and Development in geoscientific and mining 3.900 1.1 Establishment of research and analysis center 1.900 1.2 Establishment of remote sensing & GIS laboratory 1.250 1.3 Research activities in geoscientific and mining field 0.750 2 Geological mapping & mineral exploration 53.955 2.1 Geological investigation of heavy metals in Buxa/shumar formation 4.187 2.2 Investigation & proving of cement grade limestone 2.860 2.3 Investigation and proving of FeSi grade quartzite 1.816 2.4 Geological investigation of base metals 3.817 2.5 Geological investigation for locating and proving construction 0.619 materials deposits and prospective quarry sites 2.6 Detailed toposheet mapping in 1:50,000 scale in the unmapped areas 1.500 2.7 Geological expedition to unexplored parts of the country 1.596 2.8 Procurement and installation of equipment for the laboratory 21.750 2.9 Construction of office building in Samtse 15.810 3 Engineering Geological & Geotechnical investigation 4.150 3.1 Geotechnical and slope stability/hazard studies in selected urban 3.450 centers 3.2 Hazard& geotechnical studies of selected highways 0.700 4 Promotion of environment friendly mining industry 14.710 4.1 Promotion of environment friendly mining industry 0.600 4.2 Establishment of registry of mineral titles 0.450 4.3 Review of existing law and formulation of mineral prospecting 1.360 regulations and policy 4.4 Inspection of all mines 2.250 4.5 Decentralization of mines inspection and monitoring to regional and 10.050 local level Total 76.715

MEA/18: Assessment and Monitoring of Climate Change Induced and Geological Hazards

A. Overview

1 Sector : Geology & Mines 2 Linkage to National Development : Effective National Spatial Planning to reduce risk from Objectives & Strategies climate change and geological hazards

3 Expected Results : Inhabitants of river valleys having glacier fed rivers start living risk free lives; Earthquake and tectonic movement monitoring will be regular practice with development of GPS equipped seismic network in the country; All national infrastructure development take place on safe and stable ground in the future

160 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS in lakes Lunana, have experts recommendedglacial following: the the from GLOF of risk imminent the Considering level. water lake the lowering artificially by mitigated Tso)been (Rapstrenghas lake glacial one Only dam. moraine meter 75 a by separated only are that lakes glacial Raphstreng and Thorthormi the with possible quite is as GLOF gigantic a create and merge to were lakes glacial adjoining if unfold potentially also could scenario worse-case A infrastructure. socio-economic vital and life human to devastating more even be would which of impact the Thorthormi, the lake, neighboring a from GLOF a of danger burst and caused lake immense Luggye damage the when downstream 1994, October in the in one Pho-chhu last the valley. with Bhutan in There GLOFs isfive been now have There the impending fromparticularly faster retreating glaciers. GLOFs,ofheightened risks the ofclimateto warndue change glaciologists - andyear a meters 30 been have formed. Moreover,lakes glacial Bhutan’s new many 2001, areglaciers retreating also in at alarming and record country levels 20- - between the in lakes glacial and glaciers of inventory last GLOF. the of Since risk high potentially pose several which of lakes glacial and glaciers with Bhutan’scatastrophicflooding. resultingin moraine banks unstable abound areas entire northern GLOFs primarily occur when melting glaciers create and fill uplakes that subsequently burst due to Bhutan is highly vulnerable to disastrous hazards arising from glacial lake outburst floods (GLOF). and Mines. seismological and GLOF hazards are some of the key responsibilities of the Department of Geology landslide,including stability slope and hazards inducedchange climatemanaging andMitigating B. SituationalAnalysis 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 • • • Relevant MDG&SDG Donor Agency Target Group Scope Status-Ongoing/New Tentative Timeframe Indicative CapitalCost External FinancingRequired Executing Agency Implementing Agencies Documents Available Hazard zonnation along Puna Tsang Chu. Installation of early technical warning system (TEWS) for GLOF; and loweringArtificial Lakeof water level inthe growing Thorthormilakes (mitigation work); : : : : : : : : : : : MDG 7:Targets 9pertainingto All Bhutanesepeoplelivingonmountainsandvalleys National New (GLOF relatedongoing) 5 yrs(2008-2013) Nu. 164.860m Nu. 164.860m Affairs Department ofGeology&Mines,MinistryEconomic Glaciology Section,GSB,DepartmentofGeology&Mines mitigation planforThorthormi. scientist fromJapanand Austria, comprehensivetechnical and glaciallakesimplementedincollaborationwithforgein Earlier mitigationworkreports,Various reportsonglaciers 161

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 Currently various activities are being implemented under two projects and include: • Hazard zonnation for Glacial Lake Outburst Flood (GLOF) along Puna Tsang from Khuruthang to Kalikhola initiated in October 2006; and • Hazard zonation in Chamkhar valley for GLOF and assessment of Early Warning System in Punakha-Wangdi valley. The detailed project proposal for the mitigation of Thorthormi lakes in Lunana will be undertaken under this project. The role and responsibilities of the DGM after the Seventh FYP had been expanded to include other geoscientific activities like geohazard assessment, geological engineering and geotechnical investigations, glaciology study, seismology and geophysical exploration. The department has made several attempts to install a network of seismic stations in the country with institutional cooperation with the University of Colorado and University of Texas at El Paso in the United States. However, only temporary stations have been deployed in the past and over a period of six months in 2002, 642 regional/local events have been recorded. The department in the Tenth Five year plan intends to set up a permanent network of stations which would help in identifying regions from where a major earthquake is likely to originate. With adequate geological data, an earthquake risk map can be developed, which can also be used for town planning and disaster management.

C. Strategy The project to reduce water levels in Thorthormi lakes to safe levels will be essentially a labour intensive task. The plan is to drain out the water from the lakes manually by widening and deepening the existing channel at the natural outlet. The mitigation work will be carried out over four years with one working season of four months a year. The DGM intends to use local labour from Lunana and other gewogs under Gasa Dzongkhag to generate employment for the local communities in the area and avoid social problems that could arise from using expatriate labour. This activity will be implemented in close coordination with the Ministry of Home and Cultural Affairs who will be a key stakeholder in the project. To ease resource constraints, a component of the WFP Bhutan under the food for work scheme is incorporated in the project plan but is contingent on the availability of resources from the WFP and when the project begins. The primary goal of the Seismology and Geophysics Section is to install a network of permanent seismic stations and purchase required software to have a full fledged seismology unit in the department. This unit will then be capable of locating the origin/epicenter of all major and minor tremors within the region and create a database, which can be used by disaster management groups. In addition, the department also shall conduct geophysical surveys in the country to obtain a map of different geologic materials such as seismic velocity, dielectric constant, electrical resistivity, etc. This map will be used as an input while generating earthquake risk maps. The department is also planning to conduct geophysical –seismic and magnetic —surveys in southeastern Bhutan to explore prospects of oil and gas reservoirs. Based on the requirement given by the other user agencies such as DOR, the DGM proposes to carry out engineering geological investigations in targeted areas.

162 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS bethe will Affairs of Economic the Ministry under & Mines implementing agency for programme. the Geology of Department The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D hazards and geological change induced risk fromclimate with reduced security improved Human safetyand . ResultsFramework Impact the future stable groundin place onsafeand development take infrastructure All national magnetic data seismic and assessed using monitored and hazard are Earthquake along majorrivers Flood reduced Lake Outburst Risk ofGlacial Outcome national roads smoothly alongthe Vehicular trafficmove sites infrastructure development reports utilizedin geotechnical investigations Hazard mapsand and magneticsurvey assessed usingreflection Availability ofpetroleum technology carried outusingGPS Tectonic deformationstudy Seismic networkinstalled rivers assessed headwaters ofglacier-fed glacial lakesatthe Status ofglaciersand Reduced toasafetylevel Thorthormi Lakes Lake waterlevelin regularly monitored in Northernpartofcountry Glaciers andglaciallakes Output GLOF Division Establishment ofGlaciologyand roads along selectedhighwaysand and proposeremedialmeasures Carry outgeotechnicalstudies selected urbancentres propose mitigationmeasuresin stability, hazardassessmentand Carry outsitesuitability, slope survey reflection seismicandmagnetic Investigate forpetroleumusing study usingGPStechnology Carry out Tectonic deformation network inBhutan Procure andinstallseismic glacial lakes to studythestatusofglaciersand headwaters ofglacier-fedrivers Undertake expeditionto water levelat Thorthormi lake Carry outartificialloweringof latest technologies lakes using andglacial of glaciers Carry outtimeseriesmonitoring Projects/Activities 163

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) 1 Seismology & Geophysical Studies: 45.550 1.1 Installation of seismic network 32.350 1.2 Oil prospecting and investigation using reflection seismic and 11.650 magnetic survey 1.3 Tectonic deformation study using GPS technology 0.000 1.4 Geophysical study in selected areas 1.550 2 Glaciology & Mitigation of Glacial Lake Outburst Flood 119.31 (GLOF): 2.1 Time series monitoring of glaciers and glacial lakes using latest 1.450 technologies 2.2 Carry out artificial lowering of water level at Thorthormi lake. 117.420 2.3 Undertake expedition to headwaters of glacier-fed rivers to 0.440 study the status of glaciers and glacial lakes 2.5 Establishment of Glaciology & GLOF Division 0.000 Total 164.860

164 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS MINISTRY OFFINANCE 165

MINISTRY OF ECONOMIC AFFAIRS 03 166 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF FINANCE the field. Oncethe BAS is brought on-line, problemscan be easily identified, immediately attended problemsin the solve todeputedare persons IT phoneor attended the overeitherare these arise, problems Whenever on-line. activities BAS monitor to position a in not currently are Accounts Public and BudgetNational of Departments the and body budgetary every and each in installed accountsBudget the use and Accounting System (BAS). At moment, the BAS the is independently currently are records expenditure monthly and budgets all submit and prepare that and bodies budgetary properties The updated. government being on claims false or assets of loss pilferage, prevent to system database Inventory Properties National the developed has Properties National GovernmentRoyal The accumulated has substantial Department the properties years. of The over ofpilot Health Ministry the basisof inboth and Education. Ministry the in years two for addition made to the budget year. are projections Presently, system work on MYRB the development of national MYRB has already started onthe a under and year financial one than more for projections budget makes MYRB The Manual. Budget the in specified as (MYRB) budgets rolling multi-year prepare to responsibility the has Budget National of Department The better promote Good to accountability.and the transparency with enhance to accordance document in 2005) Minister (GG+ 2005 Prime Plus, the Governance by issued order Executive an through 2005 Accounts (DPA)December Public in of Department and (DNB) NationalBudget of Department The erstwhileDepartment of Budget and Accounts was bifurcated intotwo Departments namelythe B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. M 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o F/01: InstitutionalStrengthening ofMinistryFinance Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Objectives & Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Budget (MYRB),SectorTenth Plan Budget Manual,ProjectReportsonMulti-Year Rolling Secretariat andallDepartmentsundertheMoF Ministry ofFinance Nu. 699.921m Nu. 699.921m Five Years (2008-2013) New National administrators All GovernmentBudgetaryBodies,alltaxpayersand strengthened. accounting systemenhancedandtaxadministration Government Asset Inventorizationcompleted,budgetand Multi-year rollingbudget(MYRB)implemented, development throughgoodgovernance Enabling Environmentforsocio-economic Good Governance Finance 167

MINISTRY OF FINANCE 04 to and corrected. Furthermore, effective monitoring will be possible and timely information can be obtained for better decision-making. While BAS meets all the Financial Rules & Regulations, 2001 (FRR, 2001) requirements in terms of producing budgetary reports and monthly expenditure accounts, expenditure processing or obtaining expenditure approval, are currently accomplished outside the system. Therefore, there is a need to enhance the BAS in such a way that all transactions are captured using the system. It has to ensure that no transactions occur outside the system. Moreover, as the asset register is maintained manually there is also a need to develop a separate inventory module. The Department of Public Accounts is a newly created organization and requires institutional strengthening. A sound financial management system needs to be developed along with proper accounting standards, treasury management, and a proper financial reporting system. The Department of Revenue and Customs (DRC) is primarily responsible for mobilizing internal revenue to cover the increasing recurrent expenditure of the Royal Government. During the Ninth Plan, domestic revenue has been sufficient to meet the cost of recurrent expenditures of the RGoB. With the commissioning of Tala and increasing economic activities in the country, it is expected that internal revenue will not only finance recurrent expenditure, but also finance part of the capital expenditure during the Tenth Plan. The Secretariat of the Ministry of Finance has to be strengthened. It comprises the Administration and Finance Division (AFD), the Policy and Planning Division (PPD), Human Resource Division (HRD), and the Internal Audit Unit (IAU) and the Rules Section. Recently, the Government has also approved Public Enterprise as a new Division within the Ministry. The primary function of this division is to supervise and monitor state-owned enterprises.

C. Strategy With regard to the MYRB, the plan is to replicate this system in other budgetary agencies by the financial year 2007-08. The commencement of the Tenth Plan i.e. corresponding to FY 2008-09, should see the MYRB fully implemented. However, it is envisaged that there would be teething problems, and for MYRB to function smoothly, continuous training has to be provided to budget officers in the entire Tenth Plan period. A consultant to guide and ensure consistency as well as a proper understanding of the MYRB will be required to be fielded. As far as the National Properties Inventory is concerned, inventorization of government properties and regular maintenance of palaces, state guest-houses and government buildings will be conducted. Surrendered government property will also be auctioned in a timely manner for revenue generation. The DNP’s aim to bring BAS on-line implemented in phases. It should start from Thimphu and gradually extend to the Dzongkhags and then to Gewogs. A lack of in-house technical capability both within the Department of National Budget and the Department of Public Accounts necessitates the services of an IT consultant. In addition, computers, servers and related equipment would be required for the networks to be established. A Mini/Mainframe will replace the present servers. This is because the Ministry of Finance will initially be working with Bhutan Telecom using its Virtual Private Network (VPN) for computer networking. Once fiber-optic cables are laid by the Ministry of Information and Communications (MoIC), BAS will migrate to fiber-optics from VPN. Again, a consultant will be required to make BAS more versatile, user-friendly and to develop a separate Inventory Module.

168 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF FINANCE D within Secretariat the to overall guidethe financial management Government.the of required also are experts addition, In undertakings. sector publicnumerous in investmentslarge andto effectivelymonitor supervise state-owned as enterprises.Government Thisnecessary is has In order to strengthen the MoF Secretariat, the Public Enterprise Division will require a consultant continue given to be importance to improve taxpayer compliance. services. taxpayer effectiveness better and for efficiency Taxpayeralso awarenesswill programmes system.tax Ongoing computerization of activities must sustained be and enhanced to improve the Tax reformspolicy need to be initiated to broaden the revenue base and ensure a fair and equitable accounting strong develop standards and reporting systems to for sound financial management needed. also is consultant andinternational A development. professional regional for with agencies cooperation accounting seek should Accounts Public of Department The management allocation and Transparent resource timely conductof Auctions Government buildingsand and wellmaintained Central inventorysystem through on-linesystem Monitoring enhanced recurrent expenditure resources tomeet Adequate domestic Enhance transparency efficient revenuesystem Enhanced, effective and growth to thenationaleconomic enterprise contributing Develop dynamicpublic . ResultsFramework Impact predictability Better resource Government Assets and reportingof recording, upkeep Improved and versatilesystem More userfriendly Increased revenue reporting system management and accounting, financial Establish sound services Better taxpayer system transparent tax Equitable, fairand enhanced supervision monitoring and Public enterprise Outcome Implemented MYRB recorded Government Assets Module (AssetRegister) On-line, Additional awareness created and taxreforms Revenue strengthened Set accountingstandard IT system Enhanced andintegrated system enterprise monitoring Streamlined public Output (MYRB) Year RollingBudget Implementation ofMulti- Government Properties Maintenance of Inventorization and EnhancementofBAS Administration Revenue and Tax Strengthening of Accounts Department ofPublic Strengthening of Institutional Taxpayer education rules Revision ofpoliciesand procedures Streamlining ofthe enterprise division Strengthen public Projects/Activities 169

MINISTRY OF FINANCE 04 E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Policy and Planning Division (PPD) of the Ministry of Finance will be the overall coordination agency for the Programme. The Department of National Budget will be the central agency for the development and implementation of the MYRB. The cooperation and involvement of the budgetary bodies will be crucial for the successful development and implementation of MYRB. The Department of National Properties will maintain the inventory system, distributing it to Dzongkhags and providing updates on a regular basis. For BAS-related activities, the Department of National Budget and the Department of Public Accounts will jointly carry out efforts towards its development, supervision and implementation. The involvement of user-agencies will be critical to the development of inventory systems and further enhancement of BAS. The Department of Public Accounts will be the central agency for executing programmes for the development of accounting standards, financial management and reporting reforms. The department will liaise with other relevant government agencies. The Department of Revenue and Customs will be the central agency for strengthening revenue administration. The MoF Secretariat will be the presiding agency in the proper development of the Public Enterprise Division. The Secretariat will also provide necessary direction and guidance to all its departments and divisions.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 National Budget Services 54.343 2 National Properties Services 108.186 3 Revenue and Customs Services 112.264 4 Public Accounts Services 51.000 5 Secretariat Services 372.857 6 Lottery services 1.271 Total 699.921

170 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF FINANCE MINISTRY OFHEALTH 171

MINISTRY OF FINANCE 04 172 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF HEALTH the with accordance in reference been of terms has broader Committee with Control group Assurance Quality Quality The by Ministry. replaced the Standardisation under and established Assurance Quality been the has services, Division health of quality the enhance to order In Almost of half national the doctors are specialists. specialists. mainly expatriates are remaining the while doctors national are 129 AboutHospital. National the in Referral areserving 61 Dzongkhagswhile the in areaboutandserving 90 country the in doctors 162 currently There are nurses. and doctors for so especially categories but staff all system. However, even then the Health Ministry today still faces an acute shortage of manpower in the number of nurses, technicians and paramedical workers that it trains and supplies to the health in capacity doubled its has RIHS The 10. aboutto 6 or 5 from increased hasannually service civil though the intake of fresh graduates has not grown significantly. The number ofdoctors joining the degree holders in the civil service. In the last five yearsthe staff intake intohealth holders hasin the almost civil doubled service while 177 hold a Masters’Bachelor’sdegree overall the of degree constitutes9% which which Masters’constitutesdegree a hold7% them of of the 61 bachelor’sHealth. of Of the strengthtotal civil ofservice 17,178 civil servants 2,214 (13%) are employed in the Ministry ofenabled Health Ministry the to improve its developmenton specific focus health services. and Ministry of Health and the Ministry of Education in mid 2003. This institutional restructuring has thenamely separate Ministries two Education bifurcated the into was and of Health Ministry The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. M 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o H/01: Health ManagementandDevelopment Programme Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Health Annual Report2006;SectorTenth Plan Secretariat, MinistryofHealth Ministry ofHealth Nu. 31.200m Nu. 31.200m Five Years (2008–2013) Ongoing National Nation-wide SDG Goal12:ImprovedhygieneandPublichealth SDG Goal11: Affordable health-care SDG Goal10:Childhealth SDG Goal9:Maternalhealth MDG Goal6:CombatHIV/AIDS,Malariaandotherdiseases. MDG Goal5:ImproveMaternalHealth MDG Goal4:Reducechildmortality Improved healthmanagementanddevelopmentservices Investing inHumanCapitalthroughimprovedhealth Health 173

MINISTRY OF HEALTH 05 GG+ recommendation. However, there is an urgent need to develop clear guidelines on the flow of information and linkage among the QA system and the functional units in the Ministry and standardize all supplies. For more reliable information on any area of health in the country, the Health Management Information System (HMIS) was revised resulting in the introduction of a new system in April 2003. It is steadily improving and will gradually integrate the few remaining parallel reporting systems and enable linkage with other systems. The use of HMIS as a management tool would, however, need to be further institutionalized. With the advent of IT, modern IT driven medical technologies have been made possible and the Ministry has introduced telemedicine which has tremendous scope for expansion and improvement. Further, IT has also enabled more efficient health service delivery and management and which needs to be improved further.

C. Strategy The Health sector strategies for the Programme emphasizes ensuring the quality of health services, development of human and institutional capacity, decentralization, sustainability and uniformity of health services; Specifically, attention will be given to setting standards for both human resource and medical and diagnostic services for each level of health facility. Quality assurance systems are to be instituted at all levels of diagnostic services and facilities and cost-benefit analysis undertaken before introducing new services and technologies; The Human Resource Development Master Plan would be revised based on assessment of system needs and design. Managerial capacity would be strengthened through appropriate trainings and appropriate career ladder system developed in line with Position Classification System (PCS). Focus would be on developing an incentive mechanism for the pool of civil service in Ministry of Health with the focus on medical personnel; During the 10FYP accelerated Human Resource Development will be pursued to build the critical pool of clinical personnel required to close the existing HR gaps through increased scholarships for MBBS and other medical fields. At the same time, appropriate deployment of human resources would be pursued to meet the required skill mix and addressing the shortages through short-term recruitment from neighboring countries; Support Continued Medical Education to ensure that the health workers are kept up-dated with the new developments that helps the health workers to adapt to and be breast of the changes/evolutions taking place in the medical field so that the services provided are in keeping with the International best practices; Establish a system to attach the general doctors with the specialist before sending them for specialization courses; Ensure that at any point of time, a minimum of three doctors along with the required set of nurses and para-medical personnel are deployed in every district hospital; During the 10FYP period, at least few Dzongkhags will be provided with officials with masters in Public Health as Dzongkhag Health Officer to eventually have all the Dzongkhag Health Sector

174 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 n iw f utiaiiy n uiomt o hat srie, h fl cptlzto and D capitalization full the services, health of uniformityand outsourcing options would explored. be for and medical diagnostic services selective and mechanisms sharing appropriatecost pursued, vigorously be sustainability would BHTF of operationalization of view and In re-designing on be also would Focus Plan. Tenth the maintenance in of information health system; and focus priority a receive would Improvement and expansion of IT infrastructure and facilities both at the center and the periphery of that cases the are currently referred outside; abroad. In the 10 FYP, cases renewed referral effortswill be made the to increasereducingthe capacity help totreat would in-house more specialists super and specialists of training Post-graduate other any feasible modalities/scheme with admissionsor open to foreign both and nationalPartnership students; Private Public under base institutional the as JDWNRH with country the in established be shall college medical a Further, courses. degree offering Health Public and MINISTRY OF HEALTH 1 agency for programme. this All Divisions /Units/Sections under the Secretariat of the Ministry of Health will be Institutional Arrangements the implementing E. ManagementArrangements another Health Training Centre in the country other and nurses increase to health support made officials through increased will intake at theefforts RIHS asRUB, well as throughand the introductionRIHS of the like agencies key other with headed by officials with masters degree in PublicHealth. Under closecoordination and collaboration services Quality healthcare . ResultsFramework Outcome Subject to availability ofresourcesSubject outsideplan budget enhanced HR capacity strengthened Use ofICT enhanced based decision Evidence enhanced and capacity QA instituted Output and conferenceparticipation workshops/seminars Relevant diploma andcertificateleveltrainings specialization coursesaswell Long andshorttermtrainings–SpecialisationSuper ICT facilities/servicesexpansion compilation, analysis,utilization development, improvementandintegrationofdataflow, Health informationunitservicesimprovement&system interventions inthecountry Evidence basedhealthplanningandcost-effective Quality assuranceandstandardization 1 . The RIHS shallbe upgraded to a college of Nursing Projects/Activities 175

MINISTRY OF HEALTH 05 Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Health Information Unit 10.200 2 Information Communication Technology 10.500 3 Quality Assurance and Standardization Division 6.500 4 Policy and Planning Support Services 4.000 Total 31.200

MoH/02: Health Promotion and Disease Prevention and Control Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Health 2 Linkage to National Development : Investing in Human Capital through improved health Objectives & Strategies 3 Expected Results : Reduction in the incidence of communicable diseases. 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 4: Reduce child mortality; MDG Goal 5: Improve Maternal Health MDG Goal 6: Combat HIV/AIDS, Malaria and other diseases. MDG Goal 7: Target 10: Halve the proportion of people without sustainable access to safe drinking water and basic sanitation SDG Goal 9: Maternal health SDG Goal 10: Child health SDG Goal 11: Affordable health-care SDG Goal 12: Improved hygiene and Public health SDG Goal 18: Accetable level of water and soil quality 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Nation-wide 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing/New : Ongoing/New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 – 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 653.112 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 653.112 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Health 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Public Health 14 Documents Available : Annual Health Report 2006, Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis Acute Respiratory Infection (ARI) and Diarrhoeal Diseases (DD) are still the major causes of morbidity in the country despite the vast improvements in the situation of safe drinking water suppy and sanitation facilities across the country. Tuberculosis also remains quite rampant even as the case loads have come down significantly from past years. The number of HIV/AIDS cases is

176 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF HEALTH secure help to progress adopted towards Plus and MDG targets: health MDG these be will strategies following The sector. health the PlusTargetsfor MDG certain identified has Government Royal the 2015, before them overachieve possibly and MDGs the manyforof track on well BhutanAsis MDGs. provisions the the of beyond extend that goals health priority other are there Further, MDGs. non-health other of achievement the on bearing health sector. A large percentage targets of MDG are all health related also targets and have a huge Of the eight to MDGs be achieved 2015, till three directly fall within the immediate concern of the C. Strategy and onfocus analysis risk surveillance ratherinterventions. specific than making disease NCDs are on an increase. There isalso a need to develop an overall strategy for NCD prevention to precise no are country.the in There NCDs of prevalence the However,find thatconducted studiestonoted been has expanded.it further coverage its and improved sustained, services be healthcare to primary have time, would same the At facilities. level care tertiary the of expansion the to educate the general public on these aspects and build capacity to deal with such diseases through a growing burden disease that is difficult and costly to treat. Preventivemeasures bemust initiated Moreover, lifestyle related diseases amongst the Bhutanese population are now increasingly rapidly, be to need activities control and intensified. prevention therefore and concern health public significant a like dengue,vector Japanesebornediseases azar andEncephalitiskala leishmaniasis (JE), remain Similarly,concerns. caused has years recent the over mortality and morbiditycausing breaks out remains to be done. Diseases like malaria has been contained to a large extent but a number of focal While there has been signficant progress made in containingseveral communicable diseases, much information inasystematic manner. of use and collation and gathering data the intensifying and capacity RIHS the strengthening by that hinder the delivery of health Itservices. may be possible to mitigate these issues to some extent critical. Thebe inadequacy of human resources andvital information systems also remain major issues to will un-reached relatedthe reach complicationsto strategies Developingcancer. of cervical and management health reproductive and prevention health, reproductive adolescent and There theisalso need tofurther strengthen strategies and activitiesthat focus onsafe motherhood strengtheningand further of Emergencyfacilities. Care Obstetric (EmOC) institutional deliveries (i.e., deliveries attended by trained attendants)birth through the expansion and neonatal a greatdepend mortality will on deal how successfully isthe country able to increase maternal reducing in challenge important An standards.international to compared high remain the children, and mothers ofstill rates (U5MR) MortalityUnder Five and health (IMR) InfantMortality (MMR), MortalityMaternal the improving in made progress tremendous the Despite public concern. health significanta Aprilof posing as 2008 detected have year.been cases 144 ofincreasingtotalevery A • of perinatal services to the other regional hospitals and strengthening public health health public strengthening and hospitals regional other system; surveillance the to services perinatal of incidences, expansion services deliveries, institutional up nutritional diarrhoeal scaling Immuinization, and Child Universal sustaining practices and care ARI child feeding, of breast enhancing reduction and promoting through children of health Improving 177

MINISTRY OF HEALTH 05 • Improving the health of women, especially mothers through expansion and improvement of various health services like intensifying safe motherhood initiatives, promoting nutrition for mothers and newborn, expansion and improvement of postnatal and perinatal services, promoting reproductive health, expansion of Basic and Comprehensive Emergency Obstetric Care etc; • Developing and enhancing institutional capacity to prevent and control communicable and non-communicable diseases including life style related diseases and promoting healthy life style amongst the general citizens, expansion and intensification of HIV/AIDs control activities through preventive approach; • Improving and strengthening rapid response system through implementing International Health Regulations (IHR) and building support facilities like laboratory services and mobilisation of multi-stakeholder support including cross border collaboration; • Pooling of resources and following an integrated approach to all advocacy and awareness related to Health; • Expansion and sustaining rural water supply and sanitation programmes and community health programmes, support planning and implementation of urban water supply and ensure that water supply is fit for human consumption through regular monitoring of drinking water quality; and • Introduction and strengthening of Zoonotic disease control and Workers Health programme.

D. Results Framework

Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Morbidity and Acute Respiratory Infections and ARI and CDD control through focused mortality due to Diarrhoea incidence reduced intervention on diseases such as pneumonia, communicable diarrhea, avian influenza etc diseases reduced Effective control and response mechanism to health pandemic/ International Health and Rapid response : disaster put in place Leprosy control through strengthened TB & Leprosy case detection and surveillance and sustained elimination Enhance management strengthened capacity for prevention and early detection control of Tuberculosis Halt and reverse the spread of HIV National HIV/AIDS and STIs control through and STIs advocacy and awareness Expansion and strengthening of Vector-borne Increased coverage of vector-borne disease control capacity diseases prevention and treatment Sustain and carry out effective Vaccination to control and prevent vaccine Preventable Enhanced immunization coverage Diseases and awareness on Communicable Information and Communication services for Diseases advocacy and awareness on general health issues and prevention of illness Health Research and Epidemiology

178 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF HEALTH Indicative Cost extended to Dzongkhags and for Gewogs collectiveeffort the to fight against such diseases. be will support technical Central disease. containing the in role lead the take will projects disease communicable respective after looks that unit implementing individual agency. the The is Health The Ministry of Healthwill be the executing agency forthis programme andInstitutional Arrangements the Department of Public E. ManagementArrangements 6 5 4 3 2 1 sanitation coverage andsafe Universal RWSS diseases reduced non-communicable mortality dueto Morbidity and # Information &Communication Bureau FoodandNutritionProgramme EnvironmentalHealthProgramme DPR andLSRDProgramme Comprehensive SchoolHealthProgramme ARI, CDDProgramme successfully. and unreachedareasintroduced Alternative technologiesfordifficult sustained over90% Water andsanitationprogramme Awareness onNCDenhanced. strengthened Quality oflaboratoryservices strengthened Workers‘ Healthservices reduced Incidence ofZoonoticDiseases strengthened School healthadvocacy strengthened Village HealthWorkers services Mental healthservicesstrengthened Reduced incidenceofdisability Nutritional statusimproved enhanced Reproductive Healthservices Description ofProjects/Activities for technicalbackstopping Public HealthEngineeringServicesstrengthening Epidemiology Capacity dev. ForHealthResearchand Information&Communicationservices forensic lab. Construction ofPublicHealthLaboratoryand Workers‘ Health Zoonotic DiseasesControl through ComprehensiveSchoolHealth Awareness andadvocacyonhealthissues for communityoutreach Expansion ofVillage HealthWorker‘s programme Mental Health related DiseaseControl Disability Prevention,Rehabilitation,Lifestyle- regulation andfortification Food Safety&Nutritionenhancedthrough increase institutionaldeliveryetc Reproductive Health:advocacyandawareness, Indicative Cost (Nu. inmillion) 2.500 30.769 3.047 34.800 1.750 14.250 179

MINISTRY OF HEALTH 05 7 National Leprosy Control Programme 7.763 8 Mental Health Programme 16.500 9 National HIV/AIDS and STI Control Programme 87.530 10 Public Health Laboratory 80.900 11 Religion and Health Programme 2.400 12 Research & Epidemiology Unit 3.754 13 Reproductive Health Programme 148.330 14 International Health & Rapid Response Unit 8.090 15 Public Health Engineering Division 47.717 16 Tuberculosis Control Programme 53.441 17 Vector borne Diseases Control Programme, Gelephu 42.071 18 Village Health Workers Programme 12.020 19 Vaccine Preventable Disease Control Programme 44.980 20 Zoonotic Disease Control Programme 1.500 21 Workers Health Programme 9.000 Total 653.112

MoH/03: Diagnostic and Curative Services Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : Health 2 Linkage to National : Investing in Human Capital through improved health Development Objectives & Strategies 3 Expected Results : Diagnostic and curative services improved for better health outcomes

4 Relevant MDG & SDG : MDG Goal 4: Reduce child mortality; MDG Goal 5: Improve Maternal Health MDG Goal 6: Combat HIV/AIDS, Malaria and other diseases. SDG Goal 9: Maternal health SDG Goal 10: Child health SDG Goal 11: Affordable health-care SDG Goal 12: Improved hygiene and Public health

5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Nation-wide 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing/New : Ongoing/New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 – 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 3,637.840 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 3,637.840 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Health (MoH) 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Medical Services, MoH 14 Documents Available : Annual Health Report, Sector Tenth Plan

180 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF HEALTH wouldactivities these health pursued priorities: be infulfilling system into the mainstream health care delivery medicine system. traditional integrateThe and following services specificcurative strategies and infrastructure, ordiagnostic ofstrategic health reach and consolidate improvequality to be would Plan Tenth the for priorities strategic broad The C. Strategy strengthened to need be further.will andcare.diagnosisqualityThis alternativeconsideredhigh viableto a accessenhance tobeen has Hence,option.telemedicine referralphysical the climatehindersharsh and terrain rugged highly The required. is system referral efficient anBhutan in specialists of number limited the to Owing toneed increase production of traditional medicine inline with increase the demand. intheir a through distributed distribution system similar to and the distribution of allopathic country drugs and vaccines. However,the there is within a manufactured are drugs traditional required The PresentlyMenpasand42 thereareDrungtsos working Dzongkhags.30 centrethe at as wellthe as expanded toneed be include of other emergencies aspects like SARS,avian influenza, etc. major with crisis situationsdeal in to an organized ill-equipped and rapidare manner. them Theof existing emergency medicalmost strategy would exists, facilities care health of network good a essentialbe with various Dzongkhag hospitals requiring X-ray and ultrasound facilities too. While also would chronicdiseases other and cancerfor Improvedhospitals.services Referral diagnostic at equipment MRI and Regional other forconsidered CT be to provisions need suchHospitalmay andNational install Referral the to able been have authorities health The proposed. been has flu. Hence,the construction of bio-safety level -3 (BSL-3) level public healthlaboratory in Thimphu capacity has become even more important with the threat of recent epidemics like SARS and avian formDiagnostic services the main component of the curative Increased health services. diagnostic and efforts requiredgiven the known well last effect. mile basic health facilities and reaching the unreached to ofenaccess have notproves do that mostcommunities un-reached demandingand distant in still aretermsHowever, there of services. resources care health quality to improvedaccess and infrastructure health existing the to on added further Trashigang,Dagana, PhuentsholingHospital the and TrongsaGeneral and hospitals,have district Hospital, Referral Regional Mongar the Hospital, Wangchuck Referral National Dorji Jigme the of upgradation or and construction the of completion considerably.improved the With has care hospitals, 176 BHUs and 485 ORCs across the country, access to primary, secondary as well tertiary access to primary health services is already fairly high and been sustained at over 90%. WithRemarkable achievementssome have 29 been made In terms of expanding health coverage.service Physical B. SituationalAnalysis • • • ntttoa ad ua rsuc cpct ad s o mdr tcnlg sc as such technology modern of use and capacitytelemedicine to overcome geographical and other to barriers care; health resource human and institutional enhanced through services care health tertiary and secondary primary,Improvement of anduse sustainability of structures; the efficient for structures multi-purpose construct to pooled are ORCs of constructions for Liaising and coordinating with other sectors/partners to ensure that resources provisioned of provisioningequipments and suppliesand IT, to improveservices; efficiency and includingeffectiveness of technologies modern of use the through country the Consolidation of health services and improving health care capabilities and facilities across 181

MINISTRY OF HEALTH 05 • Expansion and improvement of various health infrastructures including construction of Regional Referral Hospital in Gelephu, construction and renovation of district hospitals, Public Health Laboratory, detoxification unit etc; • Desiginating and establishment of regional referral hospitals/district hospitals as centres of excellence ( specilisation) in certain services like children hospital, tropical diseases, cancer etc; • Establishment of Regional Bio-medical Engineering Centres to ensure timely back up service and providing adequate trained manpower for timely maintenance services; • Standardisation of facilities and services including supplies in all health centres to allow better planning, intervention and provide quality services at all times; • Improving institutional capacity to diagnose, manage and treat various diseases and reduce the ex-country referral cost; • Introducing new technology in diagnostic and curative services and para-medical services on a pilot basis and expansion of ambulance services throughout Bhutan; • Establishment of Bhutan Institute of Medical Scence (BIMS) using JDWNRH as a base under PPP or any other feasible models. This will be done through a parliamentary act to ensure that the institute is provided with a legal basis to function independently for efficiency and effectiveness; In short of an act, the JDWNRH shall be granted autnomonus status; • Outsource select diagnostic services and support private sector participation in providing private tertiary health care services in line with clearly defined standards and guidelines framed by the Health Ministry; • Promote niche market for traditional medicine services and develop it as a centre of excellence to promote medical tourism; • Corporatisation of the Pharmaceutical and Research Unit(PRU) to provide necessary flexibility for greater cost effectiveness and expansion; • Enhancing patient care service and accountability by the health personnel in treating patients; and • Inorder to address the shortage of trained nurses and other medical technicians in the country, options for establishment of another Health Training Institute will be kept open to allow prospective PPP/FDI investors to invest in the project or for funding through additional resource mobilization.

182 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF HEALTH institutional support for implementing activities. the under Services Medical of and technical the providewould hospitals and divisions health Department the Particular Health. of Ministry by the executed and managed be will programme The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D improved services and curative Diagnostic . ResultsFramework Outcome services strengthened Indigenous hospital expanded strengthened and Telemedicine services country referral Reduced casesofex- strengthened management andservices Referral hospital strengthened improved andclinicalcare Hospital basedservices acquired infections Reduced hospital paramedic introduced to allhospitalsand ambulances provided Atleast twofunctional improved health infrastructure Quality andreachof supplies and adequatemedical Health facilitieswithtimely Output strengthening National Traditional Medicine Hospitalservice Referral Hospitals Constructing andenhancingthefacilitiesofRegional Improvement ofvariousservicesattheJDWNRH improve qualityofservices Expansion of Telematics servicestoincreaseaccessand Improving andexpansionofRadiologyservices Expansion ofClinicalLaboratoryandBloodbankservices services capacity Development andenhancingtheEmergencyMedical Enhancing thequalityandaccesstoNursingservices Services Improvement andexpansionofPerinatalMedicine Enhancing capacitytodealwithDiabetichealthissues services Increasing accessandimprovingqualityofOralHealth Expansion andimprovementofPrimaryEyeCareservices Management Control ofInfection&improvingHospitalWaste Para medicsand Ambulance services expansion ofhealthservicesandfacilities Health Infra.Improvement,consolidationandselect Building thecapacityforHERM Supply ofDrugs,Vaccine &Equipment Projects/Activities 183

MINISTRY OF HEALTH 05 Indicative Costs

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) 1 Clinical Laboratory and Blood Bank Services 11.81 2 Central Regional Referral Hospital, Gelephu 17.017 3 Diabetic Care Services 13.70 4 Drugs, Vaccines and Equipment Division 1137.375 5 Essential Medicine and Technology Division 35.0453 5 Emergency Medical Services 22.50 6 Primary Eye Services 3.50 7 Health Telematics 25.50 8 Bio-Medical Engineering Unit 19.803 9 Health Infrastructure Development & Projects 1918.73 10 Patient Safety, Infection Control and Health Care Waste 20.50 Management 11 National Traditional Medicine Hospital 2.695 12 Jigme Dorji Wangchuck National Referral Hospital 60.606 13 Mongar Regional Referral Hospital 72.3797 14 Western Regional Referral Hospital, Paro 100.00 15 Nursing Services 8.50 16 Oral Services 10.00 17 Perinatal Medicine Services 12.50 18 Pharmaceutical and Research Unit of Traditional Medicine* 57.94 19 Radiology Services 3.98 20 District Health Services Programme 5.00 21 Ambulance Services 78.75 22 Medical College Total 3,637.840

* The PRU is to be corporatised and projected subsidy of Nu 170m is to be met from general government subsidy maintained under the Ministry of Finance.

Major Infrastructure Projects:

Major Infrastructure Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) Gelephu Referral hospital construction (150 beds) 594.400 Samtse hospital construction (40 beds) 133.330 Tsirang hospital construction (20 beds) 55.940 Wangdue hospital construction (20 beds) 69.590 Haa hospital construction (20 beds) 38.890 Sibsoo hospital construction (20 beds 73.780 Bumthang hospital re-construction 43.450 Health training center, (location to be identified later) 14.810 Community Based Rehabilitation Resource center, Gidagom 14.810

184 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF HEALTH Overview A. M Programme 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Additional Work forcompletionofJDWNRH Spillover Work forJDWNRHandMRRH 9FYP SpillOverWorks forDaganaDzongkhag Dewathang Hospital Health Traing Institute Construction ofStaff QuartersforexistingHealthCentres JDWNRH Networking Traditional MedicineUnit Reproductive healthunit Detoxification Unit Publi HealthLaboratory Forensic unit Medical supplydepotatPhuentsholing Therapy unit,ITMS o H/04: Sustainability Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector

, Regulatory andMonitoring : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2002 Bhutan Medicine Act 2003, BhutanMedicalandHealth Act BHTF, DRA,BMHC, Nu. 72.184m Nu. 72.184m Five Years (2008 –2013) Ongoing/New National National SDG Goal12:ImprovedhygieneandPublichealth SDG Goal11: Affordable health-care SDG Goal10:Childhealth SDG Goal9:Maternalhealth MDG Goal6:CombatHIV/AIDS,Malariaandotherdiseases. MDG Goal5:ImproveMaternalHealth MDG Goal4:Reducechildmortality sustained All healthsuppliesandservicesregulated Investing inHumanCapitalthroughimprovedhealth Health Total 1,918.73 121.180 180.000 52.810 40.000 140.000 200.000 44.300 31.899 20.000 34.000 5.441 10.100 185

MINISTRY OF HEALTH 05 B. Situational Analysis The cost of vaccines and drugs currently accounts for a significant amount of all expenditures in the health sector. To establish the provisioning of health services on a sustainable footing for the future, the Royal Government established the Bhutan Health Trust Fund to finance the purchase of essential drugs and vaccines. The primary objective of the Fund is to ensure sustainable and timely availability of resources for the highest priority health care service components. By ensuring the sustainable financing of essential drugs and vaccines through the BHTF, the RGoB can re-direct the national health budget to other key elements of public health care or in developing human resources and strengthening infrastructure. The Trust fund has grown to USD 21.719 million with contributions from development partners, individuals, other foundations and general public. The Fund however is yet to meet its target of 24 million to become fully operational and sustain its operation. So far the Trust fund has supported some of important health initiatives like the nation wide measles rubella vaccination and Hep-B vaccination. In order to regulate and monitor the quality of health services and drugs in the country, the Bhutan Medical and Health Council and the Drug Regulatory Authority have been instituted. So far these agencies have been instituted under the Ministry of Health but it is only rational to separate these agencies to emerge as fully autonomous entities. Further, there is a need to revise the composition of the members to avoid possible conflict of interest between the regulatory role and the implementing role that some of the members of BMHC plays. These agencies currently lack the necessary manpower to effectively fulfill their mandates.

C. Strategy Sustained efforts will be put in to mobilize the additional resources required to meet the target of USD 24 million to fully operationalise the Health Trust Fund through organization of fund mobilization campaigns as well as inviting development partners and well wishers to contribute to the fund. The health trust fund will be utilized to finance purchase of essential drugs and vaccines. Other strategies for the programme over the Tenth Plan incude: • Delinking the Drug Regulatory Authority from the Ministry of Health and institutional strengthening and capacity building of the former will be done to allow it to function effectively; • Outsourcing of non-medical services to foster public-private partnership and improve efficiency of health professions and explore possibility of cost sharing mechanism on selective health services; • The Authority will work towards the enforcement of relevant provisions of the Bhutan Medicine Act 2003 and register all products and test at least about 25% these products on an annual basis; • The Authority will also establish institutional linkages with ex-country regulatory authorities and also establish a National External Quality Assurance Scheme; • The Bhutan Medical and Health Council shall also be de-linked from the Ministry and operate as an independent council. It will review membership of the council as provisioned by the act and recommend necessary changes to enable the council to become fully

186 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF HEALTH Indicative Costs DRA. and BMHC forHealth autonomyindependence attainmentof and the offacilitating for responsible be will Ministry the However,programme. this of delivery for Regulatory responsible Drug be the will Authority and Council Health and Medical Bhutan Fund, Trust Health Bhutan The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D and vaccinesensured higher andsafedrugs medical servicesand Greater standardsof vaccines atalltimes essential drugsand Sustained supplyof 3 2 1 . ResultsFramework # • Drug Regulatory Authority Bhutan MedicalandHealthCouncil Bhutan Health Trust Fund Outcome Act 2002to ensure quality and accountability. Further, the Council shall enforce the provisions of the Bhutan Medical and Health Council and registered are country the council;by certified and the in practioner medical all that ensure be and work shall also will act the by provisioned as orientationanddeveloped undertake and sensitization workshops/meetings. Council The guidelines and standards Necessary independent. Description ofProjects/Activities Bhutan 2003enforced Provisions oftheMedicine Act ofkingdom registered and allmedicalHealthprofessions Role andcompositionoftheBMHCrevised and functionsasanindependentagency BMHC andDRA de-linkedfromtheMinistry Health Trust Fundfullyoperationalised Output Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) of medicalsuppliesandservices Authority andincreasedregulation De-linking ofDrugRegulatory Kingdom ofBhutan2003 enforcement of The Medicine Act of Strengthening BMHCandeffective target fund mobilisatioontomeetthe Bhutan Health Trust Fundcapital Projects/Activities 72.184 61.784 8.300 2.100 187

MINISTRY OF HEALTH 05 188 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 189 190 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS majorityofWith issues.the heritage integrateandactively culture not does contextthat a outside of concieved be cannot Bhutan in development sustainable meaningful that evident clearly is It environmental sustainability. could negativelywhich impact on environment the been commitmentthrough weakeninga ofof social to erosion has further ethos sustainability, the cultural environmental maintaining This for force life. potent of a formsremains and all for sanctity deep a accords which systems belief local the in standing sacred highly a enjoys environment natural The environment.natural rich Additionally, Bhutanese culture has a vital role to play in helping protect and conserve the country’s country’sthe richcultural heritage alive and vibrant. cultural industries can not only generate substantial social and economic returns but also help keep poverty reduction through the promotion of cultural industries. The promotion of awide range of Moreover, Bhutan’s cultural resources represent a major opportunity for employment creation and from somesociety of negative the impact of globalisation. Bhutanese cushion to antidote effective an provides and harmony and bonds social strengthens that valueshuman sound of source perennial a unity.is cultureandaddition,identity nationalIn building for basis strong a provides it that given progress socio-economic and country’s survival the relevance of culture to development outcomes cannot understated.be It is deemed vital for the Bhutan’s cultural heritage has always been accorded a high priority on the development agenda and B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. MHCA/01: Preservation andPromotionofCultural Heritage 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan centers, DzongkhagandGewog Administrations of Performing Arts, NationalLibrary, otherunitsandheritage National Museum,Trongsa Tadzong Museum,Royal Academy Department ofCulture,FolkHeritageMuseum,CultureCenter, Department ofCulture(MinistryHome&Cultural Affairs) Nu. 1,746.500m Nu. 1,746.500m Five Years (2008–2013) New National General Bhutanesepopulationandinternationalvisitors traditional values preservation andpromotionofnation’s richculturalheritageand The qualityoflifeinBhutanenrichedandenhancedthroughthe GNH fortheholisticwellbeingandhappinessofallBhutanese Preservation and promotion of cultural heritage as a core pillar of Culture 191

MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS 06 Bhutanese still strongly guided by socio-cultural traditions that have evolved over centuries, the promotion of cultural heritage within modern development policies confers distinctive advantages and benefits. However, the adaptation of ancient traditions to the particular challenges and needs of current times is fraught with pitfalls and addressing this poses major challenges. A careful but liberal and sustainable balance has to be maintained between the existing cultural traditions and emerging changes and alterations in culture without allowing globalisation forces to upset the balance. One acute challenge pertaining to this relates to the lack of skilled professionals in the field of conservation of Bhutan’s cultural heritage. There is also the need for renovation and conservation for many temple and Dzongs which are constrained by the lack of resources. Additionally, the absence of adequate legal framework for the protection of cultural heritage is another of key challenge that must be addressed in the culture sector.

C. Strategy The Department of Culture under the Ministry of Home and Culture Affairs continuously strives to preserve and promote Bhutan’s rich and unique cultural heritage. The long-term objective for the Department of Culture is to integrate holistically the preservation, promotion and development of the cultural heritage of Bhutan into all areas related to sustainable development. Towards fulfilling the above objective, the first strategic objective will be to preserve, develop, promote and sustain the national cultural and literary heritage. This shall be carried out through inventorying and documentation of cultural heritage, introduction of proper and relevant legislation, establishment of a cultural center and institutes, promotion of cultural tourism, mapping, and classification of Bhutan’s tangible and intangible heritage, building expertise for architectural conservation, establishment of new museums and reinforcement of existing museums, documentation, conservation, promotion and development of traditional and contemporary performing arts, improvement of libraries, and archives. The second strategy will focus on the production of audio-visual, television, radio and films that will promote interest and make people aware of cultural issues and activities. The national television and radio will be utilised to air and promote these shows. The third strategy will be to establish proper networks, national, regional and international through the application of information and communication technologies. The fourth strategy shall be to establish institutional linkages, promote and support cultural exchange, workshops and meetings between Bhutan and different countries and regions.

192 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS D values and traditional cultural heritage of nation’s rich and promotion preservation through the Bhutanese of livesall of thequality Enhancement Enrichment and . ResultsFramework Impact audiences and international the Bhutanese created among and literaryheritage Bhutan’s cultural Appreciation for promoted preserved and heritage ofBhutan Intangible cultural developed preserved and documented, cultural properties Immovable and privateowners Dzongs, Lhakhangs Thugtens) of properties (Kusung Movable cultural Protection of preservation and Documentation promoted strengthened and spiritual institutions Bhutan's culturaland Outcome Development and Library Museums Promotion Conservation and Cultural Heritage Intangible Development Conservation and Cultural Heritage Immovable Promotion Conservation and Heritage Movable Cultural Development Cultural Output Promotional activities conducted Research &publicationscarried out Human Resourcedeveloped Branch (field)unitsestablished inselectedDzongkhags Adequate infrastructuredeveloped acquisition anduserserviceinformation Management InformationSystem(MIS)inplacetodocumentall Adequate audiovisualequipmentprovided Training onperformingartsconducted Documentation/research onPerformingartsandfestivals Infrastructure ofRoyal Academy ofPerforming Arts improved international visitors Major heritagesitesdevelopedforlocalpilgrimsand Site in Thimphu constructed A Royal Theatre andNationalGalleriesattheCulturalHeritage heritage sitesdeveloped Technical guidelinemanualforconservationofarchitectural architectural sitesestablishedinlocaltechnicalinstitutes Curriculum ontheconservationandmanagementof heritage inBhutancreatedtogeneralpublicandstudents Awareness onconservationandpromotionofarchitectural Professionals trainedinthefieldofconservationheritagesites cultural heritagesitesandnationalpropertiesprepared Information onthetangibleandintangibleaspectsofBhutan’s Heritage Act forprotectionofheritagesitesinBhutanprepared sites completed Documentation andclassificationofculturalnaturalheritage properties inBhutancompleted cultural andnaturalheritagesitesnational Preparation andimplementationofconservationplansfor protection formulated Policy guidelines,documentsand Acts forpreservationand Precious culturalpropertiesrestoredandprotected documented All movableculturalpropertiesofBhutanwellinventoriedand Culture ExchangeProgrammesorganized BIMSTEC RegionalCulturalObservatoryestablished College fornunsconstructed for nuns An internationalBuddhistUniversityestablished.Fundsraised Projects/Activities 193

MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS 06 E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Department of Culture shall be the overall coordinating agency for planning, implementing and monitoring of projects and activities of culture sector. The individual agencies will be responsible for implementing their specific projects/activities. These agencies include Folk Heritage Museum, Culture Center, National Museum, Trongsa Tadzong Museum, Royal Academy of Performing Arts, National Library, other units and heritage centers, Dzongkhag and Gewog Administrations and Dratshang/Rabdeys. The Department of Culture will also collaborate with agencies like the Department of Tourism, Royal Bhutan Police, RCSC, Department of Information Technology, Department of Revenue and Customs, Institute of Zorig Chusum, Department of Information Technology, Ministry of Education, Royal University of Bhutan and other relevant stakeholders for conservation, promotion, and protection of cultural properties and values.

Indicative Cost

Description of Indicative Cost Description of Activities Projects (Nu. in million) 1.Reverification and a.Photograph and maintain 90% of the movable cultural Classification of properties in seven dzongkhags 1.000 National treasures 2.Restoration and a.Restoration and Conservation of 10 wall paintings Conservation b.Restoration and Conservation of 30 thangkhas 2.500 c.30 clay images restored and conserved 3.Training and a.Train 8 in conservation of cultural properties, from those Awareness rabdeys that were not trained by the Honolulu Academy of arts 2.000 b.Conduct 10 awareness campaigns in 20 dzongkhags on the importance of safeguarding and conserving cultural properties. 4. Research a. Computerization of all records on cultural properties Documentation and b.Distribution of digital records to dzongkhags of their Publication 2.000 respective cultural properties c.Research and publication on important cultural properties 5. Regulation and a.Design of showcase for ‘Nangtens’ Safety 2.000 b. Development of guidebooks for most sacred neys 9.500 1.Inventory of all a.Compilation of inventory for all cheritage sites in 20 aspects of cultural dzongkhags 5.500 heritage sites b.Documentation of 5 major dzongs and 5 major vernacular sites which are in danger of disappearing or changing 2.Conservation/ a.Wangduephodrang Dzong 200.000 Renovation and b.Paro Dzong (Rinpung) 100.000 Development of Dzongs c. Lhuentse Dzong (including construction of drashag) 120.000 d. Daga Trashiyangtse Dzong, Dagana (including construction 125.000 of Drashag) e. Gasa Trashithongmi (ongoing/spillover) 56.000

194 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS techinical backstopping Instrument and 10.Regulatory, Policy heritage sites conservation needsat and awarenessof 9.Promotional Publication Documentation and 8.Research and heritagevillages vernacular architecture 7.Conservation of Bhutan World heritagesitesin 6.Establishment of Two Cultural Center 5. Establishmentof sites Archaoelogical heritage establishment of 4.Conservation and Dzongs 3.Construction of development communication system 1.Information Bhutan a.Developed Heritage Act forprotectionofheritagesitesin conservation ofarchitecturalheritage d.Publication anddistributionoftechnicalguidelinemanual for Zorig ChusumInstitute architectural sitesinRoyalBhutanInstituteof Technology and c.Introduce curriculumonconservationandmanagement of competition amongstudentsandpublics b.Workshops, awareness campaigns,publicationandorganise professionals trainedinternationally a.3 Training workshopsonconservation ofheritagesitesand5 traditional architecture c.Compile listoftraditionalskilledworkersinthefield aspects oftraditionalarchitecture b.Documentation andpublicationofTangible andintangible national culturalpropertiesarepublished a.Documentation onBhutan’s culturalheritagesitesand a.Conservation ofvernaculararchitectureandheritagevillages a. DocumentationandPreparation site sector withGNHHappinesscentreunitattheCulturalCentre c. Constructionandestablishmentofofficesforthecultural Cultural Centresitein Thimphu b.Establishment ofRoyal Theatre andNationalGallariesatthe Thimphu offices forDCAHandDCP attheCulturalCentresitein a.Construction ofNationalConservationLaboratorywith a.Drapham, Drugyel,BangtshoandZhongkharDzongs f. MithrupaiLhakhang(Thimphu) e.Zhabkor, KurjeLhakhang d.Tsirang (ongoing/spillover) c.Chukha (ongoing/spillover) B.Sarpang ShompangkhaDzong a. PemaGatshelDzong g. PhajodingLhakhang f. ConservationofDorjiLingpa Temples iii. To developsecuritysystem inallthemuseumsandlibraries in allthemuseums ii. To furtherstrengthen theInformationtechonologyServices i. To document allacquisitionanduserserviceinformation Establishment ofIT infrasturctureinallthemuseums

100.000 200.000 250.000 65.000 25.000 1,517.2 2.300 1.200 1.700 30.000 44.000 83.500 45.000 35.000 20.000 20.850 8.000 55.800 55.550 195

MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS 06 2.Infrastructure a.Establishment of Textile academy 27.100 Development b.Office blocks and other infrastructure for: i. Folk Heritage Museum ii. National Museum (Paro) 100.000 iii. Ta-Dzong Museum Trongsa Iv.National Library 3. Research and a.Research and publication in the field of social, religion, folk Publication lifes, literacy and all aspects of tangible and intangible cultural 10.000 heritage 4. Esablishment of field a.Establish Field units in selected places for every museums 11.850 units and library 5. Promotion and a. i. To hold awareness campaigns, competitions and distribute Awareness information brochures (to be done by the respective museums and libraries) ii. Conduct special exhibitions on different themes by the 7.500 respectve museums and library Iii. Conduct exchange programmes annually in the respective museums. Promotion and Awareness 6. Acquisition of books a.Acquisition of books &Artefacts 17.500 & Artefacts 194.800 1.Infrastructure a.Construction of Amphitheatere Development 10.000 b.Construction of Principals Residence 2.Preservation and a.Development of performing programmes Promotion of Performing b.Development of Audio visual programmes Arts c.Training on Driglam 3.500 d.Exchange programmes e. Promotional activities 3.Research and a.Research and Documentation of 20 Zhungdras, 50 Boedras Documentation and 10 festivals and Legislation 3.000 b.Development appropriate Acts and Policy Documents Development

4.Procurement of a.Procurement of Equipments 7.000 Equipments 23.500 1.Establishment of a.Development of basic concept and designs International Buddhist 0.000 University 2.Establishment of a a.Fund raising campaigns fund for the nuns of 0.000 Bhutan and a college for the nuns 3.Establishment of the a.Provision of Office space and basic facilities for experts BIMSTEC Regional 1.500 Cultural Observatory 4.Promotion of International Cultural 0.000 Exchange Programme 1.500 TOTAL 1,746.500

196 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS Tenth the ImmigrationInprocedures.ofimmigrationintends simplify Department and the Plan professionalize immigration services, strengthen immigration inspection management, and improveThe main objectives ofthe Department of Immigration are to strengthenthe security ofthe country, C. Strategy and proper such infrastructure as detention centers. adequate the of areabsence the Planand Tenth act, immigration the an of manpower, in absence trained well foreseen of shortage challenges the of some made progress tangible the Despite regional of empowerment System, Information immigration offices Immigration through administrative and financial decentralization. the of locations, launch strategic in and posts development out and posts check of of Department establishment the andof establishment relocation the Immigration, were Plan Ninth the in achievements key the of Some holders. It responsible is also inprocessingCard naturalization the of foreignersGreen as Bhutanese Citizens. and refugees, Tibetan of registration annual monitoring for responsible is Division NaturalizationThe immigrants. illegal of deportation andmonitoring inspection, forresponsible is Division Inspection The etc. cards traders’ cards, dependents permit, work card, MC permits, Division isService responsible for the issue of various permits such as route permit, restricted area and has three Divisions and six tosafeguard regional immigration a responsibility offices. The has three and divisions nationalsecurity. Department The monitors areand regulates flowthe of foreigners kingdom the into thein 2004 Immigration established was Immigration of Department The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. MHCA/02: Strengthening ofImmigration Services 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Naturalization Division(DepartmentofImmigration) Immigration ServiceDivision,InspectionDivisionand Affairs) Department ofImmigration(MinistryHomeandCultural Nu. 57.000m Nu. 57.000m Five Years (2008–2013) New National General BhutanesePopulation,Non-Bhutanese Strengthened SecurityoftheCountry immigration securityandservices To safeguardnationalsecuritythroughstrengthening Immigration 197

MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS 06 to meet the above objectives through infrastructure development and capacity building at all levels. The department will also develop information sharing linkages between the head quarters, regional offices, check posts and outposts using ICT.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities Security Capacity and i. Immigration Services Strengthening of Immigration of Bhutan Efficiency of Professionalized Inspection System Strengthened the Department ii. Infrastructure Developed ii. Development and Renovation of of Immigration iii. Immigration procedures Infrastructure at HQ and Regional strengthened at simplified Offices all levels to iv. Immigration inspection iii. Strengthening of Information management strengthened Communication System

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Department of Immigration and the Regional Immigration Offices will be responsible for the implementation of the plans.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Strengthening of Immigration Inspection System 8.500 2 Infrastructure Renovation for Existing HQ 16.500 3 Infrastructure development for Regional Offices 25.000 4 Strengthening of Information Communication System 4.000 5 Promotion, Awareness and Regulatory and Policy Instrument 3.000 Total 57.000

MHCA/03: Department of Civil Registration and Census

A. Overview

1 Sector : Civil registration and Census 2 Linkage to National Development : To safeguard national security through strengthening Objectives & Strategies immigration security 3 Expected Results : Effective and Efficient implementation of Nationality Laws, Citizenship Act, by laws and National Assemble Resolutions 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : General Bhutanese Population, Non-Bhutanese 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing or New : New

198 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS adequate officespace. The mainobjectives the for Tenth Plan are asfollows: The challenging constraints faced bythe department arethe lack of adequate staff,qualified lack of Naturalization the of Creation Card,Committee, out and of carrying the Population the and Housing Identity Census of Bhutan in2005. Citizenship readable machine System Registration issuance Civil (BCRS), Bhutan the of development information, individual of 1.2 and pages registers million family Citizenship 400 the of computerization of Dzongkhags, completion 20 the all were in Plan Exercise Authentication Ninth the during achievements key the of Some population data. of the implementation for is responsible NationalityLaws,Citizenship Acts, by-laws ofthe and National Assembly resolutions, department build and manage The the bifurcation 2004. after in Registration was established of Department Census and Registration Civil of Department The B. SituationalAnalysis procedures. RegistrationAct,CitizenshipAuthentication Civil the uniformityof about bringingthe Exercises, and dataase a of development ICT, Cards,andof resourceshumanenactment infrastructure, developmentSRPs,of Identityof issue for system Citizenship of issuance sustained BCRS, the of The strategic objectives ofthe Tenth Plan forthe Department will be metthrough the enhancement C. Strategy 14 13 12 11 10 9 • • • • • • • Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Tentative Timeframe To build comprehensive population data. To develop and infrastructure; To put relevant instruments legal inplace; To control and manage national population data; To issue nationality documents and Residence Permit Special (SRP); To streamline procedures for of better delivery services; Assembly Nationalresolutions; and by-laws Acts, Citizenship Laws, Nationality the implement To : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Department ofCivilRegistrationandCensus Ministry ofHomeandCultural Affairs Nu. 100.455m Nu. 100.455m Five Years (2008–2013) 199

MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS 06 D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Security National Laws, i.Procedures for better i.Installation of Information System of Bhutan Citizenship delivery of services ii.Issuance of Citizenship ID Cards Strengthened Acts, by-laws, streamlined iii.Improvement of Existing BCRS and, National ii. Capacity of staff built iv.Development of System of Issuance of Assembly iii.Adequate SRPs Resolutions infrastructure v.Development of Infrastructure and Human effectively developed Resources and efficiently iv.Means of vi.Research and Publication implemnted Communication and vii.Development and implementation of information sharing Policy and Regulatory Frameworks improved viii.Authentication of Citizenship and Census related cases

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Department of Civil Registration and Census will be the responsible for the implementation of the plans.

Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost #. Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) 1 Information System Installation 18.000 2 Issuance of Citizenship Identity Card 34.255 3 Improvement of existing Bhutan Civil Registration System 12.000 4 Development of System and Issuance of Special Residence Permit 2.700 5 Infrastructure Development 28.50 6 Research and Publication 1.500 7 Regulatory and Policy framework 2.000 8 Project 9: Authentication of the Citizenship and Census related aspects 1.500 Total 100.455

MHCA/04: Disaster Risk Management

A.Overview

1 Sector : Disaster Management 2 Linkage to National Development : Environment sustainability Objectives & Strategies 3 Expected Results : An effective and efficient disaster risk management mechanism established to move towards a disaster-resilient nation

200 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS Disaster School Guidelines, Management Planning Guidelines and Planning Comprehensive the Disaster Management Manual. Management Disaster Dzongkhag Guidelines, Planning and distributed such as the Draft National Disaster Management Bill,workshopsmanagementfordisasterpreparedguidelineswere conductedand planninghave been National Disaster Management consultativeof number a that Following country. the throughoutdistributed been has and 2006 The National DisasterRisk Management Framework was approved ZhungtshogLhengye theby in incoordinationactivities with relevant sectors. for disaster management at the national level. It is entrusted to coordinate all disaster management TheDepartment of Disaster Management, Ministry of Home and Cultural Affairs is thefocal agency its and people the of national development livelihood assets. and lives the safeguard and secure to framework management appropriateconsciouslyworkingantowards devising been Governmentrisk has nationaldisaster Royal the Action, forFrameworkHyogo the of adoption the and 2005 January in JapanKobe, in held (WCDR) Reduction Disaster Worldon the Conference in Bhutan of participation the Since devastation. economichumanand great cause could thatGLOFs to vulnerable highly be would that valleys in concentrated is developmentBhutan’s of infrastructure majorityand population the as pertinent particularly is This (GLOF). Floods Outburst Lake ofavast Glacial of occurrence the Bhutanto vulnerablemake highly also presence country the ofthe north the in fires. Additionally, lakes fed snow glacialand andand forest glaciers of number land-slides floods flash as such disasters natural to vulnerableinherently it make climatesextreme andconditions geologic fragile terrain, Bhutanonein lies activezonesmountain of most the ofseismically rugged world. the the Besides, B. SituationalAnalysis 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Cultural Affairs Department ofDisasterManagement,MinistryHomeand Ministry ofHomeandCultural Affairs Nu. 33.180m Nu. 33.180m Five Years (2008–2013) New National communities Vulnerable regions,dzongkhags andgewogs MDG Goal7:EnsureEnvironmentSustainability MDG Goal1:Eradicatepoverty 201

MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS 06 C. Strategy Key strategies of the Disaster Risk Management Programme are: • Create an enabling environment for disaster risk reduction through a multi-sectoral approach; • Build capacity of sectors and the dzongkhags right down to the community levels for disaster risk management; • Enhance disaster preparedness at all levels; • Strengthen response and early warning systems; • Raise awareness on disaster risk management at all levels; and • Mainstream disaster risk reduction concerns in all development activities and in all walks of socio-economic life.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities Effective and Create an enabling Disaster Management Bill, guidelines for Project 1: coordinated legislative framework planning, risk assessment, compensation Regulation and disaster for disaster risk and relief etc Policy Strategies management management preparedness, Capacity building of Capacity of national focal institutions and Project 2 :Disaster response and disaster management their staff developed information System ability to conduct responders/ Training of disaster management relief activities to professionals at all committee members, officers, cadres ensure a disaster levels resilient nation and agencies entrusted with disaster mitigation, preparedness and response related activities initiated at the dzongkhag level Capacity of local communities in disaster prevention, preparedness and response built Partnership with national, regional and international institutions for capacity building support in place Improved access to Disaster information System and data Project 3: information and data base in place Regulation and on disasters Policy Strategies Inculcate a culture of Raise public awareness on disaster risk Project 4: disaster preparedness preparedness and recovery at all levels Earthquake and risk reduction at all Risk Reduction levels of society & Recovery Preparedness Project Increase awareness and preparedness levels of all disaster management authorities/ committees and build community resilience

202 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS Indicative Cost of disaster management. Ministry Health, on initiatives various implementation ofof and planning for communities the and Dzongkhags Ministry the Education, of Ministry Agriculture, Settlement,National Environment Commission, Dzongkhag Human and Gewog Administrations etc. and and Works of Ministry as such stakeholders relevant the with collaborate coordinate and shall Department The responsible for coordination and management of disaster all management activities. be shall Affairs Cultural and Home of Ministry the in Management Disaster of Department The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 # Multi Hazard Atlas andPlans Sustainable FinancialMechanism forDisasterManagement Emergency DisasterCommunication Earthquake RiskReductionandRecoveryPreparedness Regulation andPolicyStrategies Disaster informationSystem Disaster mitigationandpreparednesstrainings developed and responseplans disaster preparedness Effective multihazard Mechanism inplace Sustainable Financial a disaster decision makingduring speedy informationand network toprovide disaster communication Establish aneffective Description ofProjects/Activities management plansdeveloped Dzongkhag andcommunitydisaster Multi-Hazard Atlas developed founded Major Disasters(EmergencyFund) established Preparedness Budget(NDMPB) National DisasterMitigationand His Majesty'sReliefFund Dzongkhags emergency communicationsinthe Operation Centresanddisaster/ Initiate establishmentofEmergency and bestpractices national andregionalinformation,lessons Facilitate sharingandexchangeof (SDMP) andtheconductofmockdrills School DisasterManagementPlan implement throughtheformulationof Raise awarenessinschoolsand Total Indicative Cost (Nu. inmillion) 33.180 3.000 2.000 4.500 6.680 2.000 2.000 13.000 Plans Hazard Atlas and Project 7:Multi Management for Disaster Mechanism Financial Sustainable Project 6: Communication Disaster Emergency/ Project 5: 203

MINISTRY OF HOME AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS 06 204 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 205 206 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS However, between coordinationservices. publicprovide to facilities ICT and based web initiated Many government agencies have web pages and internal office works computerized while some have physicalthe of needs infrastructure broadcast the industry. online public information and A services. National TV Center has also been constructed to cater to Centers(CICs) have established aboutcentersin been Gewog 39 tofacilitate community accessto InformationCommunity towns. major in offered being are technologies services ADSL VSATBroadbandand usingup. set being is city capital the in agencies public most connecting intranet Area Network (LAN) has been established in all the Dzongkhags and a Wide Area Network Local (WAN) 2008. June of as 229,000 is subscribers mobile of number The highwaysinter-linking them. majorand Dzongkhagstwenty all availablein is service Mobilecellular June2008. of as 29,000 at fixed-line telecommunications network. The number of fixed-line subscribers thein country stands fields ofthe ICTsector. All 20 Dzongkhags and 199 ofthe 205Gewogs are connected tothe national in enhancing socio-economic development and there has been significant progress made inThe Information different andCommunication Technology (ICT)sector is nowbeginning to play a key role B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. MIC/01: ICTandPostal Development 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : Report 2007 Communications &Transport SectorsinBhutan: A Special Communications andMedia Act 2006.Information, Development Project Appraisal Document, Bhutan Information, Broadband NetworkMasterPlanforBhutan,PrivateSector Guidelines fortheTenth Plan,SectorTenth Plan, National Bhutan ICTPolicyandStrategies(BIPS),Technical Department ofInformationTechnology, MoIC Ministry ofInformationandCommunications Nu. 2,330.000m Nu. 2,330.000m Five Years (2008-2013) Ongoing/New National National of poorassocialgroups SDG Goal7:Strengtheningconnectivityofpoorerregionsand information andcommunicationtechnology available thebenefitsofnewtechnologies,especially MDG Goal8:Incooperationwiththeprivatesectormake ICT andpostalservices An efficientICTbackboneandaccessinfrastructureforbasic reduction and equitablesocio-economicdevelopment)forpoverty Vitalizing IndustryandNational SpatialPlanning(Balanced Based Society Vision 2020:Emergingas aICTproficientandKnowledge Information andCommunicationsTechnology 207

MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS 07 the agencies needs to be strengthened in order to provide common platform ICT application systems both within and outside the government to optimize the benefits of ICT. E-services and e-businesses are restricted by the lack of online payment systems and very limited private sector initiatives. The ICT private sector is in its infancy and the domestic ICT market is still very small. Most of the existing ICT enterprises deal with hardware supply and maintenance. ICT business and market in the development of software products and services has yet to take off Furthermore, There is also a lack of adequate ICT and knowledge-workers. Regulatory environment to encourage the use and development of ICT has already been put in place. The Telecommunications Act was passed in 1999 and the Copyright Act in 2000. The Bhutan Information, Communications and Media Act has also been passed in 2006. The institutional capacity to regulate and support the ICT sector is also being strengthened by establishing and building up organizations with such relevant mandates. Given the current situation of the sector, there are many opportunities and challenges in developing the sector in the fields of ICT infrastructure, content and applications, human resources and ICT enterprises. For ICT to make a significant difference in the lives of the poor and also facilitate the gradual formation of a knowledge based society as envisioned in the Bhutan Vision 2020, much more remains to be done even as specific interventions are being undertaken.

C. Strategy The RGoB recognizes the imperative to harness ICTs for poverty reduction, sustainable development and the emergence of a knowledge based society. ICT can help achieve the poverty reduction target set for the Tenth Plan through its power to create and transfer knowledge, improve the efficiency and transparency of institutions and markets, and facilitate the participation and empowerment of the poor. Information access and the dissemination of ICT equitably is highly necessary to prevent the emergence of a digital divide that could actually exacerbate poverty and inequality as income and wealth in a modern society are strongly linked to those with and without information and ICT knowledge. Thus, ICT has been recognized as a tool to help reduce poverty in the Tenth Plan. The Bhutan ICT Policy and Strategies (BIPS), which gives a clear direction for the various sectors to harness the potential of ICT, have been developed and are being implemented. The Tenth Plan gives high importance to mainstream ICT in its developmental. Different sectors, both at the central and district levels, have been guided to formulate ICT- driven and projects through the ICT technical guidelines. The Department of Information Technology (DIT) will spearhead the further development of the ICT sector by improving its infrastructure with the existing network of nationwide ICT backbone network continually upgraded and expanded. The DIT will further expand nthe development of e-services. This will help improve efficiency in the flow of information between governmental agencies and speed up the service delivery to the public. Community information centers will also be established to take ICT services to the grassroots and community levels. Support for improvement of Gewog and rural mail delivery services will also be given priority. Due importance will also be given to bring up the infant ICT private sector to explore and invest in the ICT sector to generate employment, which will benefit both the private sector and job seekers. Measures to build the capacity of ICT human resources are also accorded high priority in the Tenth Plan. The establishment of business process outsourcing units (e.g. contact/call centers), cyber/IT Park and ICT Research & Training Center will be undertaken through public-private partnerships to improve the current situation of slow growth in ICT industry and the lack of ICT knowledge and skills. 208 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS relevantthe collaborate sectors will during implementation. their while Projects/Activities, the manage DIT,Communication The Information will of and Ministry Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D development socio-economic sustainable of peopleand living standards improved society, leadingto knowledge based an Informedand emergence of Gradual . ResultsFramework Impact information Timely flowof applications inuse E-governance Effective andefficient promoted employment generation ICT industrywith Vibrant growthof postal services access tobasicICT & community-level Sustainable all Gewogs delivering e-servicesto services capableof infrastructure and and affordable ICT Access toreliable Outcome communication inplace Emergency place Basic e-servicesputin proper regulation maintained through ICT servicesstandards development explored areas ofICT industry industry supportedand Private playersinICT Chiwogs Gewogs/ Postal servicestoall capacity developed centers established& Community information developed infrastructure National ICT network Output communication system Set-up emergency development Public serviceapplications applications development Government intranet Kanglung Expansion ofanIT hubin Center ICT Research& Training Establishment ofaNational Parks Establishment ofCyber/IT high valuecallcenters Support toestablishmentof services inruralareas Support provisionofpostal development the Gewogs&capacity Establishment ofCICsin all Chiwogs telecommunication servicesto Support extensionof Plan Broadband NetworkMaster Implementation oftheNational data gateway Establishment ofIn-country Projects/Activities 209

MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS 07 Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 In-country data gateway establishment 235.000 2 Implementation of National Broadband Network Master Plan 950.000 3 Establishment of Community Information Centers(CICs) in the 220.000 Gewogs 4 Support Establishment of Business Process Outsourcing 15.000 (BPO) Units 5 Establishment of -IT Parks at Wangchhutaba 200.000 6 Establishment of ICT Research & Training Center 150.000 7 E-governance 500.000 8 Expansion of an IT Hub in Kanglung 50.000 9 Support provision of postal services in rural areas 10.000 9 Support extension of telecommunication services to all 00.000 Chiwogs 10 Setting up Emergency Communication System 0.000 Total 2,330.000

MIC/02: Development of Air Transport

A. Overview

1 Sector : Air Transport 2 Linkage to National : Expanding Strategic Infrastructure for Development Objectives & balanced and equitable socio-economic development and Strategies poverty reduction 3 Expected Results : Better access to safe, reliable and efficient air transport service 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : SDG Goal 7: Strengthening connectivity of poorer regions and of poor as social groups 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : National 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing or New : Ongoing/New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 - 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 984.570 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 984.570 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Information and Communications 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Civil Aviation, MoIC 14 Documents Available : Sector Tenth Plan, Civil Aviation Master Plan, Domestic Airport Master Plan

210 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS be built also shall efficiently service up. the run Human introduceto helicopterfacilitiesandresource byproviding capacityservices. to necessary encouraged business transport air the in participation sector private and established be public-private also will through encouraged be shall Gelephu Tenthduring the partnership model atdesignated heliports Plan.Minimumandservices facilities and Bumthang Trashigang, in ports air domestic of construction The infrastructure. transport air of expansion and development the on To improve the current situation of air transport sector, the Department of Civil Aviation will focus C. Strategy construct domestic the air strips and introduce domestic country. inthe helicopter service Extra effortwill have tobe made to improvethe existing infrastructure at Paro Airport as well as to Despite concerted efforts put in duringthe Ninth Plan, domestic airservices have yet tobe launched. immigration and customs declaration forms. combining and airfare the with charges service passenger clubbing counters, immigration more providing include introduced measures Recent improved. being continuously are airport the at standards delivery Service seasons. tourist peak passengers during operated flights additional from resulting increased accommodate barely infrastructure, can operations terminal normal airport during existing The underutilized grossly airport. Paro to confined totally is five country with the agreementsin such has present at Bhutan and countries – India, Agreement Nepal, Bangladesh, Thailand and Service Myanmmar. International Air airtransport activity Bilateral the in The operation internationalof is governed rightsthe transport service by air and privileges agreed flightpermit operations into Parothe in afternoons. to cause flight disruptions and duringthe winter months until mid-May, high velocitywinds do not VisualFlight Rulesunder (VFR) daytime conditions during which only limits possible its operationalis efficiency.though Low Airport Internationalmonsoon Paro clouds into continue operation Air, Druk airoperator sole the country, the in operates destinationssix to fourin countries. Flight aviationcivil authority. autonomous an of creation the in culminate separationfuture near the in would functional process This intiated. been already has and functions navigation) air structural and (airports provider clear service and regulatory create the between to process the recommendations, (CAMP) Plan AviationMaster Civil the with line However,in times. at overlaps and ambiguities causing and air navigation Thereservices. is no clearseparation of regulator andservice providerfunctions, TheDepartment of Civil Aviation (DCA) at present isboth the regulator and provider of aerodrome in now are place. Phuentsholing Younphula and Bartsham, Bathbalathang, Geyltsa, for Plan Master Airport Domestic the and Plan Ninth the during undertaken was country the of part Southern and Central Eastern, in airports domestic construct to studies feasibility The services. transport at services Paro international airport to meet its growing requirements and to enhance safety in air improvingon the focused Ninth Plan the Activitiesduringtransport. airoperation of smooth the Even as civil aviation activities in Bhutan were intiated recently, infrastructure nowbasic exists for B. SituationalAnalysis 211

MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS 07 The development of Paro international airport shall assume a high priority in the Tenth Plan. Security and airport safety will be strengthened and navigation aid and communication technologies will be improved. The capability to respond to emergency situations will also be enhanced and permanent river protection works will be done for the safety of the airport from any disastrous risks. With the establishment of a variety of air transport services in the Tenth Plan, importance will also be given to accordingly develop safety measures like security surveillance system, emergency response and search & rescue capabilities. The exploration for bilateral, regional and international cooperation for air transport services will continue to be a regular activity in the development of the sector. The regulatory, safety and security framework will be continuously amended and aligned on an ongoing basis to achieve compliance with the latest international standards and requirements.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Contribution to Safe, reliable and Efficient aviation Review and revise existing national economy sustainable air legislative and Laws, Regulations, Standards increased transport services regulatory framework and Procedures developed and Internationally enforced Establishment of Domestic Air consistent aviation Services safety, security and Domestic air services standards in place introduced Search & Rescue, and Medical Evacuation capability Greater domestic Infrastructure and mobility among people/ facilities at Paro Development of Paro Freight International Airport International Airport expanded and Efficient and enhance Public Service Delivery at effective response to Paro Airport emergencies Air safety and emergency response Development of DCA Improved and capability enhanced Institutional Facilities increased international access

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Department of Civil Aviation, Ministry of Information and Communications will coordinate the implementation of the programme under the overall execution of the Ministry of Information and Communications.

212 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS Overview A. MIC/03: Development ofSurface Transport Indicative Cost 3.10 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.1.5 3.1.4 3.1.3 3.1.2 3.1.1 3.1 3 2.2 2.1 2 1.2 1.1 1 5 4 3 2 1 6 7 # Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Objectives & Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector Target Group Scope Establishment ofsearch&rescuecenter Development ofDCA InstitutionalFacilities Airport maintenance Improvement ofpublicservicedelivery–Paro Enhancement ofemergencyresponsecapability Strengthening airportsecurity Improve communicationandnavigationaidtechnology Procurement ofrunwaysafetyvehicles Permanent riverprotectionworks Cross runway Car parkingexpansion construction ofaircraftturningpad Strengthening ofexistingapronandtaxiways Expansion ofrunwaywidth Passenger terminalexpansion Infrastructure expansion Expansion ofParoInternational Airport (Bumthang) Acquisition ofLandandpaymentcompensation Feasibility studyandpreparationofmasterplan(Gelephu) Gelephu control tower, etc.inTrashigang, Bumthangand Construction ofdomesticairstrips,terminalbuilding, Support tooperationalizationofhelicopterservices Infrastructure developmentforhelicopterservices Establishment ofdomesticairservices Description ofProjects/Activities : : : : : : : and ofpoorassocialgroups SDG Goal7:Strengthening connectivityofpoorerregions transport services Improved accesstoefficient,safe,reliableandaffordable poverty reductionthroughimprovedtransportconnectivity Balanced andequitablesocio-economicdevelopment for Surface Transport National National Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 140.000 174.370 100.000 120.000 285.000 736.570 200.000 206.000 984.570 5.000 1.000 0.000 2.500 30.000 83.700 15.000 0.000 20.000 45.000 6.000 30.000 12.000 42.000 213

MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS 07 8 Status-Ongoing or New : New/Ongoing 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 - 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 325.400 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 325.400 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Information and Communications 13 Implementing Agencies : Road Safety and Transport Authority, Dzongkhags, Municipal Authorities, Department of Roads, Private operators 14 Documents Available : Draft Surface Transport Development Plan, Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis Surface transport is the principal mode of passenger and freight transport in the country. Demand for transport services has been increasing gradually with the increase in road network and other development activities. To streamline and integrate the transport system, the Road Safety & Transport Authority (RSTA) was established in 1997 and mandated with responsibilities related to administration of vehicle registration, roadworthiness programme, driver licensing, emission control, and monitoring and regulating passenger transport services. Transport services are delivered and enforced through the RSTA’s four regional offices, which are further supported by the base offices covering most Dzongkhags. Transport infrastructure, primarily in the form of integrated passenger terminal and bus sheds is available at the four regional offices. Passenger transport services are available in 18 of the 20 Dzongkhags with the exception of Pemagatshel and Gasa. Accessibility and equity of passenger transport services are ensured through subsidies to private operators for operation of services on non-profitable routes. Public transport services in the capital city of Thimphu have improved with Bhutan Post increasing the number of public buses to fourteen. Taxis services are also available in all urban centers in addition to personalized transport. Service delivery in the transport sector has seen significant improvements. On-line sharing of information concerning passenger transport services, vehicles, drivers and other related information are now available. Similarly, vehicle registration and roadworthiness system, driver licensing and emission testing facilities have also been streamlined and these are continuously being improved. Considering the rapid increase in the number of vehicles, road safety issues are being given due importance. Feasibility study to establish railway links to the border towns are have been undertaken and the Golden Jubilee Railway link to Phuntsholing is planned for execution in the Tenth Plan period. Despite the very important role which the transport sector plays in supporting the socio-economic development of the country, the quality, quantity and accessibility of transport infrastructure and services is still far from adequate. The sector therefore, needs improvement in several areas. Passenger transport services in remote areas are either inadequate or unreliable, mainly due to high operating cost, seasonal flow of passengers and low earnings. This is also the case for urban transport services given the dramatic increase in private vehicle ownership. Problems related to traffic congestion, high rate of road crashes and environmental pollution continues to increase. Traffic enforcement is low due to the lack of trained enforcement professionals, safety equipment and limited mobility. Road safety measures and public awareness call for greater attention, and post accident management capacity needs urgent enhancement.

214 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS transportation Other strategic fleet. be implemented activities to include: monitored and the private operators encouraged to introduce better and comfortable buses in their launched be also will in Cityother services urban centers and closely be the quality will of services models. subsidyappropriate through areas urban and routes,inter-Dzongkhag areas, remote in provide and improve to continueequitable and will affordableRGoB passenger transport the services inobjective, termsbroad of coverageabove and the frequency ofachieve services to order In transport system by minimizing constraints to mobility the of people, and goods services. to improve objective policy itsoverall by reliable,affordable,safe, convenient, to environment-friendly,access quality high responsible and be guided will activities sector transport surface The C. Strategy careful attention. the operation of automobile workshops. The delivery of public isservice yet another area requiring regulation is already in place, gaps exist in certain areas such as the lack of regulations pertaining to the national highways do not exist. Although the basic legal and policy framework for motor vehicle transportarefacilities friendly not currently provided at busand terminals public amenities along be to country.Disabled the need of regions several sheds in coverage service and better forrenovated and terminals constructed Bus inadequate. highly also is infrastructure The transport development. and surface streamlining greater requires industry logistics and freight the and high very are time travel and Transportationcosts urgent. become also has transport mass of modes the country, the in vehiclesalternativeintroducing for need motor the reason,marginally. only this Forofincreased has network road number the in increase dramatic a been has there While • • • • • of road users including pedestrialns and development of safer vehicle by introducting by computerized vehicle and testing facilities. vehicle safer of development management and pedestrialns including traffic users road of education roads, road safer of promotion and signs, of road including cooperation system improvementnetwork information through accidents stakeholders, traffic among road collaboration minimize to safety road Promoting problem of traffic congestion; and current the addresstomainly transportImprovingchoice of the diversify andsafety road system, waterways and ropeways; rail light buses, trolley electric as such transport urban mass development eco-friendly of the including transport, passenger and freight of mode alternativefor options Exploring vehicles and into trucks core city centres;private of use discourage to introduced measures with vehicles private of use minimize majordeployingandin towns additional buses to services transportsExpansionurban of includealso facilities for disabled; bus terminals, and up-gradation of the existing terminals and associated facilities. This will new ofconstructionthrough Developing infrastructure transportexpandingandexisting 215

MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS 07 D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Poverty reduction Safe, clean Improved access to public Development and expansion of and higher living and affordable transport services in rural surface transport infrastructure standards through transport system and urban areas such as bus terminals, bus sheds, improved surface public toilets, wheel chair ramps, transport services Reduce traffic Responsible drivers and etc congestion and road users environment Procurement of road safety and pollution through Deployment of ICT and communication equipments, and introduction of ICT-enabled services promote road safety education alternative modes and institutional capacity and awareness, and Intelligent of transport developed Transport System

Reduced time for Regulatory framework Provide subsidy to non-profitable delivery of public in place for better areas and expansion and services enforcement including introduction of urban transport vehicle emission standards services Increased access to public transport Search and Rescue team Feasibility study for alternate in the remote operational, providing modes of transport such as villages timely and quality services ropeways, railway links, trolley buses, sky train, etc Feasibility study for alternate mode of transport Strengthening institution through carried out and pilot development of regulatory projects implemented framework, research & development, and establishment Regulatory framework of regional base offices developed and enforced Service delivery

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Road Safety and Transport Authority (RSTA) under the Ministry of Information and Communications will be the overall execution and implementation of the Programme. The RSTA will also closely collaborate with relevant agencies such as Traffic Police, Ministry of Works and Human Settlements, Municipal Authorities and Dzongkhags.

Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) 1 Development and expansion of transport services 195.500 1.1 Subsidy for non-profitable routes 5.000 1.2 Expansion and introduction of urban transport services 26.000 1.3 Construction of new bus terminal in Thimphu for inter-city public 34.000 transport 1.4 Development of new bus terminals cum offices 96.000

216 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS Overview A. MIC/04: Information andMeiaDevelopment 4.4 4.3 4.2 4.1 4 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.1 3 2.3 2.2 2.1 2 1.8 1.7 1.6 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1.5 Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector Phuentsholing Establishment ofrailwaylinkbetweenHasimaraand Feasibility studyforropeways Railway feasibilitystudyforremaining4bordertowns train andlightrailsystem friendly transportsystemssuchasropeways,trolleybuses,sky Feasibility studyforothermodesoftransportincludingeco- Alternate modesoftransport Disaster ManagementPlan Framework andfacilityfordisposal/dumpingofvehiclescraps miscellaneous establishmentcostforRSTA ingeneral Establishment ofRegionalOfficeinMongar, 4BaseOfficesand Computer baseddrivingtestingsystem framework andpromoteICT usageforeffective servicedelivery Road safetyandtransportresearch,developmentofregulatory Strengthening institutionalcapacity Intelligent transportsystem rescue equipment Road safety&communicationequipment,andsearch Road safetyawarenessandeducation Road safety Construction ofwheelchairrampsinthebusterminals Consultancy worksforinfrastructuredevelopment Construction ofbussheds,publictoilets, Renovation andup-gradationofexistingbusterminals

: : : : : : : : : : Nu. 112.000 m Five Years (2008–2013) New National National SDG Goal15:Universalfunctionalliteracy building aknowledgebasedsociety To create awellinformedandmedialiteratesocietytowards human capabilitythroughknowledgeandinformation Plan StrategyofInvestinginHumanCapitaltoenhance Vision 2020creationofaknowledgebasedsocietyandTenth Information andMedia Total 325.400 0.000 10.000 0.000 9.000 19.000 17.400 0.000 15.000 5.000 21.000 58.400 7.500 35.000 10.000 52.500 0.500 20.000 4.000 10.000 217

MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS 07 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 112.000 m 12 Executing Agency : Ministry of Information and Communication 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Information and Media, Private media industry 14 Documents Available : Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis The Bhutanese media has developed significantly since the establishment of the Bhutan Broadcasting Service Corporation (BBSC) and Kuensel Corporation in the 1980s. In 1999, television and Internet services were also introduced in the country, and today media has begun to develop in various forms of print, broadcast and multimedia. Official print media, today, consists of three newspapers: Kuensel, Bhutan Times and Bhutan Observer. While Kuensel is the pioneer print media and the only newspaper in the country until recently, Bhutan Times, Bhutan Observer and Bhutan Today have been established. Kuensel is a bi- weekly newspaper sold nationwide with its content both in English and Dzongkha. Bhutan Times is also a bi-weekly newspaper with its content only in English. Bhutan Observer is published weekly with its content in both English and Dzongkha. Bhutan Today is a daily. Four stations now provide radio services. In addition to BBSC, three new private radio stations, Kuzoo FM, Radio Valley and Bhutan’s Centennial Radio’s, have been recently established. Television service has also seen significant development. Today there are cable television services in 19 of the 20 Dzongkhags in the country and the cable TV operators provide about 40 different channels. BBSC is the main channel that telecasts local news and national while some operators maintain their own channels. The film industry while still in its infancy, the number of Bhutanese films produced has been increasing. The industry however still faces challenges of limited domestic market and the lack of skilled people and professionals in the industry. In view of the important role played by this sector, the Government has created the Department of Information and Media (DoIM) under the Ministry to coordinate and steer the development of media in the country.

C. Strategy With the increasing role and impact of media in the development of society, the Ministry of Information and Communications will bolster the media sector by establishing standards and regulatory frameworks in place for media productions thorough coordination and consultation with the stakeholders. Additionally, it will also promote and create awareness on information and media for the general public and students. Foreign media content will be carefully regulated to prevent undesirable effects on Bhutanese society and social values and culture and to this end the development of local information and media content given due importance. Private media enterprises will also be encouraged and promoted, by helping them to develop their human resources to facilitate employment and income generation opportunities.

218 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS D Indicative Cost also will department The closely collaborate and industry withother media the relevantprogramme. agencies. the of implementation and execution overall the be will TheDepartment of Information and Media underthe Ministry of Information andCommunications Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements created society literate and media informed A well- 6 5 4.1 4 3.1 3 2.2 2.1 2 1.3 1.2 1.1 1 . ResultsFramework # Impact E-governancecontent Disaster managementplan enhancing professionalismofmediapersonal Support publicandprivatemediaenterprise,including Promotion ofanindependentmediaindustry Support establishmentof3pilotcommunityFMradio stations Promotion ofpublicaccesstoinformationandmedia Development andpromotionoflocalcontent Review ofnationalpolicyandstrategyonlocalcontent Development andpromotionoflocalcontent Development ofanappropriatemediamodelinBhutan Information andmediaeducationinschools Nation-wide information&medialiteracyawareness Information andmedialiteracy media created Responsible public media bythe information and Easy accessto Outcome Description ofProjects/Activities improved increased andquality Private mediaindustry promoted Local contentdevelopedand media access toinformationand Increased awarenessand Output Total industry Promotion ofindependentmedia information &media Promotion ofpublicaccessto contents Development &promotionoflocal awareness Information andMedialiteracy Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) Projects/Activities 112.000 5.000 12.000 60.000 60.000 15.000 9.000 9.000 2.000 17.00 3.000 3.000 3.000 9.000 219

MINISTRY OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS 07 220 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 221 222 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES imparting quality to trainees. skills demands helplabourmarket. increasingof in the the will This relevance of vocationaltraining for the intake capacities of the institutes. The VET systemwill also be improved toincrease respond further tothe skills will trainings of modes alternate other exploring andinstitutes new and establishing training VET.Expanding of quality the improve and VET to access increase will sector the problems,unemployment increasing minimize to order In TenthPlan. the in attention priority The need totrain both pre-service and in-servicecandidates on skills developmentC. Strategy will receive further (VTIs) and Chusum 2Zorig Institutes. Institutes 6 Training Vocational currently are There agencies. sector corporate and private from pre-service candidates namely in-service fortraininggradation up skill and levels (VET) trainingeducationvocationaland two is at Resources activities and development Human skills vocational Labor of out carrying Ministry currently the under Resources Human of Department The trained and equipped with relevant to make skills employable. them about 63,000 youths completing classes 10 and 12 and entering the labour market. They need tobe the public and private corporations. in Over the Tenth both employed be Plan could period, it is who estimated seekers that therejob would trained be and skilled of supply the increase to is focus manpower country.the andqualified in Currentlydireshortageskilled ofa isTherefore,there the B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. MLHR/01: HumanResourceDevelopment Programme 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCosts Timeframe Status-Ogoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Department ofHumanResources Ministry ofLabour&HumanResources Nu. 164.614m Nu. 164.614m Five Years (2008-2013) Ongoing/New Nation-wide In-service candidatesofprivateandcorporatesector Educated youthscomingoutfromformaleducationsystem proportion ofpeopleinpovertyby2010 SDG Goal1and2:Eradicationofhungerpoverty, halve productive workforyouth countries, developandimplementstrategiesfordecent MDG Goal8:Target 14:Incooperationwithdeveloping MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger Increase accesstoVET To improvethequalityofVET Employment promotionandpovertyreduction Human Resources 223

MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES 08 As the growing unemployment situation is largely to be addressed through private sector gorwth and development, the strengthening of capacities of private and corporate sectors will be enhanced to expand their businesses and provide employment opportunities. As such, an umbrella policy that streamlines all HRD activities is required to develop relevant skilled human resources that is responsive to changing labour market trends.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Attain full Youth have access to VET Quality of VET Strengthening of employment for which are of high quality and improved vocational education and educated youth market oriented training Access to VET School leavers/ Villagers have enhanced Improvement of quality of adequate opportunity for VET VET Increased access to Needs of Human Rersource VET in rural areas Expansion of access to capacity Development in the VET private sector addressed by HRD for private sector developing NHRD policy supported HRD for private and NHRD Policy corporate sector developed

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Ministry of Labour and Human Resources is the executing agency and Department of Human Resources is the implementing agency of the programme relating to development of human resources for both pre-service and in-service candidates of private and corporate sectors. The pre- service training will be carried out in the different vocational and Zorig chusum institutes around the country while the capacity development of in-service people will be executed as per the private sector HRD master plan.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Quality Improvement of VET 53.874 2 Expansion of access to VET 88.835 3 HRD for private & corporate sector – both ex & in Country 20.000 4 National HRD Policy 1.905 Total 164.614

224 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES corporate andorganizations private against total the of 2624job seekers registeredvarious with department. the in placed been have seekers job 1386 of total A online. registered haveseekerscreated. To job employersemployersbeen and2603 has377 and seekersdate job for development onskills focus ofyouth throughvocational education. onlineregistrationAn system a with initiated being are implement strategies and develop to Efforts seekers. job for place work to school from transition the ease to trying and services employmentpromotionout carrying of and services placements in the country for high school dropouts. promotionThe employment Department is inthe the process strengthen to authority sole the is Employment of Department The youths dropping out from ClassXand is ClassXII. It 2007. those in be will 9.9% 63,000 Tenthabout the Plan, during toseekers job 93,000 around 1998 from that estimated in 2.6% from increasing been have rates unemployment their and unemployed the of comprisedof young most leavers.school Youths with normally constitute issue about unemployed those of half all youth a essentially is Bhutan in challenge employment The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. MLHR/02: Employment Promotionrogramme 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Labour ForceSurvey, LabourMarketInformationBulletin; Department ofEmployment Ministry ofLabourandHumanResources Nu. 238.285m Nu. 238.285m Five Years (2008-2013) New National High schooldropoutjobseekers SDG 4:Ensurearobustpro-poorgrowth SDG 2:Halveproportionofpeopleinpovertyby2010 SDG 1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty and productiveworkforyoutht countries, developandimplementstrategiesfordecent Goal 8:Target 14:Incooperationwithdeveloping MDG Goal1:Eradicationofextremepovertyandhunger system To establishandstrengthenlabourmarketinformation labour force that bridgesthegapbetweendemandandsupplyof To streamlineandstrengthemploymentservicessystem Employment andpovertyreduction Employment 225

MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES 08 C. Strategy Numerous strategies will be adopted to facilitate job seekers in finding employment. A series of awareness workshops for employers and students of middle and higher secondary schools across the country will be conducted to familiarize them on the newly established job portal system. Other ongoing strategies, which include signing of MoUs with the private sector establishments for more job creation, hosting job fairs and simplifying the procedural steps for job seekers to get employment through the sector, will be strengthened. Some new strategies like pre-employment engagement programme will also be carried out to keep job seekers temporarily engaged until they get employed. With the help of entrepreneurship and business advisory programme, youths will be encouraged to start up their own business by providing them with startup grants.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities Employment Strengthening of Attain full employment for Job seekers have access counseling employment placement educated youth to efficient and effective services and counseling placement services strengthened -Job matching and placement Ample employment Employment - Employment opportunities created for promotion counseling Services school leavers services strengthened Bhutanese youth have access to employment Self-help opportunities thereby support services reducing unemployment established Mismatch of skills addressed Labour market Enhancement of through operation of effective system Labour Market Labour Market Information strengthened Information System System

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Department of Employment is the coordinating and lead agency for implementing the programme relating to employment placement and counseling services. The web-based job portal developed by the Department will be used online for job registration and possibly job placement. To backup the employment promotion services in terms of creating more employment opportunities, apprenticeship training will be provided to the job seekers whereby they acquire the skills and work experience in the field.

226 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES Overview A. Relations at theWorkplaces MLHR/03: ImprovementofWorkingConditionsanLabour Indicative Cost 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 3 2 4 7 6 5 # Job matchingandplacementservices Employment creationservices Employment counselingservices Labour marketInformationservices Feasibility ofbusinessincubator Small businessresourcecenter Entreprenurship trainingandadvisoryservices Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector Description ofProjects/Activities : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Labour andEmployment Act, Labour Administration Policy; Department oflabour Ministry ofLabourandHumanResources Nu. 86.150m Nu. 86.150m Five Years (2008 -2013) New National All labourforce SDG 4:Ensurearobustpro-poorgrowth SDG 2:Halveproportionofpeopleinpovertyby2010 SDG 1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty productive workforyouth countries, developandimplementstrategiesfordecent MDG Goal8:Target 14:Incooperationwithdeveloping MDG Goal1:Eradicationofextremepovertyandhunger system To streamlineandstrengthenforeignworkers’ employment health andsafetystandards To establishrelations,inspectionsystem,andoccupational To institutionalizelabouradministrationsystem Employment promotionandpovertyreduction Human Resources Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 4.400 190.391 2.830 238.285 5.084 4.500 9.160 21.920 227

MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES 08 B. Situational Analysis A key reason for unemployment in Bhutan is the reluctance of young job seekers to take up jobs in the private sector due to the unattractive working conditions and environment. The Department of Labour aims to enhance the working conditions and labour relations at the work place. The Royal Government has approved the labour administration policy and this clearly provides the policy outlines on the broad functions of labour administration including labour protection, labour relation, employment promotion, skill development, research and information. The other factor that refrains youth from taking jobs in the private sector is the lack of enabling regulatory environment for workers and employers. The absence of these regulations per se doesn’t cause unemployment, but there is evidence to suggest that a large number of Bhutanese youth do not take up employment in the private sector due to lack of trust and confidence in private sector employers. Amongst others the lack of job security and excessive managerial discretion (hire and fire practice) has been cited as the primary reasons of discouraging them to join the private sector. Also there is a need to secure safe and healthy environment for the workers at work sites to mitigate the occurrences of occupational hazards at the work sites. Wherever necessary, recruitment and management of the foreign workers will have to be carried out in order to maintain the adequate number of workers available for private sector development.

C. Strategy In order to attract more workers to take up employment in the private sector, the Ministry will focus on creating conducive working conditions and working environment in the private sector through uniform enforcement of Labour and Employment Act accompanied by various other regulations including the one for occupational health and safety. The department is enhancing the management of foreign workers recruitment in the selected occupational fields, which are not taken up by locals for a foreseeable future. A web-based labour net system has been launched with the idea to facilitate the recruitment of foreign workers by online interaction between the private employers and approving agencies. This is expected to cut down the existing long recruitment process and also help coordination between the interacting parties.

D. Results Framework

Projects/ Impact Outcome Output Activities Attain full Private & corporate sector agencies Working environment Establishment of employment are aware and comply with Labour and conditions in private labor relationships for educated Employment Act provisions sector improved youth Labor relations & Safe working environment for all workers at Inspection all work places Enhancement of Bhutan a member of International Labour Management of foreign workers Organization. The ILO helps Bhutan to foreign workers management set international labour standards. More enhanced Bhutanese workers are willing to join Foreign workers private sector as a result of benifits of management being member to ILO. The Management of Foreign workers will be strengthened Labour Net

228 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES Indicative Cost system. based other regional offices on foreignrecruitment bewill enhanced further through theuse of this web- labour net will be used for recruiting foreign labours and the coordination between head office and web-based The workers. the of relations labour and conditionworking the enhancing to relating implementingfor agency programme coordinatingthe the lead and is Labour Department of The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements A. Overview A. of SkilledWorer MLHR/04: EnhancingtheCompetitiveness 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 # Foreign workersmanagement-Labournet Labour relationsandinspection Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector Description ofProjects/Activities

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Department ofOccupational Standards Ministry ofLabourandHuman Resources Nu. 37.587m Nu. 37.587m Five Years (2008 -2013) New National School dropouts SDG 4:Ensurearobustpro-poorgrowth SDG 2:Halveproportionofpeopleinpovertyby2010 SDG 1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty and productiveworkforyouth countries, developandimplementstrategiesfordecent MDG Goal8:Target 14:Incooperationwithdeveloping MDG Goal1:Eradicationofextremepovertyandhunger Qualifications Framework through theimplementationofBhutanVocational To promoteandenhancethequalityofvocationalskills Employment promotionandpovertyreduction Human Resources Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 86.150 75.150 11.000 229

MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES 08 B. Situational Analysis There is a need to change the attitude of job seekers, especially towards work and jobs that are menial in nature. The usual perception is that such menial or blue collar jobs are of low profile, beneath their stature and requires only strenuous effort without much use of intelligence and skills. The Department now aims to enhance the competitiveness of the skilled workers employed in such trade to make those areas of work more attractive for gainful employment. The Department over the Ninth Plan developed the Bhutan Vocational Qualifications Framework (BVQF) and based on this developed occupational profiles for 56 occupations, established 6 technical advisory committees for automobile services, construction, tourism and hospitality, Zorig Chusum, manufacturing and ICT sector. Internal staff capacity is being further developed to implement the BVQF. A total of 17 people were trained in assessment and twelve others were trained in test item development. Since the quality of skill workers is as important as the quantity of it for sustainable economic development, quality of skilled workers has to be enhanced through more appropriate skill training delivery in the vocational and zorig chusum institutes, where the training standards meet the expectations of labour market demands. Therefore, importance has to be given to the quality improvement aspects of the training to assure 100% job guarantee for VET graduates.

C. Strategy In the Tenth Plan, quality of skilled workers will be ensured through the establishment of output quality assurance system. Such systems will enhance the competitiveness of operators and technicians and open their career path. In order to enhance the quality of skilled workers, the quality of inputs at the training delivery level will be closely regulated and quality standards will be ensured through accreditation of training and establishment of a suitable national accreditation system.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Attain full Bhutan Vocational Qualifications Quality of Strengthening of VET quality employment for Framework operationalised whereby skilled workers assurance system educated youth the skilled workers in the country are enhanced assessed and certified through national Establishment of a National standardized assessment and certification Quality of Accreditation System system training delivery enhanced Accreditation System for the VET Sector implemented and improved the quality of training delivery by the training providers

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Department of Occupational Standards is the coordinating and lead agency for implementing the programme relating to enhancing the competitiveness of the skilled workers. The necessary support will be rendered by the industry experts and instructors especially in the areas of standard development and assessment, which meets the expectation of job market.

230 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES the of out coming leavers school of number growing the With Plan. Ninth the over particularly expandanddevelop and trainingimprovespaces qualityof trainingthe and vocational education, Recognizing its importance, vocational education and training sector has received due emphasis to trained workforce. anda highly skilled Tenth Plan’s strategic objective of the Vitalizing of context Industry the to from developproduce important a modern particularly industrial economyalso is country.withThis VTIs the forworkforce challenge. skilled valuableemployment critical the address to leavers school young to skills providingemployablein only not roleimportant Vocational an institutesplayinvariably training B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. Training Institute MLHR/05: InstitutionalStrengthening ofVocational Indicative Cost 3 2 1 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 # Competency standard Assessment andCertification Accreditation system- Assessment andcertification system Occupational standardsdevelopment Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector Description ofProjects/Activities : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Individual Institutes Ministry ofLabourandHumanResources Nu. 604.830m Nu. 604.830m Five Years (2008-2013) New National School dropouts SDG 4:Ensurearobustpro-poorgrowth SDG 2:Halveproportionofpeopleinpovertyby2010 SDG 1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty productive workforyouth countries, developandimplementstrategiesfordecent MDG Goal8:Target 14:Incooperationwithdeveloping MDG Goal1:Eradicationofextremepovertyandhunger 2.Increasing trainingcapacitiesoftheinstitutes 1.Improving thequalityoftraining skilled workforce to thestrategyofVitalizing Industrythroughdevelopinga Employment promotionandpovertyreduction. Also important Human Resources Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 23.980 13.307 37.587 0.300 231

MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES 08 school system especially during the Tenth Plan, impetus on the vocational education-training sector needs to be continued, as it is one way of reducing the ranks of unemployed youth. In Bhutan at present, the six vocational training institutes provide most of the in-country pre-service vocational training to school leavers.

C. Strategy In order to overcome the formidable challenge of ensuring full employment amongst educated youth, existing training institutes have to be strengthened and upgraded to accommodate more aspiring training seekers. As such the infrastructure for vocational training therefore has to be expanded to accommodate more trainees and the curricula developed based on and clearly responsive to market demand. Besides infrastructure expansion, additional recruitment of qualified trainers will be necessary to produce trainees who are employable and skilled. The Royal Government thus plans to strengthen the institutional capacity in terms of expanding facilities, diversifying training and making other necessary additions to ease the growing pressure on the existing infrastructure.

D. Results Framework

Projects Impact Outcome Output /Activities

Attain full All VTI Skills/knowledge/qualification of existing teaching staff Improvement of employment graduates are upgraded training delivery for educated competent Management of institutes enhanced in the VTIs youth and gainfully R&D unit established employed Training cum production/income generation activities upon strengthened graduation PPP activities diversified Expansion of Institutes equipped with appropriate training tools and accessibility Annual intake equipment capacity of Training diversified the VTIs Counseling and placement service unit strengthened increased Additional staff recruited Adequate infrastructure facilities developed Use of existing infrastructure optimized

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Department of Human Resources will be the executing agency and individual institutes will be the coordinating agency for implementation of their own training programmes, which are within the broad objective framework of creating quality training institutes.

232 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES Overview A. Institute MLHR/06: InstitutionalStrengthening ofZorigChusum Indicative Cost 2 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 # Sarpang VTI Chumey VTI Thimphu Institutefor Automobile Engineering Construction ServiceCenter Samthang VTI Khuruthang VTI Rangjung VTI Expansion ofaccessibilityVTIs Zhorig ChusumInternshipServiceCentre Sarpang VTI Chumey VTI Thimphu Institutefor Automobile Engineering Construction ServiceCenter Samthang VTI Khuruthang VTI Rangjung VTI Improvement ofqualityVTIstrainingdelivery Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector Description ofProjects/Activities

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Concerned institutes Ministry oflabourandhuman resources Nu. 113.110 m Nu. 113.110 m Five Years (2008 -2013) New National School dropouts SDG 4:Ensurearobustpro-poorgrowth SDG 2:Halveproportionofpeopleinpovertyby2010 SDG 1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty productive workforyouth countries, developandimplementstrategiesfordecent MDG Goal8:Target 14:Incooperationwithdeveloping MDG Goal1:Eradicationofextremepovertyandhunger To enhancequalityoftrainingdeliveredattheIZC building upahighlyskilledworkforce important tothestrategyofVitalizing Industrythrough Employment promotionandpovertyreduction. Also Human Resources Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 5.500 17.820 15.810 13.780 1.800 8.860 138.280 11.810 604.830 86.550 16.470 37.250 0.000 55.190 140.330 55.380 233

MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES 08 B. Situational Analysis The two Zorig Chusum institutes have played a very important role in training school leavers, particularly those with little or low educational attainments but who are interested in acquiring traditional art and craft skills. The two IZCs offer certificate level courses in various traditional art and craft trades. The duration of the training ranges from one to six years depending upon the particular course taken by the trainees. These institutes have helped provide valuable traditional skills that are in high demand to numerous trainees, many of whom have gone to establish their own enterprises successfully. These self-employed entrepreneurs and their enterprises in time may themselves grow to generate employment for others and thereby contribute to overall private sector growth through a cascade effect.

C. Strategy The institutes of zorig chusum will reinforce the efforts made by vocational training institutes in absorbing the growing numbers of school leavers that may likely take up employment in jobs requiring skills. As such the annual intake of the current two Zorig Chusum institutes’ capacity will be increased and additional infrastructure and facilities built to ease problems of overcrowding and create a conducive learning environment. In order to keep up with standard quality training deliveries, the institutes will work in collaboration with the Department of Occupational Standards to update and improve the curriculum that fits the taste of trainees and requirement of the future employing agencies.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Skills/knowledge/qualification of existing teaching staff upgraded

All IZCs Management of institutesenhanced Improvement of graduates are training delivery in competent R&D unit established IZCs and gainfully employed Training cum production/income generation upon activities strengthened graduation Attain full PPP activities diversified and strengthened employment for educated youth Institutes equipped with appropriate training tools and equipment Annual intake capacity Training diversified increased from 50 to 100 Counseling and placement service unit Expansion of and overall strengthened accessibility capacity enhanced Additional staff recruited from 250 to 500 Adequate infrastructure facilities developed

234 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES Overview A. Institute andofZorigChuum MLHR/07: Establishment ofNewVocational Training Indicative Cost objective framework of creating quality training institutes. for implementing institutionalthe strengthening programme’s project, which are within broadthe institutes in collaboration with Department of Human Resources will be the coordinating agencies The Ministry ofLabour and HumanResources isthe executing agency and individualZorig chusum Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 # Trashiyangtse InstituteofZorigChusum National InstituteofZorigChusum Expansion ofaccessibilityVTIs Trashiyangtse InstituteofZorigChusum National InstituteofZorigChusum Improvement ofqualityIZCstrainingdelivery Sector Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Expected Results Relevant MDG&SDG Donor Agency Target Group Scope Status-Ongoing orNew Timeframe Indicative CapitalCost External FinancingRequired Executing Agency Implementing Agencies Documents Available Description ofProjects/Activities : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Human Resources up ahighlyskilledworkforce Also importanttothestrategyofVitalizing Industrythroughbuilding Employment promotionandpovertyreduction Toproblems unemployment increasetheintakecapacityforreducing SDG 4:Ensurearobustpro-poorgrowth SDG 2:Halveproportionofpeopleinpovertyby2010 SDG 1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty youth develop andimplementstrategiesfordecentproductivework MDG Goal8:Target 14:Incooperationwithdevelopingcountries, MDG Goal1:Eradicationofextremepovertyandhunger School dropouts National New Five Years (2008-2013) Nu. 193.491m Nu.193.491 m Ministry ofLabourandHuman Resources Resources Department ofHumanResources, MinistryofLabourandHuman Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 113.110 66.100 23.450 10.860 12.700 235

MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES 08 B. Situational Analysis Past experience and data from the National Labour Force Surveys reveal dim prospects for youths without skills to secure gainful employment. Unemployment levels are most acute among teenage youths between the ages of 15-19, most of whom have little or no skills required by the labor market. It is estimated that about 63,000 school leavers with secondary level education will be seeking opportunities either in vocational training or direct employment over the Tenth Plan period. The employment situation makes it even more important to expand vocational education and training in the traditional arts and craft trades. To address employment concerns, the Royal Government will seek to attain full employment for educated youth during the Tenth Plan and facilitate the transition of young people into the workplace.

C. Strategy One VTI and an IZC will be established with an intake capacity of 250 and 100 each, respectively. In order to ensure that 60% of school leavers have access to vocational education and training, the construction of VTIs would be linked with the accelerated Hydropower.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

To attain full All trainees acquire good 1 new VTI constructed Construction of new employment for skills for employment VTI educated youth

60% of school Training diversified leavers have New VTI with annual Counseling and placement service access to intake capacity of 250 unit strengthened vocational trainees Additional staff recruited education and Adequate infrastructure facilities training developed

New IZC with annual 1 new IZC constructed Construction of New intake capacity of 200 Training diversified IZC Counseling and placement service unit strengthened Additional staff recruited Adequate infrastructure facilities developed

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Ministry of Labor and Human Resources is the executing and implementing agency for construction of 1 new VTI and 1 IZC in the Tenth Plan.

236 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES Indicative Cost 2 1 # Construction of1newIZC Construction of1newVTI Description ofProjects/Activities Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 193.491 88.481 105.010 237

MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCES 08 238 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 239 240 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT of materializingaspect plans to industry. vitalize and multiply further to expand expected economic opportunities and urban areasrural in both additionin strategicto vital a being is highway national East-West Southern the of The development 2020. Vision the under target milestone important an also is session and 82nd Assembly Nationalthe the of of resolution the on based moreover is This TenthPlan. the in priority high a East-Westremains thus Southern Highway the construct to need The development. industrial of growth faster a inhibited and areas southern the in transportation hindered theinvariably has through south running highway another of absence The country. the of through part central-northern running Highway the National East-West single a on dependent remains still country the that concern matter of a is it infrastructure, road of expansion significant representsa this While roads, feeder of of 150.6 km km urban roads, of 716.9km farm roads and of 559.6km forest roads.809.2 roads, district of km 481.2 highways, national and expressway of km 1,634.3 Currently,aretransport. there heavier and larger of demands growing the meet to ability and connectivity,coverage of terms in limited still is it expanded has network highway national the While development. of mainstream the into areas underdeveloped relatively the bringing in relevant particularly moreover is network. It road reliable and efficient safe, a provisionof the on depends development socio-economic and security national the that given made be to continuemust and made been have investments sustained costly. However, and difficult services road of country has always faced has been the mountainous and the fragile terrain, which that makesconstraints the provision perennial and major the of One transport. internal of mode principal the as roads trunk national of network existing the on dependent heavily is Bhutan landlocked, Being B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. MWHS/01: Construction & Improvement 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : Information Bulletin,2006 Road SectorMasterPlan,Tenth Plan, Annual engineering firms DoR &privatesectors,includinginternationalconstructionand Settlement Department ofRoads(DoR),MinistryWorksandHuman Nu. 5,776.880m Nu. 5,776.880m Five Years (2008–2013) Ongoing/New Nation-wide Nation-wide poor associalgroups SDG Goal5:Strengthenconnectivityofpoorerregionsand SDG Goal4:Ensurearobustpro-poorgrowthprocess Improved safety, reliabilityandefficiencyofnationalhighways greatly facilitatethecorestrategyofvitalizingindustry. alleviation andbalancedregionaldevelopment.Thiswillalso by 2017.ExpansionofStrategicInfrastructureforpoverty Vision 2020:Completionof thesecondtransnationalhighway Roads of National Highways 241

MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT 09 C. Strategy Guided by the Road Sector Master Plan (2007-2027), national road networks will continue to be expanded and upgraded in order to improve access and connectivity. The Department of Roads will also continue to enhance and strengthen its role in designing, supervising, maintaining quality control and coordinating all road work contracts outsourced to the private sector. Engagement of regional/internationally accredited engineering ansd construction firms will also be encouraged to participate in joint ventures with national construction firms, wherever necessary, to improve the qualitative and quantitative delivery of road infrastructure projects. Furthermore, with a view to ensure the quality of construction and to achive economies of scale, importance will be given to mechanizing the construction sector while maintaining Environmentally Friendly Road Construction (EFRC) practices. The strengthening of the road sector’s institutional capacity, particularly in relation to planning, designing and project management will also be a priority.

D. Results Framework

Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Construction of Samtse-Phuentsholing highway Up-gradation of Phuntsholing –Raidak highway Critical section of Construction of Lhamoizinkha-Raidak highway southern east west Construction of Lhamoizinkha Dagana highway through highway constructed Kerabari to a required Nganglam-Panbang Highway (PPP Model) Socio -economic standard Construction of Gomphu-Panbang highway development enhanced Construction of Gyalposhing-Nganglam highway Safe and reliable Realignment of Nangar –Ura road national highways Realignment of Damchu-Chukha road constructed and Babesa-Phuntsholing double laning improved S/Jongkhar-Trashigang double laning Construction of Damji-Zamechu road Construction of Zamechu-Gasa road

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Department of Roads (DoR), Ministry of Works and Human Settlement shall be the overall coordinating and executing agency for the programme while the private sector will implement and execute the work activities planned. Through the National Monitoring and Evaluation System, a standard monitoring and evaluation system, the relevant authorities will monitor and evaluate the programme regularly.

Indicative cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities Remarks (Nu. in million) 1 Construction & improvement of critical Sections of Southern east-west highway 1.1 Up-gradation of Phuntsholing–Raidak highway (88 km) 1.2 Construction of Lhamoizinkha-Raidak highway (23 km)

242 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT Overview A. Connecting HydropowerProjects MWHS/02: ConstructionandImprovementofRoads 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1.3 1.5 1.4 2.3 2.2 2.1 2 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.8 2.7 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector Samtse –Phuentsholinghighway(61km) (Nganglam-Panbang Priority) Other stretchesoftheSouthern-East-West Highway Kerabari (75km) Construction ofLhamoizinkha-Daganahighwaythrough Construction ofDamji-Zamechuroad(11.3 km) km) Construction ofGyalposhing-Nganglamhighway(64.3 Construction ofGomphu-Panbanghighway(56km) Highways Construction andimprovementofNorth-East/South Construction ofZamechu-GasaRoad(14km) Nangar- Urarealignment(35.6km) Damchu –Chukharealignment(24km) Double laningofS/Jongkhar– Trashigang Highway Double laningofBabesa-Phuntsholinghighway(40km)

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : Information Bulletin,2006 Road SectorMasterPlan, Sector Tenth Plan, Annual engineering firms DoR, privatesectorandinternational constructionand Settlement Department ofRoads(DoR), MinistryofWorksandHuman Nu. 3,786.933m Nu. 3,786.933m Five Years (2008 –2013) Ongoing/New Nation-wide Nation-wide facilitating therapiddevelopmentofhydropowerprojects with enhancedcarryingcapacityofroadnetworkthereby Improved safety, reliabilityandefficiencyofnationalhighways poverty reductionthroughfacilitatinghydropowerdevelopment Vitalizing IndustryandExpandingStrategicInfrastructurefor accomodate 30-70tontrucksby2007. Vision 2020:Upgradecurrentnationaltrunkroadsto Roads Total 1,082.380 1,069.900 73.300 141.480 299.580 5,776.880 1,200.000 618.800 470.100 811.340 PPP model To beexploredunder 243

MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT 09 B. Situational Analysis While the national highway network has expanded it is still limited in terms of connectivity, coverage and ability to meet the growing demands of larger and heavier transport. Transportation on the existing national highways is inefficient, lengthy and susceptible to blocks due to natural calamities. Owing to the difficult topography and resource constraints, roads are generally built following land contours with a minimum number of bridges as possible and without tunnels. Hence, the roads, in general, are narrow with sharp curves, steep gradients and highly prone to accidents. Furthermore, most of the existing highways and bridges were constructed at a time when the flow of traffic was very low and load factors small. The use of the road networks to transport heavy plant machinery, equipment and construction materials has increased exponentially due to the construction of hydropower projects. The situation will be even more acute with the accelerated hydropower development programme. In the Tenth Plan, the Royal Government plans to develop hydropower projects such as Punatshangchu I (1095 MW), Punatshangchu II (992 MW), Mangdechu (670 MW), Chamkharchu I (670 MW) and Amochu (500MW). In order to facilitate transportation of various heavy machinery, equipment and materials efficiently to these hydropower projects, new roads wherever will be constructed, existing roads resurfaced, realigned and widened, and bridges built to accommodate 30-70 ton trucks.

C. Strategy The DoR will continue its role of design, supervision, quality control and coordination with the actual construction works contracted out to the private sector. The engagement of regional/ internationally accredited engineering and construction firms will also be encouraged to participate in joint ventures with national construction firms, wherever necessary, to improve the qualitative and quantitative delivery of road infrastructure projects. Additionally, with a view to ensure the quality of construction and to achive economies of scale, importance will be given to mechanizing construction activities while maintaining Environmentally Friendly Road Construction (EFRC) practices. Strengthening of the sector’s institutional capacity, particularly in relation to planning, designing and project management will also be priority.

D. Results Framework

Outcome Output Projects/Activities Construction of Manmung-Digala road Increased and rapid Hydropower roads Construction of Halaley-Dorokha road GDP growth due to constructed and Up-gradation of Gelephu- increased export of upgraded to a set Wangdue highway hydropower standard Up-gradation of Gelephu-Trongsa highway Up-gradation of Tingtibi-Praling road Up-gradation of Sunkosh-Chineythang road

E. Management Arrangements

244 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT Overview ets MWHS/03: MaintenanceandanagementofRoaAss Indicative Cost through National the Monitoring and Evaluation Framework andmonitored Planning Monitoring effectively systems. be will programme The programme. the under activities work the execute 6 5 4 3 2 1 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 # Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector Chineythang road(62km) Up-gradation ofSunkosh- highway (155km) Up-gradation of Gelephu-Wagdue highway (174km) Up-gradation ofGelephu-Trongsa road (26km) Construction ofHalaley-Dorokha road (38km) Up-gradation of Tingtibi-Praling road (12km) Construction ofManmung-Digala Description ofProjects/ Activities

Total : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Information Bulletin,2006 Road SectorMasterPlan, Sector Tenth Plan, Annual DoR andlocalprivatesector firms DoR, RGOB Nu. 4,154.048m Nu. 4,154.048m Five years(2008-2013) Ongoing /new Nationwide Nationwide highways withenhancedcarryingcapacity. Improved safety, reliabilityandefficiencyofnational Provision safe,reliableandefficientroadnetwork. Roads Indicative Cost (Nu. inmillion) 3,786.933 102.290 1,077.600 199.343 72.000 218.400 2,117.300 Dagachu hydropowerproject respectively be constructedin2008and2011, Punatshangchu II(992MW)to Punatshangchu I(1095MW)and MW) Mangechu hydropowerproject(670 Amochu Hydropowerproject(500MW) (670 MW) Chamkharchu-I hydropowerproject (670 MW) Chamkharchu-I hydropowerproject Remarks 245

MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT 09 B. Situational Analysis Being landlocked, Bhutan remains heavily dependent on the existing network of national trunk roads as the principal mode of internal transport. One of the major and perennial constraints that the country has always faced has been the mountainous and fragile terrain, which makes the provision of road services and their maintenance extremely difficult and costly. The national highway network has expanded considerably and will continue to do so under the Tenth Plan. Currently, there are 1,634.3 km of expressway and national highways, 481.2 km of district roads, 809.2 km of feeder roads, 150.6 km of urban roads, 716.9 km of farm roads and 559.6 km of forest roads. As the RGOB accords a high priority to the provision of safe, reliable and efficient road network the maintenance and management of the existing road and bridge infrastructure is an equally important and challenging task for the RGOB.

D. Results Framework

Impact Output Projects/Activities

Road resurfacing (periodic maintenance) – 1000 km Monsoon damage restoration Bridge protection and river training works Installation of road safety measures Safer, more reliable Country’s national Roadside slope stabilization and more efficient road road network well Field accommodation and road side amenities network maintained and Roads geometrics improvements managed Culverts, cribwalls and drainage works Patch repairs and fog sealing works Snow Clearance works Survey, investigation, design and research works Advanced survey and research tools and plants Road maintenance Bridge maintenance and replacement Construction of Nichula bridge over Sunkosh

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Department of Roads (DoR), Ministry of Works and Human Settlement shall be the overall coordinating and executing agency for the programme. The minor activities like routine

246 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT Overview A. MWHS/04: UrbanDevelopment andServices Indicative Cost framework and Planning and Monitoring systems, EvaluationMonitoringNationaland the through regularlyprogramme the evaluate andmonitor will authoritiess relevant activity.The the of complexity the upon depending contractors local of through force accounts while the capital intensive activities will be implanted through engagement maintenance of roads, minor improvement works etc. will be implemented by DoR departmentally 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 # Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector Feeder Road(Spillover) Construction ofNichulabridgeoverSunkosh Bridge construction,maintenanceandreplacement Road maintenance Advanced surveyandresearchtoolsplants Survey, investigation,designandresearchworks Snow Clearanceworks Patch repairsandfogsealingworks Culverts, cribwallsanddrainageworks Roads geometricsimprovements Field accommodationandroadsideamenities Road sideslopestabilization/bioengineering Installation ofroadsafetymeasures Bridge protection&rivertrainingworks Monsoon restoration Road resurfacing(1000km) Description ofProjects/Activities : : : : : 2012 SDG Goal2:Halveproportion ofpopulationinpovertyby without safetenure. Target 11: Reduce significantlytheproportionofpopulation without safedrinkingwater andsanitation MDG Goal7:Target 10:Halvetheproportionofpopulation MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger; and servicesinexistingnewurbancenters/township the sustainabledevelopmentofurbaninfrastructurefacilities The qualityoflifetheurbanpopulationimprovedthrough major townsforbalanceddevelopmentatregional/local levels. Spatial Planningcompletetheurbandevelopmentplans for Vision 2020:Formulationofgrowthcenters;ThroughNational Urban Development Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 10.000 50.000 20.000 200.000 1,389.000 15.000 50.000 75.000 4,154.048 1,453.418 78.000 783.630 10.000 5.000 5.000 10.000 247

MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT 09 6 Target Group : Urban population 7 Scope : Nation-wide 8 Status-Ongoing or New : Ongoing/New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 – 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 3,410.057 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 3,410.057 m 12 Executing Agency : Department of Urban Development and Engineering Services, Ministry of Works and Human Settlement 13 Implementing Agencies : Department of Urban Development and Engineering Services, Thimphu and Phuentsholing City Corporations, Dzongkhag Administrations/ municipalities 14 Documents Available : National Urbanization Strategy,2008, Sector Tenth Plan; Draft Thimphu City Development Strategy

B. Situational Analysis The process of urbanization is more than four decades old and unlike the urban development history in most countries where the establishment and growth of towns and cities were driven by economic potential, towns in Bhutan initially grew from the establishment of administrative centres. Today, the urban population comprises 31% of the total population, and by 2020 it is projected that more than 50% of the population will be living in urban areas. With this rapidly growing urban population, the urban centres particularly Thimphu and Phuntsholing have already started experiencing adverse effects of urbnaization such as water shortages, housing scarcity, sanitation and waste disposal problems and the deterioration of air quality and the proliferation of squatter settlements in sensitive environment areas. Currently, there are urban plans for 31 towns, of which implementation of plans for around 17 towns are underway. With regard to regulations for urban governance, the Municipal Act, Building Rules, Urban Area and Property Regulations, Water and Sanitation Rules, Development Control Regulation for Thimphu are already in place. Piped and safe portable water supplies are also available in twenty towns and piped sewerage and treatment facilities in two towns. Solid waste management and disposal system have been developed in thirteen towns. As such there is a very high urban population with over 99% coverage for both safe sanitation and drinking water. Water service charges based on actual consumption has moreover been introduced in ten towns, while urban residents of other towns are charged a nominal flat rate.

C. Strategy • Devise and implement urban plans for regional growth centres and major towns in accordance with the National Urbanization Strategy and National Spatial Planning Policy; • Enhance urban management capacity through institutional strengthening in the areas of urban planning, data collection, GIS, infrastructure desings and engineering services;

248 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT the to dzongkhag andbackstopping municipalities, wherever required. technical provide monitor will will DUDES The regularly. stakeholders programme relevant the evaluate the and system, evaluation and monitoring standard a System, Monitoring and Planning Through programme. the implement will administrations and Dzongkhag municipalities respective the while programme the manage and coordinate will Settlement Human and Works of Ministry (DUDES), Services Engineering and Urban of Department The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D of urbanservices and reliableprovisioning amenities andfacilities development ofurban life throughsustainable High qualityofurban . ResultsFramework • • • Outcome and respond effectively to changing needs. anticipate and wherever markets in operate to Partnershipsequipped better private often thatare Privatepromoters and given investors activities Public development urban the or implement to investors viable commercially private encourage and Promote of cities or towns, including enhancing of aesthetics the urban the environment; and Encourage the urban public to participate more actively in the development and management to enhancingwith a view efficiency and effectivenessurban of management; functions such up take to capacitiesinherent on based autonomomymunicipalitiesof to Continue promoting the decentralization of urban managementservices through granting developed infrastructure urban townsand Livable andplanned services provided infrastructure and High quality Output urban infrastructures Formulation ofurbanplansanddevelopment Phuentsholing municipality Development ofurbaninfrastructure/servicesin Thimphu municipality Development ofurbaninfrastructure/servicesin Projects/Activities 249

MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT 09 Indicative Costs

Indicative Cost # Discription of Projects/Activities Remarks (Nu. in million ) 1 Thimphu Municipality

1.1 Core area development 295.000

1.2 Extended area development 1140.300

1.3 Improvement of service delivery 115.000

1.4 Establishment of driving training facility 5.000 2 Phuentsholing Municipality

2.1 Core area development 484.108

2.2 Extended area development 116.000

2.3 Improvement of service delivery 60.000

2.4 Amochu Land Reclaimation & Flood Mitigation - Public Private Partnership (PPP) 3 Urban Development & Engineering Services

3.1 Urban planning & development 200.000

3.2 Pemagatshel and Nganglam 220.000 Towns Devlopment

3.3 Urban Planning and Survey 80.000 Equpiment

3.4 Urban infrastructure development 252.970

3.5 Rural Infrastructure development 151.600

3.6 Government secretariat complex 197.454

3.7 Construction of MICE hall - Public Private Partnership

3.8 Construction of National Council Building 25.000 5 million Spillover

3.9 Construction of sitting gallery 9.200 Spillover

3.10 Development of coronation park 3.500 Spillover

3.11 Resurfacing of car parking (C/thang) 8.500 Spillover

3.12 Renovation of Tennis Federation Building 3.000 Spillover

3.13 Laying of DMT tiles (Changlimithang Stadium) 1.500 Spillover

3.14 Development of Haa Town 41.925 Spillover Total 3,410.057

250 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT those maintain to attached be architecture. also will traditional and aesthetics values, Bhutanese of Emphasisbest the reflect best conducted. which construction of aspects be will services and products materials, quality construction, quality on programme advocacy and sensitization Furthermore, and products. Studies will be conducted to throughassess the vulnerability continued of infrastrutures be to seismic risks. will construction ofmaterials construction agencies, construction the within assurance system, quality certification of quality the of Monitoring skills. based quality and testing, techniciansemploymentadditional laboratories and materialofregional establishment of amongstothers, and control quality standards, on capacity institutional building through Plan Quality assurance and efficiency in the construction industrywill be further improved in the Tenth C. Strategy testing. awarenessconductedandcontrol/assurancebricks; quality sensitizationthe andon materialand sand, stone, as such materials, construction general test to laboratory testing material a equpiied viz, the Bhutan Schedule of Rates and Specifications for Building andRoad construction instituteddocuments,Works; important two constructed the revised and and reviewed hasin was SQCA the quality Plan,Ninth the industry. During the (SQCA) ensure and Authority practices Controlof codes Quality engineering develop andto primarily Standards the need, the Recognizing of required to ensure lack adherence to prescribed engineering and construction standards. a is there Moreover,areauthorities relevant the although norms, supervision. construction and standardsappropriate engineering technical and workmanship materials, quality poor utilizationof public expenditure. Currently, quality ofenforcement,poor construction weak the is effective the for crucial is standards construction high mataining and construction of quality The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. MWHS/05: QualityuranceandStan Ass d 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Objectives & Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan and HumanSettlement Standards andQualityControl Authority, MinistryofWorks Ministry ofWorksandHumanSettlement Nu. 109.000m Nu. 109.000m Five Years (2008–2013) New Nation-wide Construction industry(publicandprivatesector) Enhanced qualityintheconstructionsector infrastructure development Enhancement ofqualityassuranceinexpandingstrategic Vision 2020:Preparation of aConstructionCode Construction ardization 251

MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT 09 D. Results Framework

Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Availability of quality construction materials and equipments Facilitation of quality supplies and materials Research and studies in place to improve and ensure quality Research and technology development High quality physical in construction industry infrastructure that give value to investment Seismic risks to buildings Mitigation of seismic risk to buildings studied and risk to building mitigated Awareness, monitoring and standardization Awareness on construction quality and standardization created

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The programme will be managed and implemented by the SQCA, Ministry of Works and Human Settlement in collaboration with relevant agencies of the public and private sectors. The National Monitoring and Evaluation and the Planning and Monitoring Systems will monitor and evaluate the programme regularly.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million)

1 Supply of quality construction materials 55.000 2 Research and Development 5.000 3 Mitigation of seismic risks to buildings 28.000 4 Awareness and monitoring 8.000 6 Standardization 13.000 Total 109.000

252 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT issues. issues such as lack of professionalism among contractors, fronting, consortium, collusion and other industry construction crtical the reversing in waylong a go manpower. will issue Addressing this CDBmanual. the documentand revised However, acutewith shortage CDB faced is of competent of been developed. Furthermore, system it has (improved also developed a institutedCDB has strategy resolutiondispute document for mechanism and been interim standardand contractors) the bidding hasadministering and managing contractors for system registration computerized industry. construction A the to contribution significant a made has inception, its since CDB, The constructionwithin country. the industry based contractors and developing guidelines.policy Its role, in general, is to build an efficient andquality and technical promoting managerial in privatethe skills administration and sector; of institutional capacity and performance of developing includes mandate primary Its industry. construction and independent an the promoterof and as overseer both as act to Government in 1987 Royal the of representativeinteragency established was (CDB) Board Development Construction The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. Services MWHS/06: Strengthening ofConstructionDevelopment 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Objectives & Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Settlement Construction DevelopmentBoard,MinistryofWorksandHuman Ministry ofWorksandHumanSettlement Nu. 38.000m Nu. 38.000m Five Years (2008–2013) New Nation-wide Construction industry(publicandprivatesectors) participation inthesectordeveloped. Enhanced qualityintheconstructionsectorandprivate private sectordevelopment. infrastructure development.Will alsobeinstrumentaltofacilitate Enhancement ofqualityassuranceinexpandingstrategic Vision 2020:Preparation of aConstructionCode Construction 253

MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT 09 C. Strategy The CDB in collaboration with the relevant stakeholders will build an efficient and quality based construction industry through the following strategies: • Devise strategic plans to develop a strong private construction sector; • Appraise regularly the performance of contractors to promote professionalism in the construction industry. Encourage contractors to adopt the best construction practices and mechanization in the construction industry while maintaining sustainable and environment friendly construction practices; • Develop institutional capacity in the construction industry through provision of relevant in-country and ex-country trainings; and • Educate and sensitize contractors as well as engineers through relevant trainings on procurement, standard bidding, and evaluation system processes.

D. Results Framework

Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Efficient and reliable construction Improvement and expansion of development services construction development services Efficient and quality based construction Useful Bhuatnese context research on Research and technology industry construction industry carried out development

Awareness on best practices and norms created in the construction Create Awareness on the best industry practices

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The programme shall be managed and implemented by the CDB, Ministry of Works and Human Settlement in close collaboration with the relevant Government and private agencies. The programme under CDB will be monitored regularly and evaluated through Planning and Monitoring System.

Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) 1 Improvement and expansion of construction development services 20.000 2 Research and technology development 10.000 3 Awareness 8.000

Total 38.000

254 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT COMMISSION ANTI-CORRUPTION 255

MINISTRY OF WORKS AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT 09 256 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ANTI-CORRUPTION COMMISSION structural inhibits which changes to suit requirement the building of ACC. the rented a in housed is Commission the moment the At ACC. required isproper officespace A to andsecure promote a conducive working environment the for and regulations and prosecutionrules completed referral be guidelines will within plan the period. administrative of strengthening rules, gift and declaration asset Bhutan of ofenforcement 2006, Act Anti-Corruption the of Review enforced. decisions and adjudicated prosecuted, investigated,is case a ACC’sfast how the indicatorsis ofperformancecomplaints. ofOne quality Investigation high. the corruptionon depend risk results of very and cost make to need a There is polices. to collusion and fronting in procurement contracts, bribery, tax evasion and abuse of tax and trade ofmisuse public resources (money, manpower, properties andabuse facilities), of public authority on claims false simple from TA/DA range corruption common bills, leadership.of forms andThe corruption of prevalence in the all sectors revealed ACC and the at by conducted all 2007 levels, largelySurvey Perception Corruption caused The by weaknesses era. in organizational management supportto andby promoteDecree Royal Constitutional governance,post the good in particularly The Anti-CorruptionCommission (ACC) in Bhutan was established onthe 31st ofDecember 2005 at large with enormous overt and hiddencosts. and poverty extreme underdevelopment the prevalent explainingin creates many reasoncountries as itkey exacts even a hugea burden on be taxpayers and and to society known practices also is businessItinstability. government fair distorts poverty, exacerbates development, economic organizational and human by mainly caused is law,of and rule institutionsretardssustainabledemocraticIt the gravelyand undermines weaknesses. universal is it as ancient as is Corruption B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. Controlling orruption ACC/01: Strengthening Legal&InstitutionalFrameworkfor 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Anti-Corruption Act 2006;SectorTenth Plan Anti-Corruption Commission(ACC) Anti-Corruption Commission(ACC) Nu. 125.370m Nu. 125.370m Five Years (2008-2013) New Strengthen ACC systemsandprocedures help reducepoverty Creating anEnablingEnvironmentofGoodGovernanceto Governance 257

ANTI-CORRUPTION COMMISSION 10 C. Strategy The ACC adopts a three-pronged strategy to curb corruption. This is done firstly through public education and advocacy by instilling a sense of responsibility in eradicating corruption. The ACC also works towards preventing systemic flaws by reducing corruption opportunity and reviewing rules and regulations. Finally, the ACC works to suppress corrupt practices through investigation and punishment. The internal strategic plan to operationalise these strategies has been developed and is being followed. Fighting corruption is virtually everyone’s concern and a shared responsibility of the public, the private sector, media, legislature, judiciary, citizens, academe, dratshang, etc. The National Anti-Corruption Strategy which is a common platform to engage all concerned stakeholders in combating corruption has been developed. Pertinent and salient aspects of the ACC’s key strategies in the Tenth Plan are to: • Build institutional and human capacity of the ACC to discharge its principal function of investigation of corruption and supporting roles of prevention of and public education on corruption; • Build an effective coalition and partnership with key allies and stakeholders and across all sections of society to generate mass support and an enabling environment for combating corruption; • Facilitate exploitation of ICT in enhancing transparency, accountability and efficiency; • Inform and educate Bhutanese society on corruption towards developing a high intolerance towards corruption and inculcating a responsible and ethical attitude and deep integrity to combat corruption; • Promote anti-corruption values, ethics of excellence, integrity and moral standards in youth through school curriculum, family upbringing and cultural propagation; and • Promote islands of integrity.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Act of corruption A credible ACC institution Institutional strengthening of ACC deterred by effective established Corruption investigation and Public education and advocacy free society prosecution without Public awareness created fear and favour Investigation of allegations of Systemic reviews and corruption eliminated opportunities to Preventing and curbing corruption corruption Human resource development Human capacities developed

258 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ANTI-CORRUPTION COMMISSION Indicative Cost administer.will to the ACC the decentralized Anti-Corruption which be Act, the under falling those forexceptentities,public respective will administration The entities. corporate various in mainstreamed be will tools anti-corruption of Use established. be will region the in agencies anti-corruption key institutionalwith linkages functional transnational phenomenon,and a mutually beneficial being in the Programme of coordination and collaboration execution with the Royal overall Audit Authority, the for key allies and responsible stakeholders in the society. be Corruption will ACC The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements 5 4 3 2 1 # Preventing andcurbingcorruption Political corruptionawarenessandadvocacy Investigation ofallegationscorruption Construction ofofficebuilding Strengthening oflegalandInstitutionalframework Description ofProjects/Activities Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 125.370 29.120 14.750 14.500 40.000 27.000 259

ANTI-CORRUPTION COMMISSION 10 260 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ELECTION COMMISSION OF BHUTAN

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 261 262 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ELECTION COMMISSION OFBHUTAN is mostparliamentary suited democracy to present the and future of needs country. the Bhutan of implemented ensurefully be will Commission that will with these relevant to policies ensure that process the of Election the and laws electoral the passed has Parliament National The elections and andlocal products deliver effectively. electoral services andnational manage and conductproperly to Commission the of functioning administrative the housed in three separate structures located in different places. Thisacts as a constraint that hinders AtCommissionpresent,ofBhutan notElection have the properthe office does a officewith space enabling choices and ensuring freedom the and right of people its to choose government. parliamentary through root takes that democracy functional ensurefully vibrant and a and established to firmly is democracy need will ECB the Constitution, the by entrusted responsibilities success of the firstparliamentary elections. skills, As a guardian knowledge, of democracy appropriate andthe huge upholder the the emulatingcontinue ofto variouselections conduct lacks andcontrol manage, to resources and agency facilities The democracy. functional fully and vibrant a ensure helping in functioning effective its limit that factors certain byconstrained severely still is it 2008, in Bhutan in elections parliamentary first the conducted successfully has ECB the While holding national referendums and inafree fair manner. preparation of electoral rolls, and conduct of all elections to parliament the andof control local and governments, direction superintendence,and the with Commission Election Constitution the vests BhutanThe country. of the in governance of system democratic a in usher to 2005 in bodies TheElection Commission of Bhutan was established under aRoyal decree as one ofB. SituationalAnalysis the constitutional Overview A. in the Country ECB/01: Strengthening ofElectoralProcess 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Election Commission Election Commission Nu. 79.910m Nu. 79.910m Five Years (2008-2013) New All 20Dzongkhag development MDG Goal8:Developaglobalpartnershipfor continuing basis Facilitate andpromoteelectoralsystemprocesseson Enabling EnvironmentofGoodGovernance Election Commission 263

ELECTION COMMISSION OF BHUTAN 11 C. Strategy The key strategic activities that will be adopted in the Tenth Plan include: • Identifying and developing facilities, infrastructure and human resource needs required to support and carry out day-to-day operations and electoral events; • Providing comprehensive training and centralized election support to election personnel; • Establishing and developing measurable standards; • Procedures for and innovating service delivery and electoral processes; • Setting performance benchmark targets, evaluating and reporting on performances following electoral events; • Establishing Resource Centre for Electoral Training and Information which will inform and educate people about the electoral processes; • Using information technology in database development, management and updating of Electoral Roll, delimitation of electoral constituencies, election officials, public election funds, etc. to augment the capabilities that would provide the public with the ability to view constituencies, polling places, eligible candidates, referendum items, and other voter and election related information; • Developing and implementing effective electoral event and communication plans; • Undertaking regular policy and legislative reviews and inputs; and • Instituting research and development capabilities on electoral matters.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

A vibrant Enable successful Office building constructed Construction of office building functioning conduct of elections Constitutional to parliament and Public awareness created Publicity and awareness Democratic local governments, System and referendums Human capacities Human resource Development developed

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Election Commission will be responsible for the organization and conduct of the general elections, by-elections and referendums in accordance with the provisions of the Election Act and other related acts.

264 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ELECTION COMMISSION OFBHUTAN Indicative Cost 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 # Development of Training Center Equipments( furniture2.5m,Computers&Peripherals2m,) Professional services Information anddatabasemanagement Purchase ofequipmentforelection Governance andElection)course Conduct BRIDGE(BuildingResourceinDemocracy, Publicity and Awareness Programmes Construction ofofficebuilding Description ofProjects/Activities Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 40.000 79.910 6.500 4.500 5.000 5.000 9.000 3.910 6.000 265

ELECTION COMMISSION OF BHUTAN 11 266 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 JUDICIARY

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 267 268 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 JUDICIARY and symbolichighly manifestationvisible thatthe guarantees reflects a Constitution.statedthe in as seen is governments of level executive the and judiciary the between separation physical This administrations. district of headquarters the and dzongs, the outside to justice courts the moving access improve further to is mean would Plan this courts, Fordistrict premises.independent on building court Tenth establishphysically the in Judiciary the of focus main The citizens justice seeking and judicialfor personnel administering justice. independence and privacy undermined also and litigants of congestion court has in culminated infrastructure and adequate buildings court independent of lack The capacity.institutional enhance and infrastructure improve to have will Judiciary the justice, to access unimpeded and the and structural the institutional independence strengthenof the Judiciary as to guaranteed in orderthe Constitution andIn to enhance equal facilities. required have not do and appropriately still is it expanded been inadequate in all most has all the Dzongkhags. Many infrastructure Dzongkhag and considerableDungkhag courts are not housed While improved. need and still areas developed many be past, to recent the in progress tremendous seen has Judiciary the Although courts are provided. being district the in services internetand email andwebsites judiciary Court, is being High the in networkarea services judicial in delivering efficiency enhanced through the use of information and communications the technology. ICT facilities Furthermore,like local Government. Royal the to services legal provide to established been has General the Attorney of Office the and passed been has Act Advocate The justice. people’sto enhance access to date till trained been have personnel counsel legal 200 About expanded. and improvedcontinuously being of process the in also are public general the to services Legal manyDzongkhags. in built been have courts district Separate Judiciary. the of building been capacity and has strengthening thereinstitutional in years, made recent progress remarkable Over system. judicial the of reforms procedural and professional, structural, institutional, long-term with associated when positive and normally are courts efficiency tojudicial access that perspective the reinforce strongly 1980s late the from experience Past B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. Judiciary/01: InfrastructureDevelopment 1 2 3 6 5 4 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Sector Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Expected Results Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Scope Status-Ongoing orNew Timeframe Indicative CapitalCost External FinancingRequired Executing Agency Implementing Agencies Documents Available : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Judiciary improved accesstojustice Enabling EnvironmentofGoodGovernancethrough To expandthereachofjusticetoallsectionssociety National National New/Ongoing Five Years (2008–2013) Nu. 724.383m Nu. 724.383m High Court High Court/Dzongkhags Judiciary MasterPlan2006;SectorTenth Plan 269

JUDICIARY 12 C. Strategy The main focus of the judiciary sector in the Tenth Plan will be to develop and improve the infrastructure requirements in order to facilitate the independence of the Judiciary. The establishment of twelve Dungkhag Courts and additional benches along with the up gradation of the present individual Courts has been given high priority in the Tenth Plan. The infrastructure development encompasses the construction of the Supreme, High, Dzongkhag and Dungkhag Courts. However, all judicial facility planning and design must reflect the organizational, operational and facility management requirements of the Justice system. Therefore, strengthening the independence of the judiciary, up gradation and establishments of courts and additional benches has become essential and necessary.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Increased access Increased access Court buildings Construction of High Court, Dzongkhag to and timely to convenient and constructed Courts, Dungkhag courts and Supreme court justice timely judiciary services Human Capacities Human Resource development developed

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The High Court in collaboration with its regional offices shall implement the Programme activities stated above. The physical construction works, as per government policy shall be carried out by the private sector. The regional offices shall be responsible for monitoring and supervision of the construction activities.

Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities Remarks (Nu. in million) 1 Construction of the Supreme Court 328.185 Spillover 2 Expansion of High Court 55.000 3 Construction of Dzongkhag Courts 146.000 4 Construction of Dungkhag Courts 55.200 5 Construction of Dzongkhag Courts 29.798 Spillover 6 Construction of road and parking in the Dzongkhag 1.200 court premises 7 Institutional strengthening 109.000 Total 724.383

270 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 JUDICIARY ROYAL AUDITAUTHORITY 271

JUDICIARY 12 272 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL AUDIT AUTHORITY other agencies for workshops, seminars and conferences. Trainingby Centerused wouldnot only facilitatebe in-housetraining butfor the also RAA could gradation of knowledge and of skills auditors through continuous in-house training. TheRegional TrainingRegional intendsa constructRAA Intoaddition, the atCenterTsirang up-enable tothe required. officers. It is presently inhoused a small and old bungalow limitedwith space functionaland areas of the and productivity efficiency the inhibits which space office adequate have not Tsirang does in office regional The country. the across offices various its house to development infrastructure In order for RAA to perform its functions effectively as required,the agencywill require significant audit and report on economy, the efficiency and effectiveness use the in of publicresources”. RAA’s the forprovides explicitly which Bhutanof Kingdom responsibility“to the Constitutionof Bhutanbasis The 2006. legal forRAA’sthe 24.1 enshrinedthe existencein been Article of also has Royal of Audit the Audit Act The Authority’sprovisions by of guided responsibilities are and role operations of audited the agencies. make it user friendly and balanced, encompassing both the favourable as well as weak aspects of the to re-structured been format has reporting public The utilization resources. the of in effectiveness and economy,efficiency ascertain to audit management and performance to audit regulatory or traditional from complianceRoyal shift The to plan concerted Audit embarkeda authority has on B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. Strengthening ofRoyal A RAA/01: InfrastructureDevelopment andInstitutional 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Audit Act 2006;SectorTenth Plan Royal Audit Authority Royal Audit Authority, Nu. 53.555m Nu. 53.555m Five Years (2008-2013) New Nationwide public institutions Enhanced transparency, accountabilityandefficiencyinthe efficient auditingsystems establishment oftransparent,accountable,responsiveand Enabling EnvironmentofGoodGovernancethroughthe Governance udit A uthority 273

ROYAL AUDIT AUTHORITY 13 C. Strategy Infrastructure development across all sectors is a major acvitity of the Tenth Plan as it facilitates equitable access to basic amenities and enhances efficiency and productivity of the end users. The Royal Audit Authority (RAA) as one of the important constitutional bodies also requires the expansion of its infrastructure to accommodate its needs to better fulfill its functions and responsibilities. As the agency is vested with the important responsibility to oversee the implementation of development activities in an economic, efficient and effective manner, the RAA over the Tenth Plan will work towards integrating financial and regulatory audits with a performance audit.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Enhanced Enhanced economy, RAA Infrastructure Construction of Regional transparency, efficiency and developed Office and training center accountability and effectiveness in efficiency in the public the use of public Qualified and trained Human Resource institutions resources auditors on IT, Development Environment and other relevant disciplines

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Royal Audit Authority (RAA) in collaboration with its regional office in Tsirang shall implement the Programme/projects. The physical construction works, as per government policy shall be carried out by the private sector. The regional office shall be responsible for monitoring and supervision of the construction activities.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Construction of Regional Office and training center 38.185 2 Institutional strengthening 15.370 Total 53.555

274 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL AUDIT AUTHORITY COMMISSION ROYAL CIVILSERVICE 275

ROYAL AUDIT AUTHORITY 13 276 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION andunder review likely enacted. to be all ministries, Agencies and Dzongkhags beginning January 2007. The draft servicecivil Act is also in executed was Exercise OD The agencies. relevant with collaboration in initiated also was plus GG the under recommended Development organizational on work preliminary The TenthPlan. the during place into put be will that initiated was exercise developmentorganizational an end, was felt this and to services strength determine staff to the civil rightrealistic The size need and to resource are activities to decentralized being Ministries, the Agencies and Dzongkhags. the recruitment of University Graduates. The responsibilities as well as authority for various human The CivilService Common Examination (CSCE) was introduced in 2005 to streamline and enhance steadily decreased the over years.also percentagehas The 19,848. service expatriates of civil the in Thestrength civilservice has increased at a rate of 5.62% overthe last four years and now stands at launchedalso on 2nd June 2006. 2005 and its implementation spearheaded by the RCSC. The revised Bhutan CivilService Rules was small compact and efficient civil service. The PCS Policydocument was launched 29thon December system intoservice one on based meritocracy, professionalism and while efficiency providing for a civil transform the to was PCS the objective of The broad publicofservices. delivery enhanceand administration public strengthen to reform policy major a as introduced was which service civil the in implementation (PCS) Classification the Position System the saw of period plan Ninth The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. System inCivilService RC 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SC/01: Strengthen Administrative, LegalandManagement Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Tentative Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : RCSC RCSC Nu. 159.000m Nu. 159.000m Five Years (2008–2013) Ongoing National RCSC/Civil Service Efficient deliveryofqualitypublicservice accountability andtransparencyinpublicadministration Good Governancethroughimprovingefficiency, All 277

ROYAL CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 14 C. Strategy • Introduce quality and service standards in the Civil Service; • Gradual implementation of the Position Classification to realize its full potential; • Recruit the best and brightest into the Civil Service; • Ensure HR actions on recruitment, appointment, promotion, transfer, discipline and training in the Civil Service are carried out in an efficient, transparent and accountable manner; • Decentralize HR action to the line Ministries, Agencies and Dzongkhags; • Maintain optimal size of the Civil Service for providingquality and efficient services to the Government and the public; • Maintain and promote morale, high standards of ethics and integrity of civil servants; • Institute an excellent performance management system at both organizational and individual level; • Conduct regular Organizational Development Exercise; • Institute M&E and HR Audit to ensure right deployment and utilization of scarce human resources and skills; and • Formulate policies, legal framework and rules as and when necessitated

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities Good Highly Civil Service quality Improved Development of quality service Governance competent, standards across all sectors through efficient knowledgeable Quality service standards and quality public and developed and e-governance Introduce e-governance service delivery professional instituted civil service Strengthen HR information HR info.management system management system Effective, developed and operational efficient and Development of quality service responsive civil Organisational Development standards across all sectors service system undertaken and recommendation of the exercise implemented Introduce e-governance

278 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION Indicative Costs in implementation collaboration with relevant programme sectors where ever required. the for responsible be will Commission Service Civil Royal The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangement: 3 2 1 # Management DevelopmentProgramme processes inthecivilservice accountable decisionmakingandHRmanagement Institutional Strengtheningthroughtransparentand Delivery ofQualityServicetothePublicandGovernment Description ofProjects/Activities carried out auditing andnecessaryfollowup All agenciessubjectedtoHR Enhanced Publicservicedelivery Civil Service Act adopted civil servants development andmanagementof Enhanced recruitment, Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) HR auditingofallagencies Programme Management Development Act including thedraftCivilService policies, rules®ulations Review andreviseexisting and deploymentofcivilservice common exams,management recruitment, includingthe Strengthening selection,HR Management System Improvement ofPerformance development inallagencies Institute Organisational management system Strengthen HRinformation 159.500 105.500 23.000 31.000 279

ROYAL CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 14 RCSC/02: Human Resource Development Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : All 2 Linkage to National Development : Investing in Human Capital through human resource Objectives & Strategies development 3 Expected Results : Efficient delivery of quality public service with enhanced level of skills and qualification of the civil servants 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Nation-wide 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing/New : Ongoing 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 – 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 4,056.757 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 4,056.757 m 12 Executing Agency : RCSC 13 Implementing Agencies : RCSC/Agencies 14 Documents Available : RGoB, Civil Service Human Resource Development Master Plan (2002-2007), April 2002. RGoB, The Constitution of the Kingdom of Bhutan, RCSC, Management Development Program Report, 2008

B. Situational Analysis The long term sustainable and successful development of any economy is strongly contingent on the investments made in human capital with the latter constituting a non-diminishing source of economic growth. Cultivating and sustaining human capital through HRD and further improving on its qualitative aspects represents a strategic imperative for promoting growth and reducing poverty. It is in itself a critical factor for the delivery of various development interventions. The quality and critical mass of human resources that is available to the country will also fundamentally shape Bhutan’s long term prospects for engendering a culture of innovation, creativity and enterprise so necessary for enhancing national productive capacities.

Human Resource Development During the 9th Plan, a total of 17, 018 training slots were implemented at a cost of Nu. 2.8 billion. Out of these training slots, 1,175 were Bachelors and higher degrees, while 9,078 in-country training slots were implemented during the 9th FY plan compared to 6,891 during the 8th FY plan. This is an increase of 2,187 slots which is (32%) over the 8th plan which marks an improvement on the expanding capacities of various institutions within the country.

280 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION is summarized below: Plan 9th the end of the and start the at comparativeService A Civil qualificationanalysisthe of of developed. been has service civil the in supervisors and managers executives, for courses comprising of MDP The decisions on merit. based transparentHR and fair ensureparticipation, promote broader organizationto an within actions short-term training are decentralized. HR Committees will guide and address all Human Resource approveto authority includingpromotion selection, recruitment, like functions HR the of Many Dzongkhags. the Civil Today,Service. there are 78 Human acrossResource Officersconsistently in various Ministries,and Agencies and uniformly training selection, & and management performance recruitment transfers, promotion,like functions Resource Human out carry to instituted was Office HR Ministry,within every Agency and Dzongkhag in2006. Committees HR of establishment the with consolidated further was This 2004. in instituted was In line with the overall decentralization policy of the Royal Government, the Human Resource Office Moreover, have servants 13civil acquired Ph. Dqualification thePlan. 9th in andneeds priorities of Agencies. the Four annual have reviews conducted date. been till changing the with accordance in Plan the revise and reprioritize to and Plan Master HRD the of The AnnualReview ofthe HRD Master Plan was instituted inthe 9th Plan to review implementation An Analysis of Trainings the implemented during FYPis indicated 9th the below. Short-term/Others Diploma Certificate/Others Diploma Bachelor PG Dip./Cert. Bachelors P.G Dip/Cert Masters Ph. D Masters Ph. D/Spl Level Level Grand Total Total 9FYP Total End of8thFYP 17,018 15,441 338 146 231 780 22 14,258 11,121 1,283 1,568 143 143 0 End of9thFYP 10,683 2,807 3,534 18,805 867 901 13 100.0% 91.1% 2.0% 0.9% 1.4% 4.6% 0.1% % 281

ROYAL CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 14 C. I. Objectives and Targets The Human Resource (HR) theme for the Civil Service in the Tenth Five Year Plan is “Enhancing Good Governance in pursuit of Gross National Happiness.” The introduction of parliamentary democracy and the continued rapid pace of socio-economic development effected through the Tenth Plan development activities have significant implications for governance. In the Civil Service the challenges will be to efficiently and effectively support the policies of the RGOB n implementing programmes to deliver quality services to the people. To address this, the Civil Service requires a high standard of performance, professionalism, transparency and accountability, which are the four pillars of good governance. It is therefore essential that the Royal Government strengthen human resource capacities in the Civil Service. Equally organizations and their HR management and development strategies must be aligned with national policies and supported by sector and organizational visions, strategies and plans. The HR objectives for the Civil Service in the tenth FYP are to: • Deliver High Quality Service to the Government and the public in an efficient and effective manner; • Align optimally the HRD plan with sectoral and national development plan; • Attain sufficient inhouse human resource capacity to deliver public services more effectively and efficiently; • Promote professionalism and competence of the civil servants; and • Institute transparent and accountable decision-making and HR management processes in the Civil Service;

C. II. Strategy Ensuring better collaboration between the three key agencies: GNH commission, RCSC, MoLHR and the sectors through regular dialogue and coordination: • Improved alignment of the Human Resource Training and Development with the sectoral and national development plan; • Higher resource allocation to priority sectors; • Encourage and support application for open scholarship and provide necessary top-up fund wherever scholarships do not cover the full cost; • Transparent, equitable and fair allocation of scholarships through joint decision between the RCSC and the GNHC taking into consideration the level of resources mobilized for each agencies, importance and current situation of the agencies; • Training identification on the basis of the Organizational Development exercise to determine the strategic human resource needs of the Royal Government; • Conduct an annual review to ensure relevance of training to organizational needs as well as to respond to changing priorities of the organization; • Develop rapidly a pool of critical skilled professionals and sustain the same;

282 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION autonomy is maintained and not compromised as provisioned by Constitution the and other acts. and independence financial full organizations the ensurethat these to fromreceived proposal the of 100% atmaintained organizations been have constitutionalallied and the for Finally,HRD the important to be seen sectors to pursue economic excellence. are sectors these as allocation increased significantly allocated been also have HumanSettlement of the total 9.5% allocation. TheLabourof Ministry and aboutHuman Resources and the of Ministry with Works sector and Health the by followed REC) & RuB (MoE,allocation 39.2% highest about constituting the allocated been has sector education the education, the quality Recognising of million. importance 5051.714 Nu. almost of constitutingallocation HRD allocation total the highest of percent eight the forty about allocated been have sectors social the Accordingly, ensure HRDsupports the organizational mandates and functions. to out carried are areas identification of and allocationaccordingly and gaps strength, existing its organization’smandate, coreeach account into takes preparation HRD PlanTenth the Further, orsector existing strengths and gaps. assigning of approach importance percentageofthe ofthe previous over increasecertain irrespective the traditional planallocation the from break a is This allocation. resource priority receives excellence economic attaining of objectives development term long and TenthPlan the support The guiding principle inallocation of resources forthe 10FYP HRD isthat the prioritysectors which C. III.RationalefortheSectoralHRDAllocation • • • • • • • • Institute M&Eand accountability system. right responsibilities; and the with entrusted are people right ensure to deploymentandmanagement Improve HR and not management and general studies; relatedcurrentstudiesdegreedirectlypursue Ensuretheir people higher to that technical to candidate the which belongs; organisation’sthe study and of field the alignment/matchEnsurebetter between mandate plans most inthe effective and efficient manner; Develop capacities of line Ministries, Agencies and Dzongkhags to implement development short all termtrainingsDecentralize to line Ministries, Agencies and Dzongkhags; and qualifications higher pursue to enhance knowledge and competence; servants civil for education continuing Facilitate achieve organizational performance; to attitude right and knowledge skills, qualifications, right the with servants civil Equip 283

ROYAL CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 14 D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Quality of Efficient and Sectoral and agencies Undertake various long term and public service professional human resource capacity short term capacity building availed delivery civil service enhanced in-country and ex-country enhanced through improved educational and Plan implementation Ensure proper HR management and professional supported through deployment capacity competent and skilled bureaucrats

E. Management Arrangement

Institutional Arrangements The Royal Civil Service Commission, the Gross National Happiness Commission and the Ministry of Labour and Human resource will be the three key executing/coordinating agencies while the respective Ministries/agencies/sectors will implement the programme activities in line with the 10FYP HRD Master Plan. All short term trainings will be fully decentralized to the respective agencies while the RCSC will be responsible for administering long term trainings. The GNHC will be responsible for overall HRD planning and resource allocation.

Indicative Cost

# Field Slots Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Ph.d 208 555.225 2 Masters 1712 2432.933 3 Post Graduate Diploma 563 250.712 4 PG Certificate 98 12.915 5 Bachelors 628 245.511 6 Diploma 653 202.222 7 Short term 357.239 Total 4056.757*

* The total HRD indicative figure is Nu 5235.510m which includes HRD for agencies outside civil service. Also the total Short term indicative outlay for the civil service is Nu.1535.992m as per the HRD plan. This has been reduced to Nu. 357.239m to remain within the overall fiscal ceiling. However no changes will be made in the HRD plan.

284 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION LIMITED SERVICE CORPORATION BHUTAN BROADCASTING 285

ROYAL CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 14 286 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 BHUTAN BROADCASTING SERVICE CORPORATION LIMITED website.launched also was Radio live in The 2008. BBS service on-lineFebruary not does this and includeweek live a broadcasts hrs outside the 94 normal schedules. to News items 14 arefrom also updated increased daily has on the TV BBS BBS for airtime The Bhutan. all over reception quality good and coverage percent 95 least at ensure will This locations. remote in transposers power low based solar and headquarter Dzongkhag the all transmittersin FM power total area of the country with the remaining areas to be covered in the Tenth Plan by installing high 78 percent in 2005. In the Ninth Plan FM transmission coverage was increased to 75 percent of the to 2000 in percent 25 from increased also radio BBS to listenerscountry. FM the of areasremote A survey conducted in November 2005 indicates that BBS radio is the prime media in the rural and are nowservices available nationwide. since. Today the BBS has radio broadcast of 105 hours a week in four languages and its FM and TV NYABwasrenamed asBhutan (BBS).The organizationBroadcasting Service has come long a way Radio studio,broadcast small a 1986 and transmittershort-wave KW In 10 a 1973. of commissioning in the volunteerswith of group a by up started was NYABRadio the service radio initial its when Bhutan in establishments media first the amongst was Service Broadcasting Bhutan The of and afree responsible media. development the and information all tofor right upholds the speech, of freedom principlesof the society. knowledge-based ofConstitutiona as emergingthe time this, in affirms Recognizign fully vibrant and robust democracy a taking root of in emergence the the country. ensure Finally, help will the media This governancecan inclusive. play more makinga making pivotal androlepolicy in and institutions Bhutan’s democractic prospects and democracy strengthening of context the the in shaping play to role within important particularly is ItBhutan. a critical in developmentagenda economic and has social political, clearly tool communication a powerful as media The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. BBS/01: ImprovetheReachandQuality ofBBSRadioanTV 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : SectorTenth Plan Bhutan BroadcastingService Bhutan BroadcastingService Nu. 406.779m Nu. 406.779m Five Years (2008-2013) New Nation-wide Whole nation ship to85-90%andTVviewersincreasedbyatleast20% Inform Societyacrossthenationandincreaselistener Longtermstrategyofcreatingaknowledge-basedsociety Information andCommunications 287

BHUTAN BROADCASTING SERVICE CORPORATION LIMITED 15 Since February 2006, BBS TV has been transmitting its news and services through satellite to all the 20 Dzongkhag and beyond. The satellite service was given free of cost for three years by the GoI. Presently, the BBS has no capacity to provide live news from other parts of the country and without adequate technology andcapacity it would be difficult to sustain and continue nationwide service through satellite. In addition, it is becoming increasingly challenging as important events continually demand live coverage and do require electronic news feeding systems to be developed. For this a satellite newsgathering van SNG, is required to feed in live coverage from the otherparts of the country to Thimphu for live broadcast. Additionally, the Audience Survey Report 2000 recommended that BBS carry out national audience survey once every two years and one intermediate survey every one year. For the Tenth Plan, BBS proposes two national surveys and one intermediate survey. With the increasing popularity of radio and television in the rural areas the demand for more diverse has also increased over the years.

C. Strategy There will be a two-pronged strategy for BBS in its media coverage during the Tenth Plan that will focus on expanding both radio and TV coverage. The radio service will be strengthened through FM transmission covering the entire country. The places having access to internet services will be covered through real time internet broadcasting.There is already a good market of internet users in the country as well as abroad for the Internet broadcasting service. Many villages do not have electricity and most of the rural poor cannot afford television sets. To address this constraint, Gewog TV viewing centers have been established in 172 gewogs. The centers have a satellite dish antenna with receiver and a TV set with appropriate power supply set to view BBS TV. This will increase the coverage and help educate the public on various government initiatives. Although BBS TV is transmitted via satellite since 2006, majority of rural people are not able to receive these TV services as many of the remote villages are not connected by cable. An alternate option is to set up an independent terrestrial transmission network using the optical fiber backbone network. This option is critical as it will also serve as a back-up service for satellite transmission. It may be noted that at present BBS does not have formal access to the optical fiber network, without which a fully terrestrial system will not be possible. The existing system is a combination one which relies in the first instance on satellite and thereafter terrestrial transmission via cable TV system and a few VHF TV transmitters. In addition, the existing analogue archives need to be converted into digital format and stored in the system to ensure proper storage and easier access. Digital storage also occupies less space than analogue systems. To document the culture and traditions of the country, a separate division for archives will be established and the documentary section strengthened. The change to digital format has to be done before the analogue systems are phased out.

288 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 BHUTAN BROADCASTING SERVICE CORPORATION LIMITED Indicative Cost bureaus Dzongkhags. inthe The BBSwill execute and implementthe Programme/projects in collaborationwith its eight regional Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 nation across the society Informed . ResultsFramework # Impact Purchase ofvehicle Establish mediaresourcecenter Purchase ofEquipmentsforthenew TV Center Establish RegionalProductionstudio Programme acquisition Strengthen Audio Video archives Establish NewsGatheringSystems Satellite Service Establish Terrestrial TV network Purchase anddistributionofdigitalreceiver Digitization ofradiostation Up gradationofChubachuRadiostation Introduction ofInternetBroadcasting Strengthen FMServices Description ofProjects/Activities production Programme Radio and TV capacity for outreach and Improved Outcome developed Human capacities strengthened BBS TV Services strengthened services BBS Radio Output Total Develop HumanResources Establish mediaresourcecenter Purchase ofEquipmentfornew TV Center Establish RegionalProductionstudio Programme acquisition Strengthen Audio Video archives Establish NewsGatheringSystems Establish Terrestrial TV networkSatelliteService Installation of TVRO equipment inGewogCenters Up gradationofChubachuRadiostation Purchase anddistributedigitalreceivers Introduce InternetBroadcasting Strengthen FMServices Indicative Cost (Nu. Inmillion) 406.779 3.500 4.230 36.544 49.700 62.500 10.000 61.500 79.275 56.000 6.980 9.400 3.140 24.010 Projects/Activities Spillover Remarks 289

BHUTAN BROADCASTING SERVICE CORPORATION LIMITED 15 290 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 BHUTAN INFOCOM AND MEDIA AUTHORITY

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 291 292 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 BHUTAN INFOCOM AND MEDIA AUTHORITY and conditions for provision the of such services. providers.and service It also prepares various guidelines, sets technical standards and frame terms providersfacility Media and ICT all Itlicenses spectrum. radiofrequency management the andof media services, telecommunications of like cable services television, broadcasting and printing press, assignment of radiocom frequenciesthe regulation include functions BICMA’s specific The Bhutan. in sector Media and ICT the regulate to mandate a with autonomousanagency as functions and sector. The Authority BICMA has Media nowbeen and de-linkedfrom InfoComm the Ministry Bhutan of Information the and subsequently,Communications (BICMA) was established and to ensure the effective 2006 use, management and July regulation ofthis important in enacted was Act framework to support itsdevelopment. full The Bhutan Information,Communications and institutional Media and legal the place in put also has Government Royal sector.The the of role critical information is enshrined as a fundamental right under the Constitution, affirms which further the ofICT the and Media sector. freedomthe dessimination The in and independence the media of of Recognizing this, the Royal Government remains fully committed to the professional development considerable the Bhutan’s overcome prospects of emerging associety. intime aknowledge-based Bhutan helping in potential in rolepivotal a playgeography. can its by sector enormous constraintsMedia imposed and Finally, ICT the have also media and ICT democracy and democractic institutions and strengthening ofmaking context governance the in changeand social policy of agentsmaking as moreimportant particularly inclusive.are they things, andeconomic development social political,Bhutan. agenda in the Among manyfurthering other in play to roles critical haveclearly communicationand of tools powerful are media the and ICT B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. A BICMA/01: Strengthening ofBhutan InfoComm andMeia 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 uthority Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Bhutan Information,CommunicationandMedia Act 2005, Bhutan InfoCommandMedia Authority Bhutan InfoCommandMedia Authority (BICMA) Nu. 10.500m Nu. 10.500m Five Years (2008-2013) New National National Effective andefficientregulatorybodyinplace. political, socialandeconomicissues public advocacyandinformationdessiminationonvarious enhancing GoodGovernancethrough Contributes toallthepillarsofGNHbutnotablyin Information, CommunicationsandMedia 293

BHUTAN INFOCOM AND MEDIA AUTHORITY 16 C. Strategy To promote and enhance the application and use of the ICT and Media sector in Bhutan’s holistic development, BICMA has already adopted and will maintain a “light touch-regulation” approach as dilineated in the Bhutan ICT Policy and strategies (BIPS) document. The light touch policy as the name implies means applying regulations in a sensible and light handed manner but in no way indicates a laissez faire approach as the independence of the ICT and media sector can be fragile and easily compromised. The policy clearly envisages and supports the development of the sector in the right environment with the freedoms and capacities balanced by the necessary checks and balances. To that extent the self-regulation of the sector and the creation of a liberalized and competitive ICT infrastructure market through licensing new operators and service providers are the key strategies in the Tenth Plan for strengthening the BICMA. Recruitment of technically qualified staff and capacity building of the staff will also need to be given priority for the effective monitoring and regulation of the sector. In terms of strategic activities, BICMA will actively engage in the development of National Radio Regulation; enforce the Bhutan Information, Communication and Media Act 2006 and implement various policy directives that emanate from the Act; formulate appropriate rules and guidelines; manage radio spectrum; operationalize the Universal Service Fund and develop the human resources of the institution and sector.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Conducive regulatory National Radio Development of National Radio environment for Regulation developed Regulation media promoted Effective enforcement Enforcement of the Bhutan Information, Conducive regulatory of the Bhutan Communication and Media Act 2006 environment for Information, Socio- media promoted Communication and Enforcement and Implementatinon of economic Media Act 2006 and the policy directives on ICT and Media and political Competitive and implementation of development vibrant information Policy Directives on Formulate Rules, Code, guidelines as promoted and communications ICT and Media per the Act through media sector developed Rules, codes and Management of Radio Spectrum Vibrant, informed guidelines as per the and politically active Act formulated Operationalization of Universal Service civil society created fund Human Capability and Capacity Developed Human Resource Development

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Bhutan InfoComm and Media Authority (BICMA) will be the overall execution and implementation of the programme.

294 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 BHUTAN INFOCOM AND MEDIA AUTHORITY Indicative Cost 3 2 1 # Improvement ofMonitoringstationat Tsirang Enforcement ofpolicydirectivesonICT andMedia and Media Act 2005 Implementation oftheBhutanInformation,Communication Description ofProjects/Activities Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 10.500 2.000 1.000 7.500 295

BHUTAN INFOCOM AND MEDIA AUTHORITY 16 296 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 BHUTAN NARCOTIC CONTROL AGENCY

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 297 298 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 BHUTAN NARCOTICCONTROL AGENCY building of agency is the thus an important priority activity. heading capacity institutionalstrengthening and The equipped. Director and inadequatelystaffed is Executive an but agency the with functional fully is BNCA the of office in 2006.The existenceNovember into came (BNCA) Agency Control Narcotic “Bhutan the which following 2005 in adopted was Act (NDPSSA) Abuse Substance and Substances Psychotropic Drugs, Narcotic The Many students apparently now are habitual abusers with many drugs. evenpeddling substance that recognizes clearly abuseisessentially youth-related a Report problem and that students male The are most the vulnerable group. alone. Thimphu in made were arrests the of 74% toabuse. drug arrests, Of these 56% were students and 91% youths and adolescents and that about BhutanPolicerelatingRoyal the by made werearrests 817 1995, and 1989 between thatindicates society.” Bhutanese of fabric social definitely problem isthe further into drug “seeping report the The conveys 2006 Bhutan in SituationAbuse Drug on Report Status situation the abuse as but drug yet, the as Bhutan of in extent the on data and information accurate or reliable no is There overdose of reported quite media inthe drugs often. by caused deaths of cases with quicklygrowing and widespread quite is thatone to families few a affecting event occasional an from grown now has Bhutan in substance of problem The 2002. in AssemblyNational the in concern serious a as raised again was matter the society,Bhutanese in reported being abusesubstanceof Bhutan RoyalPolice. cases growing ofWiththe numberby the implemented and Government Royal the by issued was notification public relevant a when 1988 as back far as raised was Bhutan in abuse substance and drugs narcotic of issue and concern The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. Development BNCA/01 –InstitutionalStrengthening andInfrastructure 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : NDPSSA 2005. NDPSSA Act 2005,Implementationframeworkfor Bhutan NarcoticControl Agency Bhutan NarcoticControl Agency Nu. 51.403m Nu. 51.403m Five Years (2008-2013) New Drug addicts the country Prevention, reductionanderadicationofdrugabusein Narcotic Control 299

BHUTAN NARCOTIC CONTROL AGENCY 17 Bhutan lacks any structured treatment provision for the dependent drug abusers. Presently, some drug dependents are treated in the psychiatric unit of Jigme Dorji Wangchuck National Referral Hospital (JDWNRH). But, they are mainly dealing with the ‘detoxification’ part of it i.e. helping the drug dependents with medical support to safely overcome the withdrawal phase. But the provisions of counseling for relapse prevention and after care so essential for recovery is very limited given the hospitals present capacity stretched to the end to provide services to the more ‘critically ill’ patients. The limited capacity for treatment and the lack of a recovery centre makes many drug users seek treatment outside the country which is expensive for many to afford it. Therefore, a recovery centre is the need of the hour to occasionally help numerous young addicts in Bhutan relinquish their substance dependency and rebuild their lives. Though, Bhutan began responding to the drug problem in 2004 an efficient team of service providers to efficiently deliver the requisite services as well as trained cadres to respond to changing situations are yet to be in place. There is also a lack of quality IEC materials about drug abuse, its consequences and related issues to aid in awareness generation, education and prevention of abuse of drugs and other harmful substances. The lack of any module aimed at prevention of drug abuse among in and out of school children makes difficult to plan and implement any structured intervention among this very vulnerable group. The objectives: • To carry out advocacy and public awareness programs on the ill effects of drugs and alcohol abuses amongst in-school youth, out of school youth, parents and teachers; • To rehabilitate drug dependant youths by providing detoxification, treatment, counseling, community support programme and after care services; • To develop module/manuals to carry out prevention education amongst youth; • To develop IEC materials to carry out mass campaign amongst all sections of the youth on the ill effects of drugs and alcohol abuse; and • To ensure capacity building of the staff for quality service delivery aimed at preventing and reducing drug abuse amongst the youth.

C. Strategy The BNCA will carry out the following strategic activities during the Tenth Plan: • Coordinate and facilitate early detection, de-toxification, treatment and rehabilitation with the Ministry of Health, Ministry of Education, Non Governmental Organizations (YDF) and International Organizations; • Strengthen management capabilities and future requirements of the BNCA and other stakeholders to design and impart systematic professional management development programmes in support of the drug abuse prevention and supply reduction measure;

300 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 E. ManagementArrangements BHUTAN NARCOTICCONTROL AGENCY Indicative Cost of Programme the incollaboration with line agencies and ministries. The Bhutan narcoticControl Agencywill playthe lead role inthe overall execution and coordination Institutional Arrangements D 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 society Drug free . ResultsFramework # Impact • • Office equipments Equipment (Itserverandprogramme) Purchase ofdrugtestingequipment Carry outnationalbaselinestudy Establishtreatmentcenters Drug supplyreductionprogramme Drug educationandpreventionprogramme Construction ofRehabilitationCentre guidebooks etc) forguidebooks inschools, institutions use and communities. Develop and produce differenttypes ofeducational materials (pamphlets,booklets, posters, in schools, institutions and affected the communities; and project surveillance out carry to and country the informationabusein drugs the for base data maintain website, BNCA maintain report, status drug annual produce and compile situation, abuses drug on survey baseline out carry to section IT and research Establish country drug abuseinthe and eradicationof vention, reduction committed topre professional agency A dynamicand Description ofProjects/Activities Outcome - veloped Human capacitiesde reduction created reduction anddemand Awareness onsupply Drug addictstreated Output - Total ment Human ResourceDevelop Institutional strengthening Centre Construction ofrehabilitation Project/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. inmillion) 30.000 51.403 1.903 2.000 1.000 1.500 5.000 2.000 8.000 - 301

BHUTAN NARCOTIC CONTROL AGENCY 17 302 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 BHUTAN OLYMPIC COMMITTEE

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 303 304 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 eeomn srtg hs lo en agl asn i te otx o icroaig properly incorporating of context the BHUTAN OLYMPIC COMMITTEE in absent largely been also has national strategy the in development sports of recognition conscious a Sadly, people’s lives. in influence positive a as act can it how of and sports of importance the on awareness general of lack a is However,there and recreational inpeople’s activities perceptions about its relevance to happiness. sports of importance the reveal also StudiesBhutan for Center the by conducted surveys various The challenged. physically the and able-bodied middle-aged, old, young, the – population the of is being increasingly recognized that this activity must be encouraged and catered to for all sections merits and advantages that can be derived from sports and physical activities as Sports iterated are previously,gaining itincreasing popularity in Bhutan, especially amongst the youth. In view of the many of Education Ministry the was established to promote and develop inschools. sports were formed as functional arms of and the BOC the Department of Youth and Sports (DYS) under (DSAs) Associations Sports Dzongkhag the and (NSFs) Federations Sports National various The institutions. and schools the in sports and education physical of teaching the in diffusion its and activities sports of framework the within country the in olympismof principles fundamental the Royal Government’s the following decision in1983 to join International the Olympic Movement. up BOC’sThe mission is primary to propagate set was (BOC) Committee Olympic Bhutan The enhanced. and links with the global and regional community are enhanced positively and the country’s image popularityBhutan.in It provides platformalso useful a throughBhutan’s which relations external huge its given cohesion social and unity nationalstrengthening for force positive a be potentially strengthen education, prevent disease and improve health and well being. Sports and It games goals. can development can helpalso foster national healthy development of various children and youth, inculcate positive values and achieve life skills, to tools effective cost and practical powerful, be can sports of values best the incorporate that initiatives based games and sports Wellconceived B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. BOC/01: National SportsInfratructure Development 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan BOC, Federations BOC Nu. 100.000m Nu. 100.000m Five Years (2008-2013) New Nationwide Bhutanese Athletes Organization ofsports/gamesonawiderscale. GNH andvariousnationaldevelopmentgoals Promoting holisticandnonmaterialwellbeinginsupportof Sports 305

BHUTAN OLYMPIC COMMITTEE 18 conceived and planned programme of activities to promote sports activities. Other constraints relate to the inadequate sports infrastructure, shortage of qualified coaches, poor sports equipment, etc. As such, there is need to develop a National Sports Policy and to strengthen the coordination mechanism amongst all the organizations involved in the promotion and development of sports in the country.

C. Strategy The following strategies shall be pursued by the BOC during the Tenth Plan to promote sports in the country: • Effectively implement the concept of “Sports for All” by developing capacities of potential players including youths by providing appropriate opportunities and facilities; • Facilitate school oriented sports and inter-Dzongkhag Sports Competitions and National Sports Competition; • Adopt a holistic approach in the development of sports especially related to leading healthy life-styles and catering to all segments of the society; • Develop physical infrastructure and proper training facilities to promote and facilitate sports activities and skills; and • Strengthen capacities of the organizations involved in the promotion and development of sports.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Excellence in Knowledge and skills National sports Construction of sports centers games & sports enhanced among the infrastructure developed to promote well Bhutanese athletes Human capacities Human Resource Development being developed

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Bhutan Olympic Committee (BOC) and National Federations will promote sports and games at the national level by undertaking various activities with further momentum and support of the Royal Government. The Dzongkhag Sports Associations will coordinate the development of sports infrastructure at the Dzongkhag level under the technical supervision and guidance of BOC and respective federations. Close collaboration will be maintained with the DYS, Ministry of Education.

306 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 BHUTAN OLYMPIC COMMITTEE Indicative Cost 1 # 50m, DzongkhagSportscenters50m) one StadiumforBOC(SportscentersNationalFederations Construction of Training CentersforNational Federationsand Description ofProjects/Activities Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 100.000 100.000 307

BHUTAN OLYMPIC COMMITTEE 18 308 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 COUNCIL FOR ECCLESIASTICAL AFFAIRS

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 309 310 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 COUNCIL FOR ECCLESIASTICAL AFFAIRS to continue the powerful ofadvocacy the monastic institutions on public health issues for effective strengthened be also institutions.will religious Efforts residentsin the sanitationof andhydgiene health, the improve further to developed infrastructure/facilities physical various and provided be will Plan. Trainings Ninth the in as same the remain essentially will strategy programme The C. Strategy religious 1,585 nuns as water caretakers. of training the include on maintenance Plan of the facilities provided to 19 monastic institutions Ninth and training of 16 monks and the in practitioners made on health and hygiene, provision of water achievementssupply to 22 monastic institutions, training the of Some behavior seeking health and general awareness on public issues health amongst communities. promoteinstitutionsmonasticappropriateto the of role advocacy the harnessingon focused also programme the of activities certain weilds, it influence the and Bhutanese most of lives everyday the in has religionthat importance by institutions. monastic the Given the to Health facilities of Ministry sanitation the and water of provision and trainings of mainly consists programme The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. DL/01: ImprovementofHealth &Sanitation Services 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Dratshang Lhengtshog Dratshang Lhengtshog Nu. 139.000m Nu. 139.000m Five Years (2008–2013 New Religious Practitioners SDG Goal12:ImprovedHygieneandPublicHealth Other HealthMDGs sanitation of populationwithoutaccesstosafedrinkingwaterand Primarily MDGGoal7:Target10: Halvingtheproportion conditions inreligiousinstitutions systems thatwillhelppromotehygieneandsanitation delivery systemthroughimprovedwaterandsanitation Improve accessibilityandsustainabilityofthehealthcare public healththroughtheactiveadvocacyofmonkbody sanitation conditionsforreligiousinstitutionsandimproved Investing inhumancapitalthroughimprovedwaterand Achieving theMDGsPlusHealthGoals. Religion 311

COUNCIL FOR ECCLESIASTICAL AFFAIRS 19 health utilization. Additionally, the curriculum of the monastic education system will be reviewed to incorporate relevant information on health, healthy lifestyles and other important public health issues.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Improve Residents 100 religious institutions Provision of safe drinking water accessibility and in monastic equipped with improved and Sanitation to Religious sustainability of the institutions adopt water sources and separate Institutions health care delivery healthy and sanitation facilities system hygienic practices Training of monks and nuns on Religious institutions Kitchen hygiene and nutrition equipped with improved kitchen hygiene

Health seeking Living facilities for monks Improvement in the Living behavior and nuns improved facilities of monks and nuns and general awareness on Community-based religious Training of community- based public health practitioners trained on religious practitioners on a issues amongst defined set of health and defined set of health and communities hygiene practices hygiene practices increased

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements Under the overall management of the Dratshang Lhentshog, the Religion and Health Project shall execute the activities in coordination with collaborating partners/ agencies.

Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) 1 Provision of safe drinking water and sanitation to religious institutions 100.000 2 Training of monks on kitchen hygiene and nutrition 21.000 3 Improvement in the living facilities of monks 7.500 4 Training of community- based religious practitioners on a defined set of 10.500 health and hygiene practices Total 139.000

312 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 COUNCIL FOR ECCLESIASTICAL AFFAIRS the expansion plans for additional infrastructure development to accommodate the growing student academic facilities. The present location ofthe Shedra at Tango is on a steep slope andthis restricts With the rise in the number of the students, the Shedra is facing an acute shortage of residential and accommodates only about 200 students. Shedra the Tango.present,atAt studies their pursue to wishing candidates the all admit cannot Shedra the and yearly increasing are Tango Shedra at studyThorim of courses advanced the into admission seeking candidates of numbers The Goendeys. and Dratshangs Rabdey local the from candidates the to cater and Dzongkhags the to in located equivalent are Shedras is Dingrim The levels). which 12 programme,class study Buddhist year (Four Shedra Dingrim from graduate Tangoat they classes after advanced Shedra Thorim the intoadmission studentsseek Mostmonk Sixth Year and Ninth Year respectively. equivalent to Bachelors and Masters Degree in Buddhist studies and Philosophy at the end of their during their academic years in the Shedra. The monk students are cultureawarded literatureandBhutanese philosophy,history, certificatesrituals, Buddhist art, in and trained arediplomasstudents to a Thorim Shedra (BuddhistCollege) with a nine year intensive academic programme. The monk nation’s presentthe itsstatusas Tangoforemostinstitute.1988 InBuddhist upgraded was Shedra The Tango Shedra, since its inception in 1964with 25 monk students, hasevolved overthe years to center. Tango the Bhutan’sasShedra, institutions,such cultural living variousstudy of Buddhist premier the envisages statement 2020 Vision propagation The of GNH. ofcultural values pillar and key traditions a as and development being sustainable promoted of effectively aspect through integral and the animportant as strengthening of culture conservation the affirms 2020 Vision Bhutan The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. DL/02: Expansion ofT 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector ango BuddhistCollege : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan,Preliminarycostestimates Dratshang Lhentshog/CentralMonasticBody Dratshang Lhentshog Nu. 250.005m Nu. 250.005m Five Years (2008–2013) New Monks philosophy Provide advancedcourseinBuddhiststudiesand pillar ofGNH Preservation andpromotionofCultureasanimportant Religion 313

COUNCIL FOR ECCLESIASTICAL AFFAIRS 19 population. Therefore, an alternative site for infrastructural extension of the Shedra to part of the Dodena area at the foot of the Tango slope has been identified to construct a Thorim Shedra with adequate facilities for 500 students.

C. Strategy In the Tenth Plan, the achievement of the overall result will be facilitated through the following strategies: • Develop infrastructure in Dodena to ease pressure on existing facilities at Tango; • Move part of the student body to the extended facility. This will allow for more manageable classrooms; • Provide a good environment for learning; and • Increase intake of students for advanced study and training at the Throrim Shedra.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Project/Activities

Provide adequate physical Provide a good A model buddhist college Infrastructure infrastructure to ease the environment for in place Development in Dodena pressure on the present learning to accommodate 500 location at Tango. students

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The office of the Dratshang Lhentshog in close consultation with the Central Monastic Body and the Tango Thorim Shedra administration shall execute the activities in coordination with collaborating partners/agencies.

Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities (Nu. in million) 1 Infrastructure Development - Expansion of Tango Shedra Academic Building 21.253 Construction of office for staff 4.003 Dinning hall with kitchen & store 11.571 Housing for faculty & staff 40.698 Hostels for students 82.187 Lhakhang / Multipurpose hall 21.750 Site development 13.500 Others(structural, electrical, plumbing and supervision of works 12.543 Contingencies at 7 % of built up cost 17.500 Purchase of furniture at 10 % of built up cost 25.000 Total 250.005

314 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 COUNCIL FOR ECCLESIASTICAL AFFAIRS caterwill to religious the education of girls from different dzongkhags. almost all of the existing ones do not provide advanced training in religion. The proposed nunnery Bhutan has very few institutions that cater to the them. religious train education to needs providedof facilities the educationalnuns/women and emphasisand due given be to needs country the in education/training nuns/womenreligious of The well. as girls to support this extend to looking is Body Monastic country.TheCentral the in monks registered 6000 over to teachings and training TheCentral MonasticBody through its vast network of regional monastic centers provides religious of various living cultural institutions such as through shedras and dratshangs. the envisages statement 2020 Vision propagation The of GNH. ofcultural values pillar and key traditions a as and development being sustainable promoted of effectively aspect through integral and the animportant as strengthening of culture conservation the affirms 2020 Vision Bhutan The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. DL/03: ConstructionofShedraforNun(Nunnery) 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage to National Development Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan,Preliminaryestimatefortheconstruction Dratshang Lhentshog/CentralMonasticBody Dratshang Lhentshog Nu. 150.000m Nu. 150.000m Five Years (2008–2013) New Nuns vocational levels SDG Goal16Qualityeducationatprimary, secondaryand SDG Goal15Universalfunctionalliteracy SDG Goal14Completionofprimaryeducationcycle children, boysandgirls SDG Goal13 Access toprimary/communalschoolforall Women MDG Goal3:PromoteGenderEqualityandEmpower MDG Goal2: Achieve UniversalPrimaryEducation women/nuns Provide religiousandvalueeducationtoyoungadult of GNHandMainstreaminggenderbalanceindevelopment Preservation andpromotionofCultureasanimportantpillar Center MonasticBody/Nangur Anim Shedra,Mongar 315

COUNCIL FOR ECCLESIASTICAL AFFAIRS 19 C. Strategy The achievement of the overall result will be facilitated through the following strategic activities: • Infrastructure development: Establishing a Shedra for nuns will greatly benefit nuns in pursuing advanced religious education and training; and • Introduction of religious curriculum in the Shedra at par with the Shedra for monks.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Provide access to Qualified women A full fledged Shaydra for Construction of Shedra higher education in teachers/instructors of nuns constructed religion for nuns religion

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements Under the overall management of the Dratshang Lhentshog, the Programme and Planning Division of the Central Monastic Body and the Dratshang Examination Board shall execute and implement the project.

Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Project/Activities (Nu. in million) 1 Infrastructure development – Shedra for Nuns Academic Building 18.748 Construction of Office for Staff 5.400 Dining Hall with Kitchen & Store 6.945 Housing for faculty & Staff 15.404 Hostels for Students 47.925 Lhakhang/Multi-purpose Hall 13.049 Site Development 8.100 Others (structural, electrical, plumbing and supervision of works 7.500 Contingencies at 7-8 % of built up cost 11.929 Purchase of Funiture at 10 % of built up cost 15.000

Total 150.000

316 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 COUNCIL FOR ECCLESIASTICAL AFFAIRS Gross National Happiness. achieving of Government’sphilosophy development Royal the support resolutions These being. recognized the importance the of each person’s Ministers, ofspiritual growth to achieve Council genuine happiness the and well- of Zhungtshog,Lhengye National the Assembly (CCM) and Executive the Committee of Dratshang the have Meeting Committee Coordination the of resolutions people’s deepen culture.Numerousandpublic and general values,religion, the awareness their of highest the at levelsdiscussions in the from Royal Government arose and Thimphu the Dratshang, on in how Center to make the Dharma Dharma more the accessible to establish to concept The and culture through various culturalpractices, institutions. faith, Buddhist of foundation strong a of creation the require thus will traditions and values culture, Bhutanese of preservation and safeguarding the So consequences. disturbing As the Vision 2020 cautions the further erosion of Bhutan’s cultural heritage could carry potentially onsetareofmodernizationpressureand the underquickly erodingwith fromrapid globalization. While spiritual practice and values are not new to the Bhutanese, age-old religious and cultural values of various living cultural institutions such as through shedras and dratshangs. the envisages statement 2020 Vision propagation The of GNH. ofcultural values pillar and key traditions a as and development being sustainable promoted of effectively aspect through integral and the animportant as strengthening of culture conservation the affirms 2020 Vision Bhutan The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. DL/04: ConstructionofDharmaentre 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative Cost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Objectives & Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Dratshang Lhentshog/CentralMonasticBody Central MonasticBody Five Years (2008–2013) New Children, youthsandadults studies andphilosophy monastic cultures.ProvideadvancedcourseinBuddhist Enhance accesstoreligiousteachings,meditationand pillar ofGNH Preservation andpromotionofCultureasanimportant Gayden dratshang/CentralmonasticBody 317

COUNCIL FOR ECCLESIASTICAL AFFAIRS 19 C. Strategy The Dharma Center will be an extension of the Zhung Dratshang’s current activities and will, through its varied activities cater to the growing interests and needs of the Bhutanese people for religious instruction and make available necessary resources to learn and imbibe about Bhutan’s culture, traditions, history, art forms and profound spiritual legacy. Scholars and academics will conduct religious discourses and meditation sessions for the public. Special programmes will be developed for specific target groups through which social issues like substance abuse and value education will be addressed and discussed to advocate positive social development. The dharma center will have a library with an extensive collection of materials on Bhutanese religion, philosophy, culture, art, history and literature, with multi-media displays and presentations. It will also function as a living museum displaying Bhutanese spiritual and cultural practices and artifacts.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Provide access to Increased spiritual Provide a Construction of the religious teachings and development and knowledge venue/forum/space for Center monastic cultures – Gar- in Bhutanese cultures spiritual and intellectual thig-yang Sum development

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements Under the overall management of the Dratshang Lhentshog, The Planning and Programme Division of the Central Monastic Body shall execute the activities in coordination with collaborating partners/agencies.

Indicative Cost

Indicative Cost # Description of Projects/Activities Remarks (Nu.in million) 1 Infrastructure development- Construction of Will be funded through Dharma Center Hall private donations Total

318 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 COUNCIL FOR ECCLESIASTICAL AFFAIRS benefit greatly will This learning. religious monks inpursuing advanced religious education and higher training. of academy regional a into this develop and Bumthang to old Shedra the Tshangkha relocate and infrastructure the develop to is activity The C. Strategy developmentinfrastructure costs considerably. thusreducingoverall temples the used the attachedand houseslocationassuch be can new at the space to be developed into an institute of higher learning. Additionally, located the and easy current to reach facilitiesfrom all parts availableof the country centrally and the is new location advantages. It moreoverseveral hasoffers Bumthangadequate to Shedra the of relocation the and education forconducive not is conditionsclimatic to Tshangkhaduepresent Shedra the atatmosphere and of the Shedra is small with no room for expansion of infrastructure and facilities. The environment the The actually relocation is Shedra proposed new the of Tshangkha TheShedra. locationpresent country.the provide education, training and teachings to over 6000 registered monks and Gomchens across all Body through a vast network of Rabdheys, Shedras, Lobdras, Gondheys, Gomdheys and Drupdheys of various living cultural institutions such as through shedras the and dratshangs. envisages statement TheCentral 2020 Monastic Vision propagation The of GNH. ofcultural values pillar and key traditions a as and development being sustainable promoted of effectively aspect through integral and the animportant as strengthening of culture conservation the affirms 2020 Vision Bhutan The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. Bumthang (Relocation ofTshangkhaShedra) DL/05: ConstructionofnewShedraat Jambay Lhakhang, 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan Dratshnag Lhentshog/CentralMonasticBody Dratshang Lhentshog Nu. 23.541m Nu. 23.541m Five Years (2008–2013 New Monks None Buddhist studiesandphilosophyestablished Tshangkha Shedrarelocatedandanadvancedstudiesin GNH Preservation andpromotionofCultureasanimportantpillar Central MonasticBody/JambayLhakhangShedra,Bumthang 319

COUNCIL FOR ECCLESIASTICAL AFFAIRS 19 D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities Provide access Qualified monks/teachers/ Full fledged Dringrim Shedra Construction of Shedra to pursue higher instructors of religion established education

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements Under the overall management of the Dratshang Lhentshog, the Programme and Planning Division of the Central Monastic Body and Trongsa Rabdey Dratshang shall execute and implement the project.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Construction of Shedra Front Shedra Hostel 4.900 Hostels on 2 (two) sides 6.641 Kitchen 1.039 Toilet & Bath house 1.127 Classroom (three block) 5.334 Site Development 4.500 Total 23.541

DL/ 06: Construction of new Zhirim Lobdra at Kuenphen Yoeselling, Gyelposhing, Mongar

A. Overview

1 Sector : Central Monastic Body / Lobdra at Kuenphen Yoeselling, Gyelposhing, Mongar 2 Linkage to National Development : Preservation and promotion of Culture as an important pillar of Objectives & Strategies GNH 3 Expected Results : Enhance access to religious teaching and studies and cultural life 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : 5 Donor Agency : None 6 Target Group : Monks 7 Scope : 8 Status-Ongoing or New : New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 – 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 23.041 m 11 External Financing Require : Nu. 23.041 m

320 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 COUNCIL FOR ECCLESIASTICAL AFFAIRS Indicative Cost the implementproject. and execute shall Dratshang Rabdey Mongar and Body Monastic Central the of Under the overall management of the Dratshang Lhentshog, the Programme and Planning Division Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D insufficient arewho otherwise instructors staff to the numerous scattered religious Lobdras. small and qualified and experienced of shortage the ease help will consolidation This pursuing religious education and training and offerbetterthem qualityeducation and instruction. Establishing a Zhirim Tewa Lobdra and merging together several Lobdras will benefitthe monks in C. Strategy improve quality of religious education and of ease management. toconsolidate together lobdras tocreate Tewaseveral Zhirim a to School) Primary (Zonal Lobdra planningto reduce number the ofscattered small widely across dispersed andlobdras country the be desirable and appropriate for the construction of the new Lobdra. TheCentral MonasticBody is The location and climate ofthe preferred location forthe new shedra at Kuenphen Yoeseling would B. SituationalAnalysis 14 13 1 education to pursuehigher Enhance access 12 . ResultsFramework # Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency Impact Site Development Classroom (threeblock) Toilet &Bathhouse Kitchen Hostels on2(two)sides Front LobdraHostel Construction ofZhirimLobdra

Description ofProjects/Activities pursue higherstudies created forthemonksto A goodbasewillbe Outcome : : :

Sector Tenth Plan Dratshnag Lhentshog/CentralMonasticBody Dratshang Lhentshog Lobdra established Full fledgedZhirim Tewa Output Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) Lobdra Construction ofZhirim Tewa Projects/Activities 23.041 4.000 5.334 1.127 1.039 6.641 4.900 321

COUNCIL FOR ECCLESIASTICAL AFFAIRS 19 322 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 GNH COMMISSION

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 323 324 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 GNH COMMISSION of Tenth the Plan itself done being entirely within framework the of NMES. the Tenth the of start operationalby the fully monitoring be the towith Plan evaluationand expected Budget to improve efficiency and cost effectiveness and avoid duplications of Theefforts. system is PlaMs with the Multi-Year Rolling Budget System being developed by the Department of National entry, data for (PlaMS) storage and system analysis. Monitoring The GNH & Commission Secretariat Planning iscurrently the inthe system,process of computerized integrating the web-based a and procedures and set-up institutional M&E the components, main two of consists NMES The procedures and formats for planning, monitoring and evaluation across sectors. all National monitoring a and evaluating all development of programme activities developmentin the country and streamline the the initiated Secretariat Monitoring & Evaluation Commission System (NMES) in the Ninth Plan GNH to introduce a standardized system the for this, Recognizing plans.the followingsuccessiveFiveeach Year andcomplexityincreasingmagnitude, the to duePlanscale of acutely more felt was Bhutan in system M&E a such for need and demand The process.planning ofdevelopment interventionsand management vital a necessary ishighly development the in task impact the assess GNH to system coherentM&E and the systematic A of(GNHCS). Secretariat Commissionmandates key the of one is programmes and plansmonitoring development The of it. evaluation for and framed objectives the achieving in difference a making are programmes Monitoring and Evaluation Systems basically track what is being done and whether the development B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. Evaluation System GNHC/01: Strengthening Planning,Monitoringand 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : SectorTenth Plan Dzongkhag PlanningUnits Policy andResearchDivision(GNHCS),PPDs, GNH CommissionSecretariat Nu. 50.000m Nu. 50.000m Five Years (2008-2013) New National National level 2020, MDGsandSDGs. important developmentgoalsarticulatedintheVision the useofGNHindicators(BDI)forrealization to assesstheachievementsofFive Year Plansthrough A systematicandcoherentM&Esysteminstitutionalized framework toimprovedevelopmentprogrammes developing clearplanning,monitoringandevaluation Enabling EnvironmentofGoodGovernancethrough Planning, MonitoringandEvaluation 325

GNH COMMISSION 20 The importance of a dynamic and efficient M&E system becomes even more pertinent as a primary feature of the Tenth Plan is its results-based planning approach to ensure that development planning and budgeting processes are more dynamic, efficient, responsive and results oriented, Another significant feature of the Tenth Plan is the integration of the time bound and quantitative international and regional development goals – the MDGs and SDGs - within the planning framewok. Given the Royal Government’s commitment to meet the SDGs and MDGs by 2010 and 2015 respectively, this provides an opportune moment to incorporate and strengthen the NMES as a tool to assess Tenth Plan outcomes on a result and targeted oriented basis. In pursuance of the national development philosophy of Gross National Happiness, the Center for Bhutan Studies is developing a comprehensive set of indicators for GNH known as the Bhutan Development Index (BDI). Consisting of various indicators that will proximate progress towards GNH, the BDI will be an important assessment tool to understand the level of happiness of the people in Bhutan. The BDI will also serve as a critical yardstick for the NMES to assess development performance and progress on outcomes. Since the Ninth Plan, the institutional capacity of the Planning Commission Secretariat has been seriously challenged with the increasing magnitude and complexity of development planning and its monitoring and evaluation requirements. This must be viewed from the context that the number of development interventions has grown exponentially and the Tenth Plan outlay more than doubled. While the Secretariat has witnessed an increase in both the staff and office equipment, there is a need for further institutional strengthening of the Secretariat in order to properly monitor the increased scale of plan activities and carry out various impact assessment studies.

C. Strategy The main objective of the M&E Programme in the Tenth Plan is to institutionalize a systematic and coherent M&E system to provide critical and reliable information to decision-makers to facilitate informed decision making. The key strategy will be to operationalize the National Monitoring and Evaluation System. The GNH Commission Secretariat shall spearhead this activity and provide necessary technical backstopping to the line ministries, agencies, Dzongkhags and Gewogs for its development and implementation. The Secretariat will also organize workshops to sensitize policy makers, planners and programme staff on the new M&E system. The GNHC shall olso coordinate with the Department of National Budget in improving and managing the integrated planning, budgeting and monitoring system. In order to strengthen the M&E capacity, training workshops and seminars will be organized to relevant officials and staff of the line ministries, agencies, Dzongkhags and Gewogs. Greater attention will be paid to build competency in research and impact assessments especially for the GNH Commission Secretariat and PPDs. Since enhancing the institutional capacity of the GNH Commission Secretariat is crucial for the effective implementation and monitoring all the plan activities, the Policy and Research Division will conduct and collaborate on undertaking research and studies in relevant fields with competent economics and development institutes both within and outside the country.

326 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 GNH COMMISSION Indicative Cost Poverty, and SDGs. MDGs Statistical National Studies, Bhutan Bureauand otherrelevant agencies todevelopfor indicators and ondata BDI, collection Vision Center 2020, the with liaise also shall Commission GNH The managing integrated the planning, budgeting and monitoring system. The GNHCommission shall coordinatewith the Department of National Budget in improving and Planning Units. Dzongkhag and PPDs assessments the with collaboration impact in priorities conduct and themes anddevelopment selective coordinateon System, M&E National of operationalization be the shall Commission GNH monitorimplementand shall It the activities. M&E all coordinationof underand planning forresponsible (PMCD) Division Coordination and Monitoring Plan Institutional Arrangement E. ManagementArrangements D and GNH SDGs, Vision 2020 Plans, MDGsand targets inFive Year achieve goalsand use ofresourcesto accountability in effectiveness and efficiency, Improved 2 1 # . ResultsFramework Impact Assessment Institutional StrengtheningforResultBasedPlanning and System Operationalization ofNationalMonitoringandEvaluation Impact Description ofProjects/Activities 2020 SDGs andVision of theBDI,MDGs, within thecontext Five Year Plans achievements of to assessthe institutionalized M&E system and coherent A systematic Outcome Studies Research andImpact Assessment Assessment capacity Strengthening researchandImpact budgeting andmonitoringsystem management ofintegratedplanning, Technical developmentand Monitoring andEvaluationSystem Operationalization oftheNational Output Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) assessments studies Conducting impact Operationalization Development and and EvaluationSystem National Monitoring 50.000 30.000 20.000 Projects/Activities 327

GNH COMMISSION 20 GNHC/02: Targeted Poverty Reduction Programme

A. Overview

1 Sector : GNH Commission Secretariat 2 Linkage to National Development : All national development goals. Objectives & Strategies Poverty Reduction 3 Expected Results : Targeted poverty reduction in the country 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : Covers the broad range of all MDGs & SDGs but particularly MDG 1 and SDGs I and 2 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Those below the national poverty line 7 Scope : National 8 Status-Ongoing/New : New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 - 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 1000.000 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 1000.000 m 12 Executing Agency : GNH Commission Secretariat 13 Implementing Agencies : GNHCS, NSB, PPDs in all ministries, planning and monitoring units in other autonomous agencies, planning units in Dzongkhags. 14 Documents Available : All FYP documents, MDGs, SDGs, Vision 2020 & NHDR 2005; Sector Tenth Plan, Poverty Analysis Report 2004;Vulnerability Analysis and Mapping 2005,

B. Situational Analysis Poverty reduction and raising living standards of its people has always featured as key considerations in all of Bhutan’s development plans. Poverty reduction is the primary objective and core theme of the Tenth Plan, reflecting the RGoB’s deep commitment to achieve tangible and quantifiable progress in the MDGS and SDGs. The NSBs Poverty Analysis Report 2007 estimated that 23.2 percent of the population is under the poverty line. Two important aspects of poverty situation in Bhutan is that it exists in pockets and is almost entirely a rural phenomenon with approximately 96 percent of the poor living in rural areas. The poverty reduction initiatives of the Royal Government of Bhutan have in the past been broad based through the expansion of social services and implementing rural development and income generation activities. While tangible results have been achieved in reducing poverty levels, the Poverty Analysis Report 2007 reveals that a sizeable proportion of the population still remains under poverty and that there are wide regional and local disparities in poverty conditions. To effectively combat poverty during the Tenth Plan, the GNH Commission will initiate targeted poverty reduction programmes to complement the mainstream poverty reduction programmes implemented by the sectors.

328 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 GNH COMMISSION D in line with sustainable development principles. environmental of conservation as promotion virtually all of the outputsthe under the programme arebe required to be would programme reduction poverty targeted the of benefit additional An poverty to assess progress the maderegard. inthis on survey nationwide a after 2013 in conducted be will reduction poverty on assessment impact An programmes. reduction poverty targeted the refining well as programmes reduction poverty asmap guide a would for serve from refining,surveys the prioritizing and redirecting mainstream It is expected future poverty surveys will provide a clear mapping of poverty in Bhutan. The findings reduce and andbarriers improvecapacity access to sources their of livelihood. productive their increase poor, the of potential the develop and identify to be will aspects deprivationkey and their improvingavoidlimit oncapabilitiesor to focus the will programmestargeted poverty.The of factors structural and causes root address will programmes or projects solutions.The seek problemsand their identify will poverty in those with partnership in Commission GNH The livelihoods. sustainable secure to poor the ofcapability improve the to Thetargeted approachwill be inthe form of programmes or projects developed bythe commission of conventional the programmes and versa. vice limitationsforuptargeted makethe programme that the will complementsense the in other each address the limitations facing them at an individual, community or local level. Both approaches and identify will will approach This development mainstream programmes. of limitationsbenefits reapingthe severe in face who poverty to vulnerable or in living those with partnership in directly planning, safe drinking water and sanitation family and andnutrition care, shelter. health primary education, Thebasic targeted of provision through approachpoor will the involvebenefit working which programmes sectoral mainstream using level and national a causes at poverty structural to contributing the factors address to seek will local, approach first the The levels. at regional implemented or programmes/initiativescommunity reduction poverty targeted of form will the other take the and level national the at implemented programmes/initiatives reduction poverty conventionalof use continued the be will strategy poverty.One ofnaturemulti-dimensional and The GNHCommission will adopt atwo pronged strategy to reducepoverty given the rural, pocketed natural,their human, social, physical and financialcapital. to in improvements poor through capacity the productive enabling their enhancing on by be livelihoods sustainable will secure programme reduction poverty targeted the of focus main The C. Strategy below 15% scaled downto Poverty levels . ResultsFramework Impact poverty of peoplelivingin secured by10% of livelihood Sustainable forms from 31.7%to20% poverty reduced people underrural Proportion of Outcome adopted andreplicated Alternative income generatingactivities adopted andreplicated timber andnonforest products Sustainable methodsofharvesting natural causesreduced Crop lossduetowildlifeandother increased Productivity ofthetargetedgroup Output reduction programme Targeted Poverty programme resettlement Comprehensive Projects/Activities 329

GNH COMMISSION 20 E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The GNH Commission will be the central coordinating and implementing agency for guiding the sectoral policies on targeted poverty reduction. All the planning units in the government agencies including the dzongkhags will work together with GNH Commission following the guideline on Targeted Poverty Reduction. The NSB will conduct the poverty survey in consultation with the GNH Commission.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Comprehensive Resettlement Programme 800.000 2 Targeted Poverty Reduction 200.000 Total 1000.000

330 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 GNH COMMISSION WOMEN ANDCHILDREN NATIONAL COMMISSION FOR 331

GNH COMMISSION 20 332 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 NATIONAL COMMISSION FOR WOMEN AND CHILDREN CRC and other related conventions. TheCommission is mandated to provide a forum for receiving secretariat to spearhead the fulfillment ofthe RGoB’s obligations towards meetingthe CEDAW and The NationalCommission for Women andChildren was established in 2004with afully functioning principles of gender equality. country the and equality, balance subscribes gender to and is on party maintaining to various international social conventions it places that reaffirm the fundamental priority high the development. of Reflecting benefits the in share and participate to alike women and men for provided are year plans and the Royal Government has country’s the conscientiously five of part worked integral an as featured to always development has ensure in women of that theme The equal opportunities B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. Children NCWC/01: Strengthening theAd 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : Situational Analysis ofChildrenandWomeninBhutan National Planof Action forGender Child ProtectionStudy Gender PilotStudy2001 Combined Initialto6thCEDAW Report World FitForChildrenReport Initial to6thand7thCEDAW PeriodicReport Initial and2ndCRCPeriodicReport National CommissionforWomenandChildren National CommissionforWomenandChildren Nu. 64.206m Nu. 64.206m Five Years (2008–2013) New National Women andChildren women inanti-povertypoliciesandprogrammes SDG Goal8:Ensureeffectiveparticipationofpoorand of thepoor, womenandchildren SDG Goal6:Reducesocialandinstitutionalvulnerabilities Women MDG Goal3:PromoteGenderEqualityandEmpower CEDAW, CRCandotherglobalconventions accordance withtheNationalPlanof Action onGender, the through thecreationofanenablingenvironmentin Gender andchildrelatedissuesconcernsaddressed cutting themeofTenth Plan Mainstreaming Genderequalityintodevelopmentasacross National CommissionforWomenandChildren vancement ofWomenand 333

NATIONAL COMMISSION FOR WOMEN AND CHILDREN 21 and investigating any reports on the violation of the rights of women and children in the country and also fulfill the Royal Government’s reporting obligations under the above global conventions that Bhutan is party to. In keeping with its mandates, the Commission has been actively involved in creating an enabling environment for protecting the rights of women and children in Bhutan. The two national consultations on women and child friendly police and judicial procedures held in 2005 and 2006 highlighted areas of collaboration between the key sectors and identified critical activities for incorporating women and child friendly procedures into existing and future programmes. The Women and Child Protection Unit at the Royal Bhutan Police, one of the key recommendations from the two consultations has already been established and the construction of the Unit is nearing completion. A digitalized Complaints and Response Mechanism is also being set up at the RBP. The network of national gender focal points was revitalized in 2005. A Workshop on Violence against Women organized by the Commission in collaboration with RENEW in December 2006 reinforced the need for collaboration between the judiciary, police, health sector, RENEW and the media to help address violence against women in Bhutan.

C. Strategy The NCWC will undertake the following strategic activities over the Tenth Plan: • Sensitization on gender equality & equity, gender issues and concerns of the government’s international commitments & legal obligations; • Sensitization on child and women friendly procedures for RBP and Judiciary; • Media advocacy and awareness on CRC/CEDAW and other women and children related issues; • Coordination with relevant sectors on gender mainstreaming in development activities; • Coordination with the RBP in developing a comprehensive women and children protection mechanisms in all Dzongkhags; • Strengthening of the human resource capacity of NCWC through long and short term trainings; • Implementing HRD trainings for gender focal points and key implementing agencies; • Developing comprehensive support mechanisms with relevant organizations/agencies; • Setting up a comprehensive data management system; • Active advocacy to address key policy and legislative gaps pertaining to women and children; • Conducting necessary surveys/studies/needs assessments; and • Strengthening the capacity of Forensic Scientific Laboratory.

334 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 NATIONAL COMMISSION FOR WOMEN AND CHILDREN Indicative Cost and coordination of Programme the collaborating with line agencies and ministries. The NationalCommission for Women andChildren will playthe lead role inthe overall execution Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D 1 rights protected addressed and and concerns related issues Gender andchild 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 . ResultsFramework # Impact dzongkhags Establishment ofWCUP Unitsinthreeregions&deskoffices20 Youth DevelopmentandRehabilitation center Equipments Children Need assessmentforestablishment ofinstitutiontocaterwomenand Children inmonasticinstitutionshaveaccesstoprotective services and childrelatedissues Enhancement ofknowledgeandskillsrelevantstakeholders onwomen Change insocio-culturalperceptionsofgenderroles and relation(survey) Set upthedatamanagementsystem(resourcecenter) the regions(JDWNRH) Set uponestopcrisiscentersaccessibletoallwomen andchildrenwithin Awareness andsensitizationprogramme Review andenactmentoflawsrelatedtoWomen andChild in Dzonngkhags Increase accessibilitytoandcoverageofcomplaints&responsemechanism relations changed gender rolesand perceptions of Socio-cultural procedures approaches and child sensitive gender and Adoption of Outcome Description ofProjects/Activities developed Human capacities management system Established thedata Child issuescreated Awareness onwomenand Child framework forWomen and Strengthened legal Women andChildissues Enhanced capacityon Output Human ResourceDevelopment decision making Facilitate Women’s participationin Set upthedatamanagementsystem Awareness andCampaign related toWomen andChild Review andenactmentoflaws Women andChildProtection Unit Training ofofficialsattheregional Projects/Activities Total Indicative Cost (Nu. inmillion) 14.180 2.740 0.684 6.100 4.715 1.200 7.700 1.000 18.000 4.887 3.000 64.206 335

NATIONAL COMMISSION FOR WOMEN AND CHILDREN 21 336 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT COMMISSION

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 337 338 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT COMMISSION causing damage to natural the environment. or well-being spiritual their on impinging without people the of well-being material the raise to NationalEnvironment Strategy, Middle Path”“The need the formulated was defines clearly which maintainingenvironmental the country.integrity the ofculturaland principle, bythis the Guided been to ensure that has the process of development RGoB’spolicy in all aspects shouldthe be holistic and consistentplanning, development with socio-economic first its on embarking since Ever and inparticular, poverty eradication. environmental sustainability ensuring is also of highly pertinent goal to the the regard,fulfillment of this threaten various In developmentwell-being. humangoals and of aspects developmentmulti-dimensional various the undermine deeply can degradation environmental conversely, and well-being and needs human of satisfaction possible fullest the for sustainablecondition essential an and also is progressive the as Iteco-systems. healthy and importantviable on depends fundamentally society extremelyhumanany ofdevelopment is environment the of Conservation B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. NEC/01: Conservation ofEnvironment 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status –Ongoingornew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Tenth Plan Strategy, 1998;NationalEnvironmentProtection Act, Sector Environment Assessment Act 2000,NationalEnvironment Environmental Units,DzongkhagsandGewogs National EnvironmentCommissionSecretariat, National EnvironmentalCommissionSecretariat Nu. 109.300m Nu. 109.300m Five Years (2008-2013) Ongoing/New National Policy makersandplanners including radio-activewaste SDG Goal22Banondumpingofhazardouswaste, SDG Goal21Wetland conservation SDG Goal20Conservationofbio-diversity SDG Goal19 Acceptable levelofairquality SDG Goal18 Acceptable levelofwaterandsoilquality SDG Goal17 Acceptable levelofforestcover SDG Goal1:Eradicateextremehungerpoverty, MDG Goal7:Ensureenvironmentalsustainability MDG Goal1:Eradicationofpovertyandhunger development process Environmental concernsmainstreamedintothe ensuring environmentalsustainability National SpatialPlanningforpovertyreductionthrough Environment 339

NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT COMMISSION 22 Due to this far sighted and enlightened vision of pursuing a sustainable approach to development, Bhutan still retains 72% of its total land area under forest cover, 29% under protected area, and 9% under biological corridors. In 1995, during the 73rd session of the National Assembly, the RGOB made a further commitment to maintain at least 60% of the country under forest cover for perpetuity. Environmental conservation is also a critical pillar of the development concept of Gross National Happiness. The National Environment Commission was established in 1992, to ensure that environmental concerns become a deep integral part the development agenda. Since then, the NEC has made significant progress in the field of strengthening legislation, institutionalizing environmental assessment processes, information dissemination and meeting the obligations of various international conventions that Bhutan is party to. The lack of reliable and accurate data and information on environment has been one of the major constraints for making informed decision for planners and policy makers. To address this challenge, the NEC has already designed an environmental information management system framework during the Ninth Plan and work on developing the baseline data to facilitate the monitoring of air and water quality has been initiated.

C. Strategy Institutionalizing the decentralized environmental assessment process will be continued during the Tenth Plan and form a key strategic activity. The NEC will also promote mainstreaming environmental issues into the development planning process mainly through awareness and capacity building. Environment conservation will also be pursued through strengthening and enforcement of existing laws and drafting of legislations such as Water Act, Waste Prevention and Management Act (WPMA) and Regulations for National Environment Protection Act (NEPA).

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Sustainable About 40% of the sectors Mainstreamed environmental Mainstreaming development have taken account of issues into the development of environmental issues with the environment issues plans, and projects environmental into their development Strengthening resources policies, plans, and Strong and reliable environmental conserved and projects environmental data and information protected information available for use management system About 50% of the clients have used EIMS data and EA process decentralized to the Institutionalizing information Dzongkhags and line agencies decentralized EA and capacity build process About 15% of the environmental clearance NEPA and EA Act enforced Drafting environmental issued by Competent Enacted WPMA and Water Act, legislation Authority rules and regulations are in place and enforced

340 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT COMMISSION Indicative Cost in coordination with line the ministries/agencies, Dzongkhags and Gewogs. The NEC shallbe the overall execution, coordination and implementation agency ofthe programme Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements 6 5 4 3 2 1 # Water ResourcesCoordinationandManagement Environmental Monitoring,advocacyandInformationManagement Environment Services Environment Mainstreaming Strengthening LegalFrameworkandServices National andInternationalPolicyFramework Description ofProjects/Activities Total Indicative Cost (Nu. inmillion) 109.300 3.300 30.550 6.100 9.350 48.500 11.500 341

NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT COMMISSION 22 342 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 NATIONAL LAND COMMISSION

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 343 344 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 NATIONAL LAND COMMISSION Administration Land the forprogrammes namely core two the also were which activities MappingandServices, Surveying and main Services two on embarked Secretariat Commission Land National the now is which Records, Land and Survey of Department the Plan, Ninth the During of land markets and effective the use landof resources and conservation ecosystem.the of security of land tenure, providing equal opportunity and access to land, facilitation of the and administration operation land effective and efficient ensuring include they specifically, Moreplanning. spatial national of of aspects utilization critical are Commission and NationalLand the by ownership overseen resources land land of administration and regulation management, the such, As for approach a coherent developmentachieving balanced at regional levels. and local offers and thereby of life social and quality improved of for economic, benefits environmental spread and rational better a much facilitates to This mere perspective. a processes sectoral or basis fragmented planning a on development it address than takes rather space national of strategy totality the encompass planning spatial National Plan Tenth The B. SituationalAnalysis A.Overview NLC/01: Strengthening ofNationalion LandCommi ss 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status –Ongoingornew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sector Tenth Plan,Land Act, 2007 and Gewogs National LandCommissionSecretariat,Dzongkhags National LandCommission Nu. 384.053m Nu. 384.053m Five Years (2008-2013) New National National including radio-activewaste SDGGoal 22:Banondumpingofhazardouswaste, SDG Goal21:Wetland conservation Goal 20:Conservationofbio-diversity SDG Goal17: Acceptable levelofforestcoverSDG SDG Goal4:Ensurearobustpro-poorgrowthprocess 2010 Goal 2:Halveproportionofpeoplelivinginpovertyby SDG Goal1:Eradicationofhungerpoverty MDG Goal1:Eradicateextremepovertyandhunger. cadastral, surveyingandmappingservices. Provide effectiveandefficientlandrecord,registration, environmental well-being socio-economic development,povertyreductionand and administeringtotheownershipuseoflandfor National SpatialPlanningformanaging,regulating National LandCommission 345

NATIONAL LAND COMMISSION 23 sector. Some of the major achievements secured during the Ninth Plan are listed in the following. These included the compilation of the new Sathrams of the last nine Dzongkhags and the proper archiving and creation of necessary back-up procedures of land records. Other important activities undertaken include the establishment of first order control network in the country, establishment of permanent reference station in Thimphu, construction of bench marks and leveling along the roads, publication of original surveys of 1:25,000 scale maps, verification of 1:50,000 scale maps and the preparation of guide maps. The “Framework of GIS Implementation in Bhutan” and “Spatial Data Inventory” reports were also published. There has also been an increased level of coordination and collaboration among the GIS community which has facilitated technology and data sharing and eased the duplication of activities. The demarcation of the Indo-Bhutan international boundary was another milestone activity. A major challenge foreseen in the Tenth Plan for the sector includes the dire shortage of adequately trained manpower to carry out the numerous functions and added responsibilities of the Land Commission. The lack of surveying and transport equipment is severe in comparison to the nature and scope of work to be carried out. The lack of essential ICT hardware and soft ware is another constraint that will hinder effective implementation of the Commission’s activities. There is also the urgent need to build capacity at the gewogs to handle land transaction procedures, particularly the capacity of the technical and legal staff.

C. Strategy The main objectives of the Strengtheing of Land Commission Programme over the Tenth Plan will be to improve land registration and transaction services and the the cadastral database, ensuring optimal and productive use of land resources, generating national spatial data and up to date geo- information and conducting high precision surveys for geodetic and geodynamic applications. The major activities during the Tenth Plan will focus on land registration and cadastral services, surveying and map production services, dileanating international boundary and general administration and direction services. In order to achieve these objectives and ensure efficient land administration services, the Commission will adopt a two-pronged approach of (1) Clearing backlog land transactions (12000 cases), solve excess land issue and cope with regular land transactions, and (2) Embark on the development of macro level land use policy, including classification and zoning of land and cadastral resurveying of at least five Dzongkhags using most feasible advanced technology. Generating the National spatial data infrastructure would be greatly enhanced by topographic base mapping on 1:25000 scale. Some of the strategies that will be adopted to realize the outlined objectives and targets include the formulation of rules, regulations and guidelines, strengthening capacity building at all levels, adoption of appropriate technologies and resources to improve the efficiency of geospatial data collection, processing and management, developing and enforcing data standards for multi-data- multi-platform compatibility and to enable simple data sharing and accessibility mechanisms.

346 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 NATIONAL LAND COMMISSION and topographic on1:25000 scale basemapping ofentire country Note: More that 50%amount isfor refunding tsamdro land compensation asperLand Act, 2007,cadastral offive resurveying dzongkhags Indicative Cost other and stakeholders. sections record land Dzongkhag the all with conjunction in Land Secretariat National Commission the by spearheaded be thus Records. will Land implementation and and execution programme Survey The of Department the of Land National out the institutionalized and Secretariat formed wasCommission Commission land National the 2007, Act, Land the per As Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D integrity of territorial maintenance reduction and poverty development, economic socio- to sustainable contributing use ofland productive Optimal and 5 4 3 2 1 . ResultsFramework # Impact Programme5: CadastralResurveying Programme4: General Administration andDirection Services Programme3: InternationalBoundaryServices Programme2: SurveyingandMapProductionServices Programme1: Landregistrationandcadastralsurveying services on time plan andachievealltargets supported functionalunitsto coordinated andadequately Establishment ofwell Territorial Integrity Maintained decision making users forbetterplanningand and mapsmadeavailableto Topographical Information, Geodetic Infrastructureand Cadastral Information Updated Multipurpose Equitably Land resourcesShared Services Provided registration and Transaction Efficient andSecuredLand Outcome Description ofProjects/Activities competent Employees Availability ofadequate coordinated andsupported Functional Unitsarewell Boundaries Produced Agreed andWell Documented calibrated andmaintained Photogram metric Instruments and maintained on 1:50000scaleproduced Topographical Geodatabase and madeaccurate GPS NetworkStrengthened Information System Multipurpose Cadastral Develop andUpdate registered Land holdingsverifiedand Output Total and Equipment Maintenance ofInfrastructure Procurement ofEquipment Capacity Building Services Procurement ofmaterialsand Boundary Tasks Capacity Building Procurement ofEquipment Capacity Buildingand of baseandguidemaps Updating, revisionproduction Observations Magnetic andGravity densification GPS firstordernetwork High precisionleveling Capacity Building database updating anddeveloping Cadastral reservingand Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. inmillion) 384.053 251.020 14.800 8.590 49.643 60.000 347

NATIONAL LAND COMMISSION 23 348 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 NATIONAL STATISTICAL BUREAU

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 349 350 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 NATIONAL STATISTICAL BUREAU various on surveys hoc ad undertake also will NSB the Government, the by launched plans and 2010 and Bhutan Living standard Survey in 2012. In order to monitor and evaluate Planto various policies Tenth the during improve census in andinformation statisticalSpecifically, censuses conduct the Mid-decadal base. will NSB the surveys nationwide conducting continue will NSB The C. Strategy an as function better to it independent authorityhelp affairs inthe of national statistics. to status statisticalautonomous granted national been meeting has forBureau the NSB needs, the data to given relevance and importance growing the With poverty the data gathered to be for planning as analysis and implementation. reliable such require TenthPlan the initiatives,of approachmanagement based Nationalresults the and data. theme reduction disaggregated particularly data, of and quality availabilityof terms in both needs this satisfy fully to able not however is capacity institutional and and human of national limited array its with (NSB) an increasing Bureau for Statistics National data The indicators. and development local statistics for quality demand a huge is There and broadly support economic management processes and of delivery the development services. development ofprogress; allow measuresplanners quantitativeand policy makers provideto measure making;the implementation of policy policies and andreforms; decision evidence-based for development Bhutan. the are requiredplanningprocessofofThey part Statistics constitute vital a B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. NSB/01: Strengthening ofNational Statistical Sytem 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : iv. BhutanLivingStandardSurvey;SectorTenth Plan iii. QuarterlyReportonConsumerPriceIndex ii. National Accounts Report. i. Annual Statisticalyearbook National StatisticalBureau National StatisticalBureau Nu. 45.290m Nu. 45.290m Five Years (2008-2013) New Nationwide Nation-wide SDG Goal4:Ensurearobustpropoorgrowth Statistics arecollected,producedanddeliveredeffectively improved economicplanning.Targeted povertyreduction. Enabling EnvironmentofGoodGovernancethrough Economic Planning 351

NATIONAL STATISTICAL BUREAU 24 subjects concerning important development subjects. During the Tenth Plan, the NSB will strive to carry out the following strategic activities: • Introduce new technology such as statistical package and data capture technology so that timeliness can be further improved; • Strengthen statistical coordination and standards; • Improve data dissemination procedures so users can access official statistics easily and conveniently; • Develop and implement National Statistics Development Strategy; and • Establish a Common Sampling Frame that will be used for all types of surveys of the NSO and other statistical units.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Decisions are made Timely and accurate Building a sound and reliable Statistical Services based on timely, statistical information National Statistical Database realistic and reliable available data and information Human capacities developed Human Resource Development

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements National Statistical Bureau shall be the overall execution and coordination body for the collection, compilation and dissemination of statistics and other related information from all ministries and other stakeholders.

Indicative Cost

# Description of Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. in million) 1 Statistical Services-conduct surveys 27.412 2 Dissemination of statistical information 3.078 3 Develop and maintain reliable national statistical database and 8.870 designated statistics 4 Institutional strengthening 5.930 Total 45.290

352 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 NATIONAL STATISTICAL BUREAU MANAGEMENT ROYAL INSTITUTEOF 353

NATIONAL STATISTICAL BUREAU 24 354 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL INSTITUTE OFMANAGEMENT of economy. the needs emerging the on based ones new designing to addition in courses training existing gradate up- and review,benchmark further for basis the formed ManagementYear which FivePlan, of Ninth Institute the during Royal the by out carried was analysis need training comprehensive A of Institute Royal the ofManagement, of are which aspects highlighted below. development further the and education management of coverage and quality, relevancethe enhance to programmes undertaking is end this to Government Royal The developmentindustrial Bhutan lead andcatalyzein innovation,through creativity enterprise.and Management education thus constitutes a critical area of higher education that is envisaged to help rapid evolving and global regional business environment. particularly important in Bhutan’s context given its limited human resource base and the extremely in business. The effectiveleveraging oftechnical, organizational and management resources is thus management and knowledge is base much better positioned to generate new ideas and apply them skill, its upgrades continuallyworkforcethat entrepreneurial and learning-oriented skilled, more and management capabilities of its industrial base through innovation, creativity and enterprise. A capacity, it productive will industrial need its expand to and diversification increase economic the significant knowledgeachieve to contentis Bhutan ofIf its economy and enhance the value addition B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. Management Education RIM/01: EnhancingtheQuality 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : SectorTenth Plan Royal InstituteofManagement Royal InstituteofManagement Nu. 143.300m Nu. 143.300m Five Years (2008-2013) New Private Sector Pre-service andin-servicecandidatesofPublic and diplomalevels. trainings atmasters,postgraduatediploma/certificate, Wider coverageandimprovedmanagementeducation/ education development throughthepromotionofmanagement Investing inHumanCapitaltovitalizeindustrial Development andPrivatesectordevelopment Vision 2020:GoodGovernance, HumanResource Education , Relevance andCoverageof 355

ROYAL INSTITUTE OF MANAGEMENT 25 The management development framework and tentative in-service management courses has been agreed and finalized at the national level in consultation with relevant stakeholders and client agencies offered by the Royal Institute of Management. A beginning has been made to design and deliver such courses in collaboration with twinning partners while more are expected to be done so during the Tenth Plan including capacity development of the Institute to sustain such programmes in the future. The Institute is in the process of designing and validating Masters in Public Administration (MPA) and Masters in Business Administration (MBA), which are planned to be launched from 2008. In addition to offering these master level courses, efforts are made to upgrade and validate existing courses at the diploma/Post Graduate Diploma level. The Institute trains, on an average, 300-400 people annually through both the regular pre-service training and in-service programmes and thereby complementing the shortage of manpower at various levels in the central agencies, local bodies, corporations and private sector. However, the annual turnover of participants is expected to increase tremendously with the full launching of the MDPs and MPA/MBA. Therefore, emphasis and focus will be made to further develop and enhance the quality and relevance of management education to suit the Bhutanese context both in public and private sectors over the Tenth Plan.

C. Strategy The following are the strategies that will be adopted for the implementation of the management education programme over the Tenth Plan: • Continue to develop institutional partnerships/networking in the region and abroad to draw on their experiences and expertise; • Enhance the capacity and credibility of faculty members through up-gradation of their qualification and competency; • Facilitate development of appropriate policy framework for continuing management education and in-country programmes; • Liaise with the Royal Civil Service Commission, Ministry of Labour and Human Resources and other key agencies and stakeholders to design and deliver appropriate management programmes for the public and private sectors; and • Maintain quality of management programmes through constant benchmarking and validation.

356 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL INSTITUTE OFMANAGEMENT Indicative Cost and private sectors. ensure provision of trained manpower in the field of management forthe civilservice, corporations will AgenciesGovernmentrelevant and HumanResources and Labour of Ministry Commission, Service Civil Royal the coordinationwith in RIM managementprogramme.educationThe the of TheRoyal Institute of Managementwill playthe lead role inthe overall execution and coordination Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D 4 3 enhanced agencies and private the public capacity of Management 2 1 # . ResultsFramework

Impact Establish ResearchLinkage, Library Automation andNetworking partner institutions Design andconductMDPs and twinning/networkingarrangementwithrelevant sectors through furtherup-gradationanddesignnewonesbased ondemandofthe Conduct existingcoursesatthePostGraduateDiploma andDiplomalevels with relevantpartnerinstitutions Design anddevelopnewmasterscoursestwinning/networking arrangements training education/ and improved wider coverage skills through knowledge and their managerial able toenhance private sector the publicand Participants in Outcome Description ofProjects/Activities

assured tosourcereliableinformation networking oflibraryresources Reference materialsprocuredand strengthened Research capacityoftheInstitute regular basis validated andcoursesoffered ona Development (MDPs)designedand Curriculum ofManagement enhanced Academic qualificationoffaculty offered basedonneedsassessment Accounts andIT/ISdesigned new PostGraduatelevelcoursesin terms ofqualityandcontents, offered bytheInstituteupgradedin postgraduate diplomasanddiploma Existing regularcoursesat international level validated atboththenationaland Masters curriculadesignedand Output networking Establish libraryautomationand and undertakeresearchworks Train faculty, establishlinkage partner institutions arrangements withrelevant Develop networking and flexiblePh.D.courses Provide scholarshipsforMasters partners in collaborationwithtwinning courses anddesignnewones Upgrade thequalityofexisting Masters Courses to designandconductNew Develop twinningarrangements Projects/Activities Total Indicative Cost (Nu. inmillion) 77.000 22.800 143.300 13.000 30.500 357

ROYAL INSTITUTE OF MANAGEMENT 25 RIM/02: Campus Development of the Royal Institute of Management

A. Overview

1 Sector : Royal Institute of Management 2 Linkage to National : Investing in Human Capital to vitalize industrial development Development Objectives & through the promotion of management education. Strategies 3 Expected Results : 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : 5 Target Group : Royal Institute of Management 6 Scope : 7 Status-Ongoing or New : New 8 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 - 2013) 9 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 131.750 m 10 External Financing Required : Nu. 131.750 m 11 Executing Agency : Royal Institute of Management 12 Implementing Agencies : Royal Institute of Management 13 Documents Available : Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis The proposal for campus expansion of the Royal Institute of Management did not materialize during the Ninth Plan due to the non- availability of funds. The Institute envisages evolving into a ‘premier management institute’ for which infrastructure expansion becomes the first priority towards achieving that vision. The existing infrastructure facilities developed in the 1980’s meets the requirement of a limited number of pre-service training planned. However, with the increase in the number of trainings in response to the public service capacity development and with the two upcoming masters to be planned from 2008 onwards and the MDP courses, there is an increasing need to expand and develop additional infrastructure facilities to facilitate effective delivery of in- country management education programmes.

C. Strategy The Royal Institute of Management will work to position itself as the premier management institute recognized for excellence in management development and public administration. One of the facilitating factors would be to expand and construct additional infrastructure facilities within the campus of the institute to achieve the vision and missions of the Institute.

358 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL INSTITUTE OFMANAGEMENT Indicative Cost of programme the out although work carried actual the be through will contract. TheRoyal Institute of Managementwill playthe lead role inthe overall execution and coordination Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D country facilities provision ofin- through the strengthened private sector of publicand HRD capacity 4 3 2 1 . ResultsFramework # Impact Construction ofMultipurposeStudentResourceCenter Resources, ICT LabsandConferenceFacilities Construction of Three storeyBuildingforLibrary Major renovationandCampusDevelopment land andfacilities Expansion ofRIMcampus–acquisitionadditional Develop/upgrade infrastructurefacilities numbers of increased accommodate enhanced to capacity ofRIM Institutional Description of Outcome Projects/Activities aids and teaching training facilities adequate Provision of existing facilities renovation facilities and of additional Construction RIM Campus Expansion of Output supply totheInstitute River trainingworksandimprovementofwater aids Procurement of training equipment and teaching auditorium, classroomsandcampusfacilities Renovation ofexistingfacilitiesincluding Center Construction ofMultipurposeStudentResource ICT LabsandConference Facilities Construction ofBuildingforLibraryResources, expand theexistingcampus Acquisition ofadditionalfacilitiesandlandto Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) Projects/Activities 131.750 39.000 44.000 48.750 0.000 359

ROYAL INSTITUTE OF MANAGEMENT 25 360 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL UNIVERSITY OF BHUTAN

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 361 362 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL UNIVERSITY OFBHUTAN be to needs redevelopment also and refurbishments remodeling, of array wide decades a Therefore, three overold. is infrastructure the of much as education level tertiary of requirements the fulfill longer no system university the of facilities and infrastructure existing university.The the formation of the before established much were the RUB institutes constituent and of The colleges students and expansion, academic RUB the to need expand its will intake capacity and facilities. additional Tonumbers. the present accommodate the from 100% over byenrolment, its increase to plans Bhutan ofUniversity Royal the education, tertiary on pressure increasing the to Owing students. of number limited to cater only can system university the of infrastructure existing The Physical expansionandinfrastructuredevelopment courses.technical ten With country. various and medicine traditional science, the to management and business arts, liberal from in ranging programmes academic offers education institutes these with tertiary conjunction in RUB of the colleges, to help advancementconstituent the was founded spearhead in 2003 and decree strengthen Royal under established Bhutan of University Royal The capacity and promote innovation, creativity and enterprise for inBhutan. vitalizing industry education is also highly relevant considering the Tenth Plan’seducation within strategic the context objectiveof developing to a knowledge strengthenbased society. the for humanExpanding access to tertiary required of institutions range importanceoftertiary formationparticular relevant the full andhighlights ofall knowledgeandskills the have will Bhutan that envisages 2020 Vision The B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. RUB/01: Expansion ofTertiaryEducation 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : RUB StrategicPlan(2004–2012);SectorTenth Plan Colleges/ Officeofthe Vice Chancellor Royal UniversityofBhutan Nu. 1,726.640m Nu. 1,726.640m Five Years (2008-2013) New/ongoing Colleges MDG Goal3:Expandingaccesstotertiaryleveleducation development andgrowth Increased highereducationcontributingtosocio-economic poverty throughexcellenceinhighereducation Investing inHumanCapitalforvitializingindustryandreducing Vision 2020:Improvedaccess andqualityofhighereducation Infrastructure development Education 363

ROYAL UNIVERSITY OF BHUTAN 26 undertaken over the Tenth plan period. The physical expansion of the colleges includes development of infrastructure in terms of creation of additional space for academic and communal purposes, refurbishment and remodeling of existing buildings, construction of residential buildings and development of campuses.

Academic programme development and diversification Currently, the RUB through its colleges offers academic courses ranging from arts and humanities to science, engineering and technology, at levels ranging from undergraduate diploma to postgraduate masters. As documented in the Strategic Plan, a number of new disciplines will be developed within the eight broad curriculum areas to allow expansion and enhance the development of tertiary education.

C. Strategy • Develop new and diversify existing curricula to provide for varied academic development and requirement of Bhutan with standards of high quality; • Rationalization of staff usage and preparation of plans to enhance efficiency and effectiveness; • Expansion of existing colleges in terms of physical infrastructure; • Establishment of new government colleges; • Recruitment of adequate number of academic and support staff to meet the needs of new and increased student enrolment; and • Support the directives of the Royal Government, including the establishment of private colleges that will be affiliated to RUB.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Appropriate quality and Increased Expanded adequate Increase intake of students in number of graduates student intake and standard physical colleges from 4065 in 2007 to provided to meet the to the tertiary infrastructure and 9721 in 2012 through development emerging needs of the education academia of the of infrastructure and development/ country and to improve University diversification of academic human capital subjects

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements The Planning and Resources Department in the Office of the Vice Chancellor of the Royal University of Bhutan shall be the overall execution and coordination agency for the programme. The member colleges shall be the technical agencies providing all support related to the programme of increasing the intake of students in various colleges.

364 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL UNIVERSITY OFBHUTAN Indicative Cost A. Overview A. RUB/02: QualityuranceandTeaching-Learning Ass 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 6 5 4 3 7 12 11 10 9 8 #

Increase intakeinSherubtseCollegefrom10092007to1,7752013 1000 in2013 Increase intakeinCollegeofScienceand Technology from334in2007to 2007 to795in2013(Taktse) Increase intakeinInstituteofLanguageandCultureStudiesfrom342 in 2013 Increase intakeinCollegeofNaturalResourcesfrom2142007to450 2013 Increase intakeinParoCollegeofEducationfrom7262007to1,316 in 2013 Increase intakeinSamtseCollegeofEducationfrom8142007to1,180 in 2013 Increase intakeinJigmeNamgyelPolytechnicfrom3552007to1000 Establishment ofNew Teacher Training College Increased accessto Tertiary EducationthroughOVC 2007 to160in2013 Increase intakeinNationalInstituteof Traditional Medicinefrom45in 2007 to750in2013 Increase intakeinRoyalInstituteofHealthandSciencesfrom226 1295 in2013 Increase intakeinGaedduCollegeofBusinessStudiesfrom02007to Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing orNew Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Strategies Development Objectives& Linkage toNational Sector Description ofProjects/Activities : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Law; SectorTenth Plan RUBStrategicPlan(2004 –2012andTheWheelof Academic Colleges/ Officeofthe Vice Chancellor Royal UniversityofBhutan Nu. 473.470m Nu. 473.470m Five Years (2008 -2013) New/Ongoing Colleges Enhanced qualityandrelevanceoftertiaryeducation provision. poverty throughexcellenceinhighereducation Investing inHumanCapitalforvitializingindustryandreducing Education Total Indicative Cost (Nu. inmillion) 1,726.640 142.620 260.930 319.570 73.610 44.620 153.820 350.000 37.440 69.160 54.010 110.800 110.060 365

ROYAL UNIVERSITY OF BHUTAN 26 B. Situational Analysis

Quality assurance system and teaching learning process The University’s academic structures, policies, procedures and quality assurance systems have been developed and will be tested in use over the next few years. Additionally, the RUB has identified minimum standards of English, ICT and Dzongkha each student of the various tertiary institute programmes must meet. The University on a regular basis will continue to refine, adapt and validate the procedures and processes and introduce new ones when necessary.

Laboratory, library and ICT and other related services The laboratory and library facilities currently available are not adequate for university education and are under-resourced. Due to limited laboratory resources, the colleges are not able to provide students with the appropriate experimental and hands-on experience. Additionally, as the libraries in the colleges are generally under-resourced, library materials or resources are not adequate. There are also not sufficient numbers of qualified librarians. Inculcating a new culture of teaching and learning will require both teachers and students to effectively be able to use Information Communication and Technology (ICT) as tools. However, there are no adequate facilities in this regard which further limits academic content and interaction. The Colleges have basic access to the Internet but the access remains limited due to the absence of the broadband connection, inefficient use by college faculty and students and insufficient or under qualified technical staff to manage the ICT system. Thus, the scenario of reaping the benefits of the ICT has been minimal in the University. However, establishing the University Wide Area Network (RUB-WAN) will hopefully encourage a wider use of ICT and promote sharing of resources amongst the colleges and the Office of the Vice Chancellor.

Student services At present, the colleges are mostly residential and students live in closed communities. The extent, to which they engage in cultural, social and co-curricular activities vary from institute to institute. These interactions though are generally limited due to the lack of available facilities and resources. Currently the colleges either lack appropriate and adequate facilities for student services such as recreational rooms, health facilities, counseling and guidance services and information services.

C. Strategy • Improving the quality of academic staff, including librarians through attractive incentive packages and service; • Development of the quality of academic staff through continuous training and up-gradation of qualifications; • Provision of high quality facilities and appropriate learning resources with strong emphasis on library resources and ICT facilities and services; • Developing well integrated system of administration, management and planning processes through enhanced and developed communication system; • Development, diversifyication and adaptation of academic programmes and curricucula

366 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL UNIVERSITY OFBHUTAN Indicative Cost to implement accordingly. agencies technical the be shall colleges programme.coordination member andfor the The agency in the Office of the Vice Chancellor of the Royal University of Bhutan shall be the overall execution The Planning andResources Department in conjunctionwith the Department of Academic Affairs Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements D 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 country needs ofthe emerging meet the provided to graduates number of quality and Appropriate . ResultsFramework # Impact • Enhancement ofqualityand relevanceofeducationatNITM Enhancement ofqualityand relevanceofeducationatRIHS Business Studies Enhancement ofqualityand relevanceofeducationatGaedduCollegefor Enhancement ofqualityandrelevanceeducationat JNP Enhancement ofqualityandrelevanceeducationat ILCS Enhancement ofqualityandrelevanceeducationat CNR Enhancement ofqualityandrelevanceeducationat PCE Enhancement ofqualityandrelevanceeducationat SCE Enhancement ofqualityandrelevanceeducationat CST Enhancement ofqualityandrelevanceeducationat Sherubtse College mainly throughtheOVC Enhancement ofQuality Assurance Systemandteaching-learningprocess Creating centers of excellence of inall colleges’ the areas of specialized study. ensuring that quality standardsalso of University the while are met; and analysis needs market through ascertained demands and needs the on based learning charge oftheirown students totake that encourage Environment created the University, and learning activitiesin relevance ofteaching- Enhanced qualityand Outcome Description ofProjects/Activities personal growth social, spiritual,intellectualand services toenableacademic, Well developedstudent related facilitiesandresources ICT, instructionalmaterialsand Developed laboratory, Library, of educationoffered Higher andmoreuniformquality Output mainly throughtheOVC teaching-learning process Assurance Systemand Enhancement ofQuality Office ofthe Vice Chancellor coordination activitiesinthe Enhancement ofthe the CollegesofUniversity relevance ofeducationinall Enhancement ofqualityand Projects/Activities Total Indicative Cost (Nu. inmillion) 473.470 32.650 39.000 28.700 40.600 21.200 43.550 34.670 45.500 74.700 43.880 69.020 367

ROYAL UNIVERSITY OF BHUTAN 26 RUB/03: Research, Scholarly Activities and Consultancy Services

A. Overview

1 Sector : Education 2 Linkage to National Development : Investing in Human Capital through enhancing tertiary Objectives & Strategies education 3 Expected Results : Creation of New knowledge and technology that is for the betterment of Bhutanese society, Government and the university 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Colleges 7 Scope : 8 Status-Ongoing or New : New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 - 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 68.250 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 68.250 m 12 Executing Agency : Royal University of Bhutan 13 Implementing Agencies : Colleges/ Office of the Vice Chancellor 14 Documents Available : RUB Strategic Plan (2004 – 2012) and Government Executive Order (August 2006); Sector Tenth Plan

B. Situational Analysis Many university systems and institutes of higher education define the excellence of their education by the quality and level of research being carried out within the institution. In addition to imparting quality higher education, most universities have strong research programmes and the production of new knowledge and technology for the benefit of society at large is an integral activity of what most university systems do. Research development in Bhutan at the national and sector levels is relatively new. There are research centers and units that undertake research by themselves or through external researchers. However, there are associated problems in terms of publication, follow-through, documentation and the lack of collaborative effort in this area. The quality of research and methodologies applied has also been raised as issues which indicate a relative lack of sophistication and experience in this area. At the institutional level, there is a varying degree of research activities being undertaken. While some of the academic staff in Bhutanese institutes do conduct research along with their teaching programme, many others do not. In few colleges, research has been carried out by visiting lecturers occassionally with no involvement from the institute staff. In general, most research that the staff undertook usually occured whilst they were pursuing postgraduate studies abroad. Also, there is currently little incentive for the academic staff to carry out research since it is not a specific part of their duties and does not critically affect their career progress. Moreover, the facilities for conducting research are generally not available and even the libraries and laboratory material support are not adequate to support undergraduate research much less indepth scholarly research and innovation.

368 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL UNIVERSITY OFBHUTAN Indicative Cost and consultancy services. activity scholarlyresearch,conduct develop, and toprogramme the torelated support provideall and coordination agency for the programme. The colleges beshall the technical agencieswho shall execution overall the be shall Bhutan UniversityRoyal of the of Chancellor the Vice of Office the in Research of Department the with conjunction in Resources and Planning of Department The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements C. Strategy D skills inresearch basic knowledgeand with atleastsome graduates provided and numberof Appropriate quality 5 4 3 2 1 . ResultsFramework # • • • • • Enhancement ofresearch, scholarly activityandconsultancyservicesatPCE Enhancement ofresearch, scholarly activityandconsultancyservicesatSCE Enhancement ofresearch, scholarly activityandconsultancyservicesatCST College Enhancement ofresearch,scholarlyactivityandconsultancy servicesatSherubtse the OVC Develop andconductresearch,scholarlyactivityconsultancy servicesthrough Impact Creating aforum to share knowledge experiences, and skills. the in research promote RUB;to and as so countries other in repute of agencies organizations,and institutions research Universities, with arrangements co-operative of Establishment Develop and incorporate research of as activities part processes; academic the Develop appropriate research facilities and resources to facilitate research activities; culture and management; levels through well developed strategic perspectives on research aims, directions, linkages, Develop a comprehensive policy to foster research activities at the national and institutional process teaching- learning created toimprove society andtheuniversity to thegovernmentand technology ofrelevance New knowledgeand Description ofProjects/Activities Outcome research and student facilitate faculty equipment to capacity and research facility, Developed Output services inthecolleges scholarly activityandconsultancy Enhancement ofresearch, services throughtheOVC scholarly activityandconsultancy Develop andconductresearch, Projects/Activities Indicative Cost (Nu. inmillion) 11.000 1.500 0.750 1.500 40.000 369

ROYAL UNIVERSITY OF BHUTAN 26 6 Enhancement of research, scholarly activity and consultancy services at CNR 1.000 7 Enhancement of research, scholarly activity and consultancy services at ILCS 1.000 8 Enhancement of research, scholarly activity and consultancy services at JNP 0.500 9 Enhancement of research, scholarly activity and consultancy services at GCBS 0.500 10 Enhancement of research, scholarly activity and consultancy services at RIHS 1.500 11 Enhancement of research, scholarly activity and consultancy services at NITM 9.000 Total 68.250

RUB/04: Promotion of Wholesome development of the Students in Tertiary Education

A. Overview

1 Sector : Education 2 Linkage to National Development : Investing in Human Capital through enhancing tertiary Objectives & Strategies education 3 Expected Results : Graduates provided with an excellent tertiary education and opportunities for developing character, courage, comradeship, discipline, leadership, positive outlook, sprit of adventure, group dynamism, sportsmanship and patriotism. Enhanced image and reputation of RUB through well established linkages and partnerships with organizations and institutions both inside and outside the country. 4 Relevant MDG & SDG : 5 Donor Agency : 6 Target Group : Colleges 7 Scope : 8 Status-Ongoing or New : New 9 Timeframe : Five Years (2008 - 2013) 10 Indicative Capital Cost : Nu. 158.740 m 11 External Financing Required : Nu. 158.740 m 12 Executing Agency : Royal University of Bhutan 13 Implementing Agencies : Colleges 14 Documents Available : RUB Strategic Plan (2004 – 2012)

B. Situational Analysis Since its establishment, the Royal University of Bhutan has endeavored to create and promote its image to build up its academic credentials. A website with an overview of the university’s activities has been set up and can be accessed online. The constituent colleges also have their own websites and distribute relevant publicity material and annual publications. However, concerted efforts will need to be made to promote the RUB in developing linkages with national and overseas institutions. There is the need to also further enhance its academic image and reputation through effective marketing and advocacy. Thus, promoting information and publication activities are necessary which are inadequate at present.

370 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL UNIVERSITY OFBHUTAN C. Strategy and other individuals country. inthe government, the corporations,frompersonnel private continuing educationin-service variousby ongrowingdemands the meet toHowever, done College. be Sherubtse Educationandto ismuch EducationofEducation,of by Samtse ParoCollege of Ministry for courses College teachersthe of of personnel the Ministry of for Agriculture by programme the education College continuing of Natural include Resources These (CNR), up-gradation opportunities. and education re-orientation colleges, especially the colleges of education, have made a modest beginning thein offering of continuingSome significant. is programme a such for demand the as even teachers, mainly servants, Further, the opportunities for continuing education are currently limited to a small number of civil facilities and resources. the university is developing such forservices implementation in the member colleges without such especially University the Council youth, to this end directed the RUB to initiate among outdorrThe communities. activities and their to foster cadet andservices to responsibility of sense a and qualities need a leadership graduates, university is There education. appropriate through service In addition, there are no activities in the colleges to encourage students’ participation in community lacking and there to is aneed enhance these. is coaching proper and facilities necessary colleges, the in played are activities sports and games Though students. university for activities sports and games organize andpromote coordinate, to (RUSFoB)Bhutan of Federation Sports University Royal the established RUB the level, national and the at games this of does Committee Olympic needs Bhutan the the and children to going school caters for education MoE sports the under Sports and Youth of Department the as Just Sports also play an important role in the wholesome development of students in education.tertiary • • • • • • • • Support and facilitate college/institute level games, sports and other physical activities activities physical through provision the other of appropriate and adequate and facilities; sports games, level college/institute facilitate and Support games and of activities sports university; the all coordinate to (RUSFoB) Bhutan of Federation Sports University Royal the Enhance to facilitate greater exposure and learning opportunities for them; Liaise with external institutions and universities for faculty and student exchange activites its staff form acohesive community; academic Establishaneffective information communicationsand flow the within University that so relevant with linkages research and academic regional and international of institutions and universities; network connected well a Establish diversity of courses that university the and its constituent colleges has to offer; the reflect and favorableimage a presentthat services informationand facilities Develop the through outside and Bhutan production of documentaries and souvenirs; within University the of promotion publications effective Ensure and websites dynamic and effective their through (newsletters, journals, reports, prospectus, calendars); and colleges activities member various and its andobjectives RUB of awareness and knowledge Create 371

ROYAL UNIVERSITY OF BHUTAN 26 • Develop adventure and cadet services to promote character building in terms of personality and leadership qualities; • Develop effective system and processes to enhance course preparation and delivery; • Create infrastructure and facilities to begin incorporating distance learning technologies and materials for selected courses; • Enhance capacity of member colleges/institutes in delivering continuing education through regular, part time and distance delivery; • Develop international linkages to enhance the platform for exchange of ideas, views, experiences and knowledge leading to improvements in the quality of the continuing education system; and • Promote and facilitate research within the university’s policy and resource framework in a way that reflects positively on the quality of the university’s continuing education programmes.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Established a good information system Information, publication and Well established and also established International partnership and linkages information and linkages and partnerships with colleges through the OVC communication with organizations and facilities and services institutions, both inside Information, publication and exchange and outside the country in the colleges Development of Games and Sports at Wholesome all the Colleges development Increased students’ of students Enhanced games, Development of outdoor pursuits participation in various in Tertiary sports, adventure/ and cadet services in the University games, sports, adventure/ Education outdoor pursuit and through the OVC outdoor pursuit and cadet Cadet services services Enhancement of the Royal University Sports Federation of Bhutan mainly through the OVC Developed Enhancement of continuing education An opportunity created for comprehensive through the OVC all the people to enhance packages of for their qualifications, continuing education Enhancement of the Continuing competence and skills in the University education in the colleges

372 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 ROYAL UNIVERSITY OFBHUTAN Indicative Cost agencies technical the provide shall who support all related to programme the and implement it. programme. The colleges andthe Royal University Sports Federation of Bhutan (RUSFoB)be shall the for agency coordination and execution overall the be shall BhutanUniversity of Royal the of and Publication Division and Department of Academic Affairs inthe Office theof Vice Chancellor The Planning andResources Department in conjunctionwith the Research Department, Institutional Arrangements Information E. ManagementArrangements 5 4 3 2 1 # Institutes Enhancement ofContinuingEducationmainlythroughOVCandmember through theOVC Enhancement oftheRoyalUniversitySportsFederationBhutanmainly Development ofgamesandsportsinthememberInstitutes International partnershipandlinkagesthroughtheOVC Information, publicationandexchangeatthememberInstitutes Description ofProjects/Activities Total Indicative Cost (Nu. inmillion) 158.740 22.800 20.000 72.440 12.000 31.500 373

ROYAL UNIVERSITY OF BHUTAN 26 374 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 TOURISM COUNCIL OF BHUTAN

Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 375 376 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 TOURISM COUNCIL OFBHUTAN containing portal web friendly user and interactive new a and successfully introduced processes created for marketing promotion, a computerized visa and accounts system to streamline approval sustainable for framework tourism legal the development. provide will Additionally, and Assembly National the a to corporate submission for identitydrafted been for the tourism has industry (Bill) has Act comprehensive A Tourism been Policy. Tourism a drafted and tourism of development sustainable the for Plan Master a Tourism formulated also has sector The development. tourism Tashel. This is a useful resource inventory of tourismpotential inthe countrythat will guidefuture The Tourism resource inventory entered developed and nationalthe been in database tourism has highlighted are Plan Ninth the below. in implemented activities major The products. tourism new of infrastructure, preserve human resource capacity building, improving and of developmenthospitality andservices, through introduction tourists protect for experience destination to quality high the need strengthen to made the and gains economic were efforts plans, year five past securing the During Bhutan’sheritage.natural and religious cultural, between rich balance a strike to volume”value–low “high policy, the by essentially guided Tourismis country the developmentin with revenue generation of about US$10.5millionyear inthe 2000. 7,559 of arrivals tourist compared to be may This million. 40 US$ about of income angenerating country the visited tourists 27,655 2008, In 1991. in privatized was sector the since levels growth youthsandconditionspoverty alleviate Bhutan. rural in Tourism Bhutanin hasenjoyed sustainedamong employment boost could that sector growth critical a as viewed also internationally.is It country the of image the enhancing also while exchange foreign valuable generates and revenue The tourism industry in Bhutan is a majorservice industrythat contributes significantly to national B. SituationalAnalysis Overview A. TCB/01: Sustainable TourismDevelopment Programme 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Tourism ResourceInventoryI&II;SectorTenth Plan Tourism MasterPlan,Tourism Policy, DraftTourism Bill, Tourism CouncilofBhutan Ministry ofEconomic Affairs Nu. 150.420m Nu. 150.420m Five Years (2008-2013) New/ongoing National National

opportunities andruralincome. Increased contributiontonationalrevenue,employment through sustainabletourismdevelopment Vitalizing Industryforgrowth andpovertyreduction Tourism 377

TOURISM COUNCIL OF BHUTAN 27 comprehensive information on Bhutan developed. Notably, a community-based tourism project has been piloted in Nabji-Korphu to enhance rural income and generate community awareness on sustainable use of natural resources. The impact of the pilot project is yet to be assessed and if successful will be replicated in other communities over the Tenth Plan. In order to maximize the potentials of the tourism sector, the Tourism Council of Bhutan will continue to take a holistic and integrated approach. Policy reforms including the development of rules, regulations, and standards will be given priority to promote sustainable tourism as an industry in the country. Further, new product development, zoning, and innovative ideas will be promoted to off-set seasonality and regionally un-balanced development in the country.

C. Strategy The Tourism Council of Bhutan (TCB) in collaboration with ABTO and other relevant agencies and Dzongkhags will initiate and undertake the various activities under this programme. The projects and activities will focus on achieving the national and sector goals by creating employment opportunities, generating revenue, supplementing rural income to improve living standards and quality of life of rural communities in Bhutan. This will be done through creating new off-season products, for instance, by opening areas in the southern and eastern region with mild climatic conditions in winter or implementing a differentiated price policy. The TCB will also renew its efforts in further developing cultural tourism for the internationally experienced travelers willing to spend above-average price for quality experience and exclusivity. Additionally, new tourist destinations will be targeted for development to broaden the destination base and increase community participation particularly through community-based tourism activities. Similarly, efforts will be directed at developing appropriate and strategies to raise awareness on tourism and its related issues. The other strategies that are to be pursued include engaging in product development and marketing, enhancing human resource development, developing quality tourism infrastructure, enhancing eco-tourism and encouraging and facilitating tourism within the region.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities

Contribution Increase Off-set seasonality and Development of New and Innovative to National in number regionally balanced tourism Products revenue and of tourists improve and tourism Community aware of tourism Awareness building livelihoods of income benefits and adverse impacts the community Infrastructure development and other Quality infrastructure serviceable services

Diversified tourism Research, marketing and development of market strategy Tourist happy with services Hospitality training services

378 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 TOURISM COUNCIL OFBHUTAN Overview A. TCB/02: Hotel&TourismManagementrainingIntitute Indicative Cost dzongkhags, gewogs and other relevant agencies. the for programme. agency The implementation coordination of and the programme shall execution be carried out in closeoverall coordinationwith the be shall Bhutan of Council Tourism The Institutional Arrangements E. ManagementArrangements 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 # Documents Available Implementing Agencies Executing Agency External FinancingRequired Indicative CapitalCost Tentative Timeframe Status-Ongoing/New Scope Target Group Donor Agency Relevant MDG&SDG Expected Results Objectives &Strategies Linkage toNationalDevelopment Sector Hospitality trainingservices Research, marketinganddevelopmentofmarketstrategy Infrastructure developmentandotherservices Education andawarenessbuildingactivities Product DevelopmentManual Nature basedtours–surveyanddevelopmentofnewtrekkingroutes Development ofproductstoensureregionallybalanceddevelopment Development ofproductstooffset seasonality Development ofnewandinnovativeproducts Description ofProjects/Activities : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HTMTI projectdocument;and SectorTenth Plan Tourism CouncilofBhutan,Project ManagementUnit Ministry ofEconomic Affairs Nu. 422.286m Nu. 422.286m Five Years (2008 -2013) New/ongoing National National MDG Goal8:Target 14em opportunities fortheyouthunemployed. Improved qualityofhospitalityservicesandemployment capital throughdevelopinghospitalityskillsandcompetence sustainable tourismdevelopmentandinvestinginhuman Vitalizing Industryforgrowthandpovertyreductionthrough Tourism Total Indicative Cost (Nu. inmillon) 150.420 79.500 5.000 6.500 2.000 10.570 21.140 25.710 379

TOURISM COUNCIL OF BHUTAN 27 B. Situational Analysis With the ongoing construction of the Hotel and Tourism Management Training Institute (HTMTI), Bhutan will have incountry capacity to train the next generation of tourism professionals to international standards by the year 2009. The HTMTI will also provide a comprehensive training programme for persons already employed, namely the unskilled labour currently working in hotels and restaurants. The institute will need to gain the support of all stakeholders in the sector and should be developed to emerge as a regional centre for excellence. To achieve this ambitious goal, institutionalized cooperation with foreign institutes of high reputation shall be sought, establishing a mutual exchange of trainers and students in order to benefit from international expertise. With the increasing number of tourists coming to Bhutan, the capacity of the institute will have to be expanded and upgraded as may be necessary from time to time. Priority will also need to be given to improve the qualification, skills and competence of tourist guides by developing a more comprehensive curriculum and extending the training time to international standards (i.e. one to two years of specific training for guides topping a general qualification as tourism professional).

C. Strategy The Tourism Council of Bhutan (TCB) in collaboration with other relevant agencies and dzongkhags will initiate and undertake the various activities under this programme. The projects and activities will focus on achieving the national and sector goals by creating employment opportunities, vocational training opportunities, generating revenue, supplementing rural income to improve living standards and quality of life of the rural communities by strengthening the endeavors to create new, off-season products, e.g. by constructing similar type of Training Institute & Hotel in the other parts of the country if required.

D. Results Framework

Impact Outcome Output Projects/Activities International standard Trained HTMTI Infrastructure development including quality services provided in youths operational hotel the hotels and hospitality employed services Recreation facilities and other services

E. Management Arrangements

Institutional Arrangements Tourism Council of Bhutan (TCB) shall be the overall execution and coordination of the programme. The implementation of the project shall be carried out by the Project Management Unit of the TCB.

380 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 TOURISM COUNCIL OFBHUTAN Indicative Cost 2 1 # Recreation facilitiesandotherservices Infrastructure developmentincludingtechnicalassistance Description oftheProjects/Activities Total Indicative Cost(Nu.inmillion) 422.286 38.630 383.656 381

TOURISM COUNCIL OF BHUTAN 27 382 Tenth Plan Document, Volume 2 Tenth Plan Document Volume 2 383